PB87-232252
REFERENCE MANUAL OF COUNTERMEASURES FOR
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE RELEASES
Combustion Engineering
Newbury Park, CA
Aug 87
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Technical Information Service
NTTS
-------
EPA/600/2-87/069
August 1987
REFERENCE MANUAL OF COUNTERMEASURES
FOR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE RELEASES
by
Walter Unterberg
Robert W. Mel void
Scott L. Davis
Frank J. Stephens
Fitzhugh G. Bush III
Combustion Engineering
Environmental Monitoring & Services, Inc,
Newbury Park, California 91320
Contract No. 68-03-3014
Project Officer
John S. forlow
Releases Control Branch
Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
Edison, New Jersey 08837
HAZARDOUS WASTE ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
CINCINNATI, OH 45268
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Meaze read !nstrvctionz on the reverte before completing)
2.
3. RECIPIENT’S ACCESSION NO.
PBS7 2 3 2 2 5 2/As
5. REPORT DATE
Countermeasures for Hazardous
August 1987
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
Davis, F. Stephens, F. Bush
ADDRESS
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
Services, Inc.
CBRD I4
11.CONTRACT/GRANTNO.
ADDRESS
Research Laboratory
68-03-3014
13 TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
andbook Sept 1 82..Ju1y 1984
14.SPONSORINGAGENCYCODE
Agency
EPA/600/14
(201) 321-6631
16. A 0 • r,. CT
When a release of hazardous substances has occurred or threatens to occur, federal, state, local government or
Industrial personnel may have to assume reeponetbility for imaediate and planned removal which is the principal
le8nup and treatment phase. They must select treatment and disposal processes, or countermeasures, which are
effective for the particular hazardous substances and circumstances of the release.
This sonual contains procedures to aesist response personnel in selecting optimum countermeasures. The procedure.
make up a rational methodology which consists of four decision—making steps in series, starting with identification
of the substance(s) involved and site—specific parameters, and ending with an optimization of technically feasible
counterTeasures in the light of economic, logistic, and other criteria. The methodology uses comprehensive tablee,
or matrices, which provide technical guidance for almost 700 hazardous substances designated by the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, otherwise known as CERCLA or Superfund (PL96—510).
Remedial action of a long—term nature, which follows removal, is not addressed here.
The manual is designed as a reference for use in field or office and stands alone. It is based on available,
Sometimes incomplete, sources. Its purpose is to provide persona with a limited background a fast, workable guide
to plausible removal countermeasures, given a reasonable amount of knowledge about the release. The user should
be cognizant of federal, state and local regulations that may impact the decision to select specific countermeasures,
and of the fact that these regulations may be amended from time to time. An example of the application of the manual
to a real attuation is included.
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
DESCRIPTORS
b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
C. COSATI Field/Group
‘8. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
RELEASE TO PUBLIC
19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
IIPJrIAccTrIrr
V L .r .J .Jj .I L,IJ
21. NO. OF PAGES
‘i5
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
UNCLASSI F l ED
22. PRICE
8PA Foe., 2220—1 (R... 4-.??) P EVIO s Ecu TuON us osso,.ry
•1
-------
NOTICE
This document has been reviewed in accordance with U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency Policy and approved for publication. Mention of trade names
or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for
use.
11
-------
FOREWORD
Today’s rapidly developing and changing technologies and industrial
products and practices frequently carry with them the increased generation
of solid and hazardous wastes. These materials, if improperly dealt with,
can threaten both public health and the environment. Abandoned waste sites
and accidental releases of toxic and hazardous substances to the environment
also have important environmental and public health implications. The
Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory assists in providing an
authoritative and defensible engineering basis for assessing and solving
these problems. Its products support the p01 icies, programs and regulations
of the Environmental Protection Agency, the permitting and other responsi-
bilities of State and local governments and the needs of both large and
small businesses in handling their wastes responsibly and economically.
This report is a reference manual of countermeasures designed to assist
responders to spills of hazardous substances. After helping to identify the
specific substances involved and the media into which they were released,
the manual provides technically and logistically applicable treatment
and disposal methods for nearly 700 designated hazardous substances. The
manual enabl es persons with a limited background to sel ect plausible removal
countermeasures in a short time without other reference materials.
For further information, please contact the Land Pollution Control
Division of the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory.
Thomas R. Houser, Director
Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
111
-------
ABSTRACT
When a release of hazardous substances has occurred or threatens to occur,
federal , state, 1 ocal government or industrial personnel may have to assume
responsibil ity for immediate and planned removal which is the principal
cleanup and treatment phase. They must select treatmentand disposal proces-
ses, or countermeasures, which are effective for the particular hazardous
substances and circumstances of the release.
This manual contains procedures to assist response personnel in selecting
optimum countermeasures. The procedures make up a rational methodology
which consists of four decision—making steps in series, starting with
identification of the substances(s) involved and site—specific parameters,
and ending with an optimization of technically feasible countermeasures
in the light of economic, logistic, and other criteria. The methodology uses
comprehensive tables, or matrices, which provide technical guidance for
almost 700 hazardous substances designated by the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liabil ity Act of 1980, otherwise known as
CERCLA or Superfund (PL96—510). Remedial action of a long—term nature,
which follows removal, is not addressed here.
The manual is designed as a reference for use in field or office and stands
alone. It is based on available, sometimes incomplete, sources. Its purpose
is to provide persons with a limited background a fast, workable guide
to plausible removal countermeasures, given a reasonable amount of knowledge
about the release. The user should be cognizant of federal, state
and local regulations that may impact the decision to select specific
countermeasures, and of the fact that these regulations may be amended from
time to time. An example of the application of the manual to a real situation
is included.
This report was submitted in partial fulfillment of Contract No. 68-03-3014
by Combustion Engineering Corporation under the sponsorship of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. This report covers the period September,
1982 to July, 1.984 and work was completed as of December, 1984.
iv
-------
1. Introduction and Use of the Manual .
Objectives and Background
Manual Contents
Use of the Manual — Brief Overview
Countermeasure Considerations
Example of Manual Use .
2. Situation Assessment
3. Selection of Countermeasures
‘A” Tables — Hazardous Substance Characteristics
by Class . •
“B” Tables — Feasible Countermeasures for Hazardous
Substances by Class.
“C” Tables — Countermeasure Selection Criteria by Cl
4. Description of Countermeasures.
Mechanical Containment and Displacement
Physical Treatment
Chemical Treatment
Biological Treatment
Ultimate Disposal/Destruction
5. Bibliography
Containment and Displacement
Physical Treatment .
Chemical Treatment. . . . .
BiologicalTreatment......
Disposal. . . . . . . . .
General Sources . . . . . . .
Appendices
A. Guidel ines for Site Assessment, Entry and Control A—i
B. Suggested Guidelines for Selecting Chemical
Protective Clothing . . .
C. Personnel and Response Equipment Decontamination.
CONTENTS
Foreword
Abstract
Figures
Tables ,
Acknowl edgements
111
. iv
vi
vi
vii
. . .
I
1
1
3
4
5
10
12
13
• . 101
. . 112
138
. 142
• . 168
186
209
• . 215
. 225
225
• . 230
238
• • 248
. . 251
. 254
ass
. . .
. . .
B-i
C-i
v
-------
FIGURES
Number Page
Pathways in the Use of the Manual
Situation Assessment Flowchart
SiteAssessrnentChecklist
1A Rel eases in Water . . . . . .
2A Liquids Released on Land
3A Particulate Solids Released on Land
4A Compressed Gases Released into Air.
B TABLES: COUNTERMEASURES FEASIBLE
SUBSTANCES BY CLASS
lB Insoluble Sinkers in Water.
2B Soluble Sinkers in Water
3B Insoluble Floaters on Water
48 Sol ubl e Fl oaters on Water
SB Liquids on Land . . . .
6B Particulate Solids on Land.
7B Compressed Gases into Air
‘C
2C
3C
4C
SC
6C
7C
C TABLES: COUNTERMEASURE SELECTION CRITERIA BY CLASS
Insoluble Sinkers
Soluble Sinkers . . . .
Insoluble Floaters. . .
Soluble Floaters
Liquids on Land
Particulate Solids on Land.
Gases into Air. . . , .
Contents of Section 4: Description of Countermeasures. .
112
116
120
125
130
134
137
1
2
3
2
8
9
TABLES
Number Page
A TABLES: HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CHARACTERISTICS BY CLASS
FOR HAZARDOUS
. . . . . .
13
62
76
99
101
103
105
106
107
109
111
• . .
• . . . . . . . . C •
• . . . . . . . C C C C •
•
8
- . .
139
vi
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful for the continued help and inspiration provided
by the EPP Project Officer, the late Leo 1. McCarthy, Jr.
The authors would like to acknowledge with thanks the detailed review
of certain sections of this manual by members of the Chemical Manufacturers
Associ ation.
vii
-------
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION AND USE OF THE MANUAL
OBJECTIVES AND BACKGROUND
This manual is designed to assist federal, state, and local government and
industry personnel who may find it necessary to respond to a release (or
threat of a release) of hazardous substances designated in the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA).
Approximately 700 hazardous substances have been designated pursuant to
CERCLA Section 101(14). The manual applies to many types of releases,
including transportation and non—transportation related ones as well as those
from hazardous waste sites.
The manual guides the responder through a series of decisions and actions to
be taken at the site of the release or potential release. Actions such as
these are mandated by the National Contingency Plan (NCP) (40 CFR Part 300).
Note that regulations may be amended from time to time, as may lists of
regulated chemicals. Check to see that your information is up—to—date.
MANUAL CONTENTS
The entire manual is summarized in Figure 1, which shows how Sections 2 to 5
are used in the selection of countermeasures for a given release situation.
Section 2 of the manual provides guidelines for situation assessment. This
provides for the identification of the hazardous substance and determination
of the proper response procedures dependent on the medium (atmosphere,
surface water, ground) receiving the release. Discussions on site
assessment, guidelines for protective clothing selection, and equipment
decontamination at the affected sites are offered in Appendices A, B, and C.
Section 3 addresses the selection of countermeasures. The information
generated in Section 2 is utilized in three steps: The “A” Tables disclose
the physical nature of the hazardous substances involved and the associated
hazards; the “B” Tables establish various technically feasible countermeasures
based on Tables A; and the “C” Tables give the optimal countermeasures in
light of applicable criteria and parameters. Note that the number—letter
combination identifying each table is based both on the nature of the spilled
substance and on the type of receiving medium. The tern countermeasure
includes physical, chemical, and biological cleanup; treatment; and disposal
processes to be carried out on-site or off-site. Countermeasure selection
criteria include considerations of the degree of cleanup achievable, environ—
1
-------
Section 4
Section S
48---’- 4C
68---’- 6C
78---’- 7C
ft of Pages
- --49
14
23
2
Table
ic
2C
3C
4C
ft of Pages
--4
3
1
Solid or liquid
spill in water
Liquid
land
2B———’--2C
N j
3B—--’--3C
Solid spill
land
SB---’- SC
Table
1A
2A
3A
4A
Table
18
28
38
48
ft of Pages
2
2
1
1
Table
58
68
18
of Pages
2
2
1
ft of Pages Table
5C
4 6C
5 JC
S
Figure 1. Pathways in the use of the manual
-------
mental factors, logistics, safety, and cost. One possible alternative is to
take no immediate action and rely on isolation alone until such time as the
hazards have lessened and suitable countermeasures can be applied.
Section 4 lists all countermeasures described in Section 3. The counter-
measures are categorized and defined in terms of their characteristics,
advantages, and disadvantages. Having been presented at the conclusion of
Section 3 with one or more optimal countermeasures, the responder may make
the final choices by referring to this listing. An important use of the
listing occurs when a release consists of two or more hazardous substances.
It is crucial that synergistic effects be considered. The application of
different countermeasures in parallel or in series must then be closely
examined.
Section 5 lists the bibliography which underlies the entire manual. A total
of 285 sources were accessed; of these, 235 were reviewed and 203 distinct
sources extracted. The cut-off publication date for bibliography sources was
1983. The bibliography is categorized with major headings similar to
those used in Sections 3 and 4 and arranged alphabetically by author within
each category. Section 4 references the original sources so that the responder
may obtain more detailed information, if desired. The final subsection,
“General Sources,” contains a list of references, each of which may address a
number of different countermeasures.
Three appendices conclude the manual. All three are devoted to safety
aspects necessary in the approach, entry, and decontamination of a hazardous
spill or waste site. Appendix A presents suggested guidelines for site
assessment, entry, and control. Appendix B provides details on suggested
guidelines for selection of chemical resistant clothing. Appendix C discus-
ses decontamination protocols in terms of work zones, safety clothing, and
equi pment.
USE OF THE MANUAL — BRIEF OVERVIEW
The selection of countemeasures for a given release situation are illustrated
in Figure 1 (pg. 2). Briefly, four steps are carried out in series:
1. The Spill Scenario is obtained from Section 2:
the Hazardous Substance and its state (liquid, solid, gas); and
the Medium (water, land, atmosphere) into which it is released.
2. Chemical and Physical Data of the released substance are obtained
from the Tables in Section 3:
Releases in water — Table 1A; Liquids released on land — Table
2A; Particulate solids released on land — Table 3A; Compressed
gases released into air — Table 4A.
3. Technically Feasible Countermeasures are obtained from the “B”
Tables in Section 3:
3
-------
Spills on water: insoluble sinkers — Table 1B; soluble sinkers
— Table 2B; insoluble floaters — Table 3B; soluble floaters -
Table 48; Liquid spills on land — Table SB; Particulate solid
spills on land — Table 6B; Compressed gases released into air —
Table 7B.
4. Optimum Countermeasures are selected from among the Technically
Feasible Countermeasures by using the ‘C Tables in Section 3
Tables 1C through 7C correspond to Tables lB through 78). For more
details about items 1 to 4 above, the manual presents:
o Descriptions of the Countermeasures and their characteristics
(for better ui erstanding of the Optimum Countermeasures) in
Section 4, and a
o Listing of the Original Sources from which Descriptions of the
CountermeasTii s were taken (including both specific and general
references) in Section 5.
The preceding decision-making methodology has related to one hazardous
substance release into one environmental medium. The correlating parameter
in steps 2 and 3 is the chemical class to which the substance of interest has
been assigned. The countermeasures then depend on the chemical class.
Actual spill situations may involve (a) hazardous substance(s) belonging to
more than one chemical class and (b) scenarios of more than one hazardous
substance being released into more than one environmental medium.
For eventualities (a) and (b), the following procedure is suggested. The
responder should carry out steps 2, 3, and 4 for all alternative chemical
classes, hazardous substances, and media pertaining to the incident. The
result will be a multiplicity of feasible and optimum countermeasures,
usually a choice of several for any one set of inputs. The responder should
select countermeasures which are common to the chemical classes and
substances released into each medium. Also, a judgment must be made about
the cleanup priority of each medium, e.g., should countermeasures for differ-
ent media be performed in series or in parallel, or in some other
time relationship? To help the user with such decisions, the material in
Sections 4 and 5 emphasizes logistics, speed of deployment, cost of different
countermeasures, etc.
COUNTERMEASURE CONSIDERATIONS
The reader is invited to refer to Table 8, which lists all the countermeasures
considered in this manual. The many techniques for containment, treatment, and
disposal need to be considered from basic, practical aspects. Depending on
the location of the treatment and any interference with the environment, three
types of countermeasures are possible:
1. In Situ : the spill site is not significantly disturbed by the treatment
— method carried out on the site, e.g., radio—frequency heating of
ground surface using implanted electrodes (removed after treatment)
to distill off organic pollutants.
4
-------
2. On Site: the spill site is disturbed by the treatment method which is
carried out on the site, e.g., contaminated soil is excavated,
incinerated on the site in mobile incinerators, and the clean soil
is replaced on the site.
3. Off Site: the spill site is disturbed, and the contaminated material
transported off the site is either (a) treated in a (central) faci-
lity [ with the clean material either returned back to the site or
disposed of in the vicinity of the treatment facility] or (b)
disposed of with no or minimal treatment in a proper disposal site.
These three basic categories determine the cost structure (treatment and
disposal vs. transportation costs) of the countermeasure, and also the regu-
latory requirements. The responder should be conversant with or at least
aware of the federal, state, and local environmental regulations which may
make some countermeasures, otherwise preferr€d, unsuitable. Typical
examples are the need to obtain permits for treatment methods (such as
incineration, which could change a solid or liquid pollution problem into an
air pollution problem) or transportation of hazardous wastes across
certain cities or states. Regulations change with time and location and are
not covered in this manual.
EXAMPLE OF MANUAL USE
To illustrate how a responder would use the manual, the following typical
spill scenario is given. A train has derailed. Several tank cars carrying
various chemicals are off the tracks. One car containing acrylonitrile
has ruptured, and the contents are leaking from the car and running into a
nearby stream. The stream is slow moving and quite small. It serves
neither as a source of domestic water nor as a recreation area. However, it
does flow into a major waterway approximately five miles downstream from the
spill. The major waterway is a source of both potable water and recreation
for a large metropolitan area.
The responders in this situation are actually presented with two spill
scenarios: one involving a liquid spill on land and the other a liquid spill
in water. Containment procedures, probably different for each situation,
must be initiated simultaneously. Once containment of the spilled
material has been achieved, displacement, treatment and/or disposal counter-
measures can be applied to the contaminated soil and water. Treatment
countermeasures need not be conducted simultaneously for each situation.
Indeed, the spill of acrylonitrile in the stream presents a much more
immediate and serious threat to the environment and nearby populace than does
the material spilled on land. The responder, in all likelihood, will
concentrate on treating the contaminated stream first and the soil second.
The Countermeasures Manual addresses four specific and individual spill
scenarios; and not multi-media events, as given in this example. When con-
fronted with a multi-media spill, the responder must separate it into two (or
more) “single media spills”; consult this manual for feasibility countermea-
sures for each “single media spill”; and then determine the best combination
of countermeasures to apply.
5
-------
Figure 1 (page 2) illustrates the various pathways available to a responder.
In the example spill above, responders must address to the land spill and
the water spill independently and then make proper use of the manual.
A glance at Figure 1 (page 2) will tell the responder in the example spill
that the first step in the use of the manual is to consult Tables 1A and 2A
for chemical and physical data on acrylonitrile. From page 14 of the “A”
Tables (which begin on page 13) the responder learns that acrylonitrile is
included in the Cyanide and Nitrile chemical class, its CAS registry
number is 107—13—1; that, in addition to being toxic, it is also considered
to be flammable with toxic products, polyrnerizable, a potential carcinogen,
and poisonous. This information will tell the responder what precautions
must be considered. The key pieces of information to be gleaned from the
“A” Tables, however, are that acrylonitrile is in the Cyanide and Nitrile
chemical class and that, in water, it is a soluble floater. Armed with
this information, the responder can now proceed to the “B” Tables (which
begin on page 92).
The “B” Tables indicate countermeasures which are technically feasible for a
given class of chemical. The countermeasures are divided into the contain-
ment, displacement, treatment, and disposal categories. Referring again to
the spills in the example above, the responder has learned that acrylonitrile
is a soluble floater in water (from Table LA) and must consult Table 4B (page
97) to address the water spill and Table SB (page 98) to address the land
spill. Here the responder will find lists of feasible countermeasures for the
Cyanide and Nitrile Class. The responder’s primary concern at this point in
the water spill scenario is containment of the acrylonitrile and the contam-
inated water. In this category, four basic containment procedures are
listed for soluble floaters spilled on water. These are dikes, berms and
dams, surface booms, curtain barriers, and stream diversion. For
liquids spilled on land the six containment measures listed are: dikes,
berms and dams; trenches; barriers in soil; chemically active covers; synthe-
tic membrane liners; and foam covers. Footnotes to the “B” Tables provide
additional information and limitations concerning these countermeasures.
The responder is also referred to Section 4 which begins on page 129) for
detailed descriptions and information about prospective countermeasures.
From the information contained in Section 4, the “B” Table footnotes, and
possibly from the responder’s own knowledge and past experiences, certain
countermeasures may be eliminated. For those which cannot be eliminated
based upon information given thus far, the responder now proceeds to Tables
4C and SC. These tables contain nontechnical criteria such as logistics,
availability, clean—up efficiency and costs. By considering these
additional criteria, the responder can now decide which of the technically
feasible countermeasures is optimum under the constraints imposed by the
particular spill situation.
For our example spill, the responder consults Tables 4C and 5C, and Section 4
for each of the technically feasible countermeasures listed in Tables 4B and SB
for the chemical functional group, Cyanides and Nitriles, and uses the infor-
mation to select the optimum response.
6
-------
In the example, the responder decided, based upon costs, availability of
equipment and materials, and deployment time, that the optimum cleanup stra-
tegy for this spill is as follows. A large trench or pit will be dug and
lined with a synthetic material in order to prevent any further contamination
of the soil and water, and to contain the acrylonitrile. The material in the
pit will be pumped back into a tank car, and any contaminated soil will be
excavated and hauled to a secure, permitted landfill. Because the volume
of water is not large and is moving slowly, the stream will be dammed above
and below the spill to isolate the contaminant. Unpolluted stream water
will be diverted around the spill using pumps, while the contaminated water
is contained in a pond formed between the dams. Any acrylonitrile floating
on the surface will be pumped into a vacuum truck. The contaminated ponded
water will be pumped into a portable catch basin for treatment with a preci-
pitating agent; after allowing adequate time for the sediment to settle, the
clarified water will be pumped through activated carbon and then discharged
below the dam. Once the pond has been pumped dry, any contaminated bottom
sediment will be excavated and hauled to a secure, permitted landfill for
disposal.
The above example is one illustration of how the methodology in this manual
(as depicted in Figure 1) may be used by a responder to select the optimum
combinations of countermeasures for a hazardous substance release. The
more information is available on the release and its immediate environment,
the more effective the selected countermeasures are likely to be.
7
-------
ct Oertt mciaent
‘ estrict actess, keep tr f—
c and soectatc’rn a .dy
5 _ re peocIe need remece means there> sQnrcep Q ‘avor cl, reduced to acceptasle
/0o jPu know ‘F ‘n-’ , /’Cori ios. deteri, ne y\ , , _ ,,/Oo /ou nave tie r,o a’it until r sk is
to op rescuedi \are niurea people’_/ \ afcect -ne OutCShem ) resources Arrive
______________________ level or until aoeouete
‘ I jeo ________________________________
/Oi .e tinere .)eternlne renecely I enter site romn pwirC, On I
osopie that neen if there are oct aria .uitii orooer protective gear
\ $Scue ’ 2 inJured 3eoo’e an detectors or csmplete assessment
ye u ____________________________
: n the ‘ijuret Se ii \ I Go nor. attempt resc.je imt,l risk no —
/O undue ‘iss to response reduced to acceptable level. this
\persovnel, e • do iou
save aoeom.ape r0 500rce s? LSAY entail Obtaining oroper resources
0 5mg proper oCramedical oced res and
Protective gear. molemienit trip rescue.
obtain medical assistanCe for tee Injured -
you knOw a ve-’\ ip Can you determine ty reir te meenu) no carefully enter site from uywted. Dv
if release can occurred’ fpot. and astn proper proteCtive gear
ye s and detectors for complete asspssment
yes ___________________________________________
man occurred 1
a release occirredu Q Is the threat of a Use q’ 5 IOesenrririe remotely If a
________ Carefully enter site from upiviad.
kno:hfthe’ Can you det:rmirie by r te means o and detectors For complete assessment
relecue is massive’
foot. and with proper protective gear
\ s the release as macsIne ’
yes yes
3s tfi release r
j releap is massive .
___________ ;hreat °° Determnre remotely if
yes
Set o com mand post, evacuate pupliC, 1
and estabismm coeenunlcatmonu in
accOrdance otn maQnltude Of actual
I hr naimning r 1 l .
/00 yOu know the nan ’s of, or\ no Po JO.J know the iS numiroer, I to I ’IFPA rianslings and gas detectOrs
synonyms for, the releasea or sicc sunDer, or CAt rumnber’/ con provide on Indication of the
\ threatened to se released
substance ’ I ‘hazards and often toe same of the
I substance If stall 10 name
ontujlt records, Cheintrec shipper
I Look us tee verse using the aepro— 1 [ rrier. as indicated
yes Lprnate Indea ri tee manual ___________________________________
Gas
f
of
ibs tact
50 < the PoliO
men Liquid
Figure 2. Situation Assessment Flowchart
8
-------
o Injured people as result of incident/exposure
O Fire or threat of fire
o Name, UN, STCC, or CAS number of substance released or markings on
tank car, truck or vessel
o Physical state of rel eased substance
- Sol id (vapors present?)
- Liquid(vapors present?)
- Gas
o Sou rce of release - (i.e., tank, truck, rail car, fixed facil ity)
O Approximate volume of release and/or total volume at source
o Media into which release has occurred and anticipated movement of
spill
O Local terrain/accessibil ity
- Topography
- Porosity of ground surface
- Distance to drinking water suppl les
— Distance to popul ation centers and pub Ic areas such as schools,
churches, public buildings, busy intersections, shopping
centers, recreational facil ities
— Distance to sewers and watercourses
— Distance from other hazardous substances
- Distance to food and feed processing facil ities
O Weather conditions currently at site or forecast over next 24 hours
— Wind speed and direction
— Air/ground/water temperature, as applicable
— Precipitation
Figure 3. Site Assessment Checki ist
9
-------
SECTION 2
SITUATION ASSESSMENT
From the start, it is assumed that an incident or accident took place, pos-
sibly involving a hazardous substance. The responder’s first step is to find
out if a hazardous substance really was involved, and if so, whether a release
occurred or is threatening to occur. The sequence of steps to be taken in
assessing the situation and deciding what actions to take is shown in the
Situation Assessment Flowchart (Figure 2). Early on, the responder must make
observations of the specific site (either remotely, or by entering the site,
or both) in order to obtain essential data on the release incident. These data
are shown on the Site Assessment Checklist (Figure 3).
The responder should follow through the Flowchart from top to bottom
carrying out action items (in rectangular boxes) as necessary in order to
obtain sufficient information to complete the Checklist. This checklist will
be needed as input to both the “A” tables and the “C” tables in Section 3.
The output at the bottom of the flowchart will establish the substance (or
substances) released, its form (solid, liquid, gas), and the medium into
which it is released (water, ground, atmosphere). These guide the responder
to the proper “A” Table in Section 3.
Proper safety precautions are paramount in site assessment activities,
especially when entering a site containing unknown hazards. The site
must be monitored and necessary measurements made to establish the presence
and concentrations of any hazardous substances. Contaminants from the
site must also be controlled to prevent exposure of personnel and the
general public. All these actions are described in Appendix A, Guidelines
for Site Assessment, Entry and Control which the responder should consult
F n on—site observations must be made. Appendix B, Suggested Guidelines for
Selecting Chemical Protective Clothing , and Appendix C, Personnel and Response
Equipment Decontamination should also be consulted, since they contain
additionál information on personnel protective clothing and decontamination
protocols, respectively.
As shown in the Situation Assessment Flowchart (Figure 2), essential data on
the release incident may be obtained from CHEMTREC, the Chemical Transporta-
tion Emergency Center. CHEMTREC provides information and/or assistance to
those involved in, or responding to, hazardous substance emergencies through
its 24 hours a day, seven days a week, toll—free Chemical Emergency Telephone
Number : 800—424-9300. While the Center’s primary mission is to help in
transportation incidents, it also provides support in non—transportation
10
-------
situations involving hazardous substance emergencies. In addition, the DOT
1984 Emergency Response Guidebook for Hazardous Materials Incidents (DOT P
5800.3) provides useful infoFiiiition for identification of hazardous
substances. Placards containing a four—digit ID number are required on all
comercial transports carrying hazardous materials as regulated by the DOT.
A responder can identify the common shipping name of a hazardous substance
via the four-digit ID number by using the DOT Guidebook. In many cases the
comon shipping name is the CERCLA hazardous substance name used in the ‘A”
Tables within this countermeasures manual.
11
-------
SECTION 3
SELECTION OF COUNTERMEASURES
From Section 2 the responder will have determined the name of each hazardous
substance (if more than one are present) •and the medium or media impacted.
The “A° Tables in this section should then be consulted to find out the
substance’s chemical class, its hazards (in addition to toxicity), and, in
the case of a release into water, the physical behavior of the substance on
release (float/sink, soluble/insoluble). For a release on water, Tables
1A should be scanned ; for a release on land7Tables 2A an 3A; and for an
Tr release, Table 4At’rWe CAS ( emical Abstract ServTE ) number for
each substance is also included in the “A” Tables for identifying substances
known by more than one name.
Just as there are seven classes of post—release behavior, there are seven
“B” Tables (lB through 7B), one for each such class. In the “B” Tables
check marks indicate countermeasures which are technicalT T isTBTe for the
various chemical classes . The responder can thus find, in generaTT
several countermeasures which could be used for each hazardous substance.
It remains now to select the optimum countermeasures by applying non-
technical criteria, such as logistics, availability, efficiency, and cost.
Seven “C” Tables (1C through 7C), again one for each of the classes
of post—release physical behavior, are provided. The “C” Tables list
numerical or descriptive values for each of the iIl Etion criteria
( e.g. deployment time, cost dolliFs, cleai iip Tflciency , iTF y
apply to each countermeasure . Now one should again refer to th Site
Assessment Checklist which resulted from the Situation Assessment
(Section 2). The responder can now select the specific countermeasures
which are optimum for the constraints imposed by the particular release
situation, as expressed in the Site Assessment Checklist.
Further refinement of countermeasure selection is available through use of
Section 4 in which countermeasures (mechanical containment and displacement;
physical, chemical, and biological treatment; and ultimate disposal/destruc-
tion) are listed, together with detailed distinguishing characteristics.
12
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B” Table Reference
____ - -
Hazardous Substance Chenical Class! In Addition Behavior in Water
- CAS Mo. _ J çity
Acenaphthene Aromatics Combustible 1B Insoluble Sinker
CAS 83—32-9
Acenaphthylene Aromatics Combustible 3B Insoluble Floater
CAS 208—96—8
Acetaldehyde Aldehydes Flammable 4B 1 Soluble
CAS 75—07-0 Polymerizable
Acetic acid AcIdic compounds, Combustible 2B! Soluble
organic Corrosive
CAS 64—19—7
Acetic anhydride Acidic compounds. Combustible 2B Soluble, decomposes
organic Corrosive
CAS 108-24—7
Acetone Ketones Flammable 4B Soluble
CAS 67—64—1 I I
Acetone cyano— Cyanides and Combustible w/ toxic 4B Soluble
hydrin nitriles products
CAS 75-86-5 Poison I
Acetonitrile Cyanides and Flammable w/toxlc 4B Soluble
nitriles products
CAS 75—05-8
Acetophenone Ketones I CombustIble 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 98—86-2
Acetyl bromide Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic 2B Decomposes (Sinker)
halogenated products
CAS 506-96—7 Corrosive
Reactive
Acetyl chloride Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic 12B Decomposes (Sinker)
halogenated products
CAS 75—36—5 Corrosive
Reactive
2—Acetylamino Ainines, aryl Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
fluorene CAS 53—96-3
1-Acetyl—2—thiourea Ureas 2B Soluble
CAS 591-0802
13
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
——---——_—-1__--
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ I In Addition
-—
—_____
Behavior in Water
* ‘B’ Table Reference
Acrolein
Acrylamide
Acrylic acid
Acrylonitrile
Adipic acid
Aldicarb
Aidrin
Allyl alcohol
Allyl chloride
Aluminum phosphide
Aluminum sulfate
Aide hydes
Olef ins
CAS 107—02-8
Amides, anilides,
and imfdes
CAS 79-06-1
Acidic compounds,
organic
Olef ins
CAS 79—10—7
Cyanides and
nitriles
CAS 107—13-1
Acidic compounds,
organic
CAS 124—04-9
Esters
CAS 116—06-3
Aromatics, halo—
gena ted
CAS 309—00-2
Alcohols & glycol
Olef ins
CAS 107-18-6
Halides, alkyl
Olef Ins
CAS 107—05—1
Phosphorous and
compounds
CAS 20859—73—8
Sul fates
CAS 10043—01—3
Flammable
Polymerizabie
Poison
Polymerizable
Combustible
Corrosive
Polymerizable
Flammable w/toxic
products
Polymerizable
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Flammable
Poison
Flammable wftoxic
products
Flammable w/toxic
products
Reactive
B
2B
2B
4B
2B
lB
lB
4B
3B
2B
2B
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Floater
Liberates poisonous
phosphine on contact
Soluble
14
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* 11811 Table Reference
___ ______ __ - —-- -- -
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
CASN0 . _____ -____
5—(Aminomethyfl—3— Amines, alkyl 2B Soluble
isoxazole (Note 1) CAS 2763-96—4
Amitrole (Note 1) Azo compounds Potential carcinogen 2B Soluble
CAS 61—82—5
Ammonium acetate Organic animonium 2B Soluble
compounds
CAS 631-61-8
Animonium benzoate Organic ammonium Combustible w/toxic 28 Soluble
compounds products
CAS 1863—63-4
Ammonium bicarbonate Organic animonlum 28 Soluble
compounds
CAS 1066-33-7
Ammonium bichromate Chroniates Corrosive 2B Soluble
CAS 7789—09—5 Oxidizer
Flammable
Animonium bifluoride Halides, inorganic CorrosIve 2B Soluble
CAS 1341—49-7
Amrnonium bisulfite Sulfites 2B 1 Soluble
CAS 10192-30-0 I
Amnonium carbaniate Esters 28 Soluble
CAS 1111—78-0
Ammonium carbonate Organic ammonturn 281 Soluble
compounds
CAS 10361-29-2
Animonium chloride Halides, Inorganic 2B Soluble
CAS 12125—02—9
Ammonium chroinate Chromates 2B Soluble
CAS 7788—98—9
Ammonium citrate, Organic ammonium I 28 Soluble
dibasic compounds I
CAS 3012—65—5 I
Animonium fluoborate Organic ammonluin Corrosive 28 Soluble
compounds
CAS 13826—83-0
15
-------
Halides, inorganic
CAS 12125-01-8
Basic Compounds
CAS 1336—21-6
Organic ammonium
compounds
CAS 5972-73-6
CAS 14258-49-2
CAS 6009-70—7
Nitro compounds
CAS 131-74—8
Halides, inorganic
CAS 16919-19-0
Sulfones, sulfox—
Ides, & sulfonates
CAS 7773—06—0
Sulfides and
mercaptans
CAS 12135—76—1
Sul fites
CAS 10196-04-0
Organic ammonluin
compounds
CAS 3164-29-2
CAS 14307-43-8
Cyanates
GAS 1762—95—4
Sul fates
CAS 7783—18—8
Heavy metals
GAS 7803—55—6
Esters
CAS 628-63-7
Flammable W/ toxic
products
Explosive
Corrosive
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Chenical Class/
CAS No.
Hazard(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
* ‘B” Table Reference
Ainmonium
Anrnonium
Ammonlum
fluoride
hydroxide
oxa late
Behavior in Water
Corrosive
Corrosive
*
2B
Ammonlum picrate
Ainmonium
fluoride
Ammo n I urn
silico—
sul famate
Ammonium sulfide
25
25
I 2B
2B
Ainmonium
Aznmonlum
sulfite
tartrate
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
So I u b 1 e
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
So I u b 1 e
So I u b I e
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Floater
Amrnonium thiocyanate
Ammonium thiosulfate
Ainmonium vanadate
Amyl acetate
2B
2B
26
28
lB
35
Flammable
16
-------
Amines, aryl
CAS 62-53-3
Aromatics
CAS 120—12—7
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—36-0
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7641—18-9
Organometallics
Heavy metals
CAS 28300-74—5
Halides, inorganic
Heavy meta.ls
CAS 7789—61-9
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 10025—91—9
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7783-56—4
Oxides
Heavy metals
CAS 1309-64—4
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—38—2
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7778—39—4
CAS 1327—52—2
Corrosive
Reactive
Corrosive
Reactive
Corrosive
Reactive
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Corrosive
Poison
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
--
Hazardous Substance
-.
l Hazardrn
Chemical Class/ I In Addition
—— CAS No. ToToxici ___
* “B” Table Reference
*
Behavior in Water
Combustible w/toxic
products
Pol son
Combustible
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Corrosive
Reactive
Aniline
Anthracene
Antimony
Antimony
pentachi oride
Antimony potassium
tartrate
Antimony tribromide
Antimony trichioride
Antimony trifluoride
Antimony trioxide
Arsenic
Arsenic acid
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Reacts vigorously,
liberating HC1
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Reacts vigorously,
liberating HCI
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
I
2B
lB
lB
2B
18
18
lB
28
lB
18
2B
17
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B” Table Reference
_______—-__l--- - t ______ —
Hazardous Substance I Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
_____ — -__c _ ToIox!cit __--
Arsenic disulfide Sulfides and Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
mercaptans products
Heavy metals Poison
I CAS 1303—32-8
Arsenic pentoxide Oxides Corrosive 2B Soluble
Heavy metals Poison
CAS 1303—28-2
Arsenic trichioride Halides, inorganic Corrosive 2B1 Decomposes (Sinker)
Heavy metals Reactive
CAS 7784—34-1 PoIson I
Arsenic trioxide Oxides Corrosive 2B Soluble
Heavy metals Poison
CAS 1327—53-3
Arsenic trisulfide Sulfides and Combustible wftoxic 1B! Insoluble Sinker
rnercaptans products I
Heavy metals Poison
CAS 1303—33—9
Asbestos (See asbestos) Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 1332-21-4
Auramine Mimes, aryl Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 492—80—8 I
Azaserine (Note 1) Azo compounds Potential carcinogen 2B Soluble
CAS 115—02—6
Barium cyanide Cyanides and Poison 2B Soluble
nitriles
CAS 542-62—1
3,4—Benzacridine Aromatics 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 225—51—4
Benzal chloride I Aramatics, lIB Insoluble Sinker
I halogenated
I CAS 98—87—3
1,2—Benzanthracene Aromatics Potential carcinogen fiB Insoluble Sinker
(Note 1) CAS 56-55—3
18
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B” Table Reference
Haza Y - -
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition Behavior in Water
- ___ JLI ! _
Benzene Aromatics Flammable 3B Insoluble Floater
CAS 71—43—2 Potential carcinogen
Benzenesulfonyl Acidic compounds, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
chloride organic products
CAS 98-09—9
Benzidine Amines, aryl Combustible w/toxic 113 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 92—87—5 products
Potential carcinogen I
Poison
Benzo [ k]fluoranthene Aromatics Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 207-08-9
Benzo [ b]fluoranthene Aromatics Potential carcinogen 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 205-99-2
Benzoic acid Acidic compounds, Combustible 1B Insoluble Sinker
organic
CAS 6 5—85—0
Benzonitrile Cyanides and Combustible w/toxic 2B Soluble
nitriles products
CAS 100-47-0
Benzo [ ghijperylene Aromatics lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 191-24—2
Benzota]pyrene Aromatics Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 50—32-8
p-Benzoquinone Ketones Combustible 28, Soluble
CAS 106-51—4
Benzotrichloride Aromatics, Combustible w/tozlc 2B Decomposes (Sinker)
halogenated products
CAS 98-07-7 Corrosive
Benzoyl chloride Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic 281 Decomposes (Sinker)
halogenated I products
CAS 98—88-4 CorrosIve
Benzyl chloride Aromatics, Combustible w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 100-44-7 Corrosive
I Reactive
19
-------
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—41—7
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7787-47-5
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7787-49—7
Nitrates & nitrites
Heavy metals
CAS 7787—55—5
CAS 13597—99—4
Aliphatics,
halogenated
CAS 319-84-6
Aliphatics,
halogenated
CAS 319-85-7
Aliphatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 319-86-8
Epoxi des
CAS 1464—53—5
Aliphatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 111-91—1
Ethers
CAS 111-44-4
Ethers
Aliphatics,
halogenated
CAS 108-60-1
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Ch nical Class/
CAS No.
Hazard(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
* “B” Table Reference
Behavior in Water
*
Beryl hum
Beryllium chloride
Beryllium fluoride
Beryllium nitrate
alpha—Benzenehexa—
chloride
beta—Benzenehexa—
chloride
delta— Benzenehexa—
chloride
2 ,2’—Bioxlrane
Bis(2-chloroethoxy) —
methane
Bis(2-chloroethyl
ether
81 s(2-chl oroisopro—
pyl )—ether
Flammable w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Poison
Oxidizer
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
P01 son
Combustible w/toxic
products
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Decomposes (Sinker)
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
lB
28
lB
18
18
28
2B
I 2B
18
20
-------
Bis(chloranethyl)
ether
Bis(2—ethylhexyl)
phthalate
Chemical Class!
CAS No.
Ethers
CAS 542-88—1
Esters
CAS 117-81—7
Ketones
CAS 598-31—2
Halides, alkyl
CAS 75—25-2
Ethers
Aromatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 101—55-3
(See strychnine
and salts)
CAS 357-57—3
Alcohols & glycol
CAS 71—36-3
Peroxides
CAS 1338—23-4
Esters
CAS 123-86-4
Esters
CAS 85—68-7
Ainines, alkyl
CAS 109—73—9
Acidic compounds,
organic
CAS 107—92—6
Organoinetallics
Heavy metals
CAS 75—60-5
Hazard(s)
In Addition
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Flammable
Explosive
Oxidizer
Combustible
Flammable
Flammable w/toxic
products
Combustible
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B’ Table Reference
Behavior In Water
Poison
Bromoacetone (Note 2)
Bromoform
4—Bromophenyl phenyl
ether
Brucine
1-Butanol
2—Butanone peroxide
(Note 2)
Butyl acetate
Butyl benzyl phthalate
Butylaniine
Butyric acid
Cacodylic acid
*
2B
38
28
18
18
lB
48
28
43
lB
43
48
23
S
Soluble
Insoluble Floater
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
So 1 u b 1 e
Soluble
Poison
21
-------
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—43-9
Organometallics
Heavy metals
CAS 543-90-8
Halides 1 inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7789—42—6
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 10108—64—2
Heavy metals
CAS 7778—44—1
Heavy metals
GAS 52740—16-6
Organometal lics
CAS 75—20—7
Chromates
CAS 13765—19—0
Cyanides & nitriles
CAS 592-01-8
Sulfones, sulfox—
ides & sulfonates
CAS 26264—06-2
Halides, inorganic
CAS 7778—54—3
Acidic compounds,
organic
Amides, anilides,
and imides
CAS 133-06-2
Esters
CAS 63—25—2
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Chemical Class/
GAS No.
Hazard(s)
-In Addition
To Toxicity.
* ‘B” Table Reference
*
Behavior in Water
Cadmi urn
Cadmium acetate
Cadmium bromide
Cadmium chloride
Calcium arsenate
Calcium arsenite
Calcium carbide
Calcium chromate
Calcium cyanide
Cal clum dodecyl benzene
sul fonate
Calcium hypochiorite
Captan
Carbaryl
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Poison
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Poison
Flammable
Reactive
Potential carcinogen
Reactive
Poison
Oxidizer
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
‘B
28
2B
2B
181
lB
2B
lB
2B
18
lB
lB
lB
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Inflames on contact
Insoluble Sinker
Forms toxic cyanide
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
22
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B” Table Reference
Hazardts’J
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition Behavior in Water
____ _____ ____CASNo. - ToToxIc1t *
Carbofuran Esters Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 1563-66—2 products
Poison
Carbon disulfide Sulfides and Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
mercaptans products
CAS 75-15-0
Carbon tetrachioride Halides, alkyl Potential carcinogen 1181 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 56—23—5
Chlora l Aldehydes Combustible w/toxic 2B Soluble
Al I phatics, products
halogenated Corrosive
CAS 75—87—6 Potential carcinogen
Chlorambucil Aromatics, Potential carcinogen 118 Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
Amines, aryl
CAS 305—03-3
p—Chloro—m—cresol Phenols & cresols Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products
hal ogenated
CAS 59—50—7
Chiordane Aliphatics, Combustible w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 57—74—9 Potential carcinogen
Chiornaphazine Amines, aryl Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
(Note 1) CAS 494-03-1
Chioroacetaldehyde Aldehydes Combustible w/toxic 29 Soluble
Al iphatics, products
halogenated Polynier lzable
CAS 107-20-0
p—Chloroaniline Aromatics, I 2B Soluble
hal ogena ted
Mimes, aryl I
CAS 106-47-8
Chlorobenzene Aromatics, Flammable w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 108’-90-7
23
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* B” Table Reference
Hazardous Substance
Hazardt -
Chanical Class/ In Addition
To Toxicity -
*
Behavior In Water
Chlorodibromomethane Allphatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
CAS 124-48-1
Chioroethane I Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic 3B Insoluble Floater
I halogenated products
CAS 75-00—3
2—Chloroethyl vinyl Ethers Flammable w/toxic 2B Soluble
ether Aliphatics, products
halogenated I
CAS 110-75-8 I
Chloroform Halides, alkyl Potential lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 67—66—3 carcinogen
Chloroniethyl methyl Ethers Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
ether Aliphatics, products
halogenated Potential
CAS 107-30-2 carcinogen
Poison
2—Chloronaphthalene Aromatics, Combustible wftoxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 91—58-7
2—Chlorophenol Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic 28 Soluble
halogenated products
Phenols & cresols
CAS 95—57-8
4—Chlorophenyl phenyl Ethers, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
ether Aranatics, products
hal ogena ted
CAS 7005-72-3
3-Chioropropionitrile Cyanides & nitriles Combustible w/toxlc 2B Soluble
CAS 542—76-7 products
Chlorosulfonic acid Acidic compounds, Corrosive 28 Dangerously reacts
organic Reactive giving off HC1 and
CAS 7790-94-5 H 2 S04
4—Chloro—o—toluldlne, Aromatics, I Poison 28 Soluble
hydrochloride halogenated
Ainines, aryl
CAS 3165-93—3
24
-------
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A, RELEASES IN WATER
Chmnfcal Class/
CAS No.
liazara(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
Soluble
Soluble
Chi orpyrifos
Chromic acetate
Chromic acid
Chranic sulfate
Chromium
Chranous chloride
C h ry s e ne
Cobaltous bromide
Cobaltous formate
Cobaltous sulfamate
Copper
Copper (cuprous)
cyanide
Coumphos
* “B” Table Reference
1 Behavior in Water
181 Insoluble Sinker
I2B
18
2B
lB
2B
2B
19
191
lB
Orga nophos phates
Aromatics,
I halogenated
I CAS 2921—88—2
Organometal lics
CAS 1066—30—4
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
CAS 11115—74—S
Sul fates
CAS 10101—53—8
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—47—3
Halides, inorganic
CAS 10049-05—5
Aromatics
CAS 218-01-9
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7789—43-7
Organometallics
Heavy metals
CAS 544-18—3
Heavy metals
CAS 14017-41-5
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—50-8
Cyanides & nitriles
Heavy metals
CAS 544—92-3
Organophosphates
Aromatics,
halogenated
CAS 56—72-4
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Combustible w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Oxidizer
Potential carcinogen
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Reactive
Combustible
Poison
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Poison
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
lB Insoluble Sinker
25
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* °B Table Reference
____ Hazard
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! I In Addition Behavior In Water
- A No. jox t
Creosote Phenols & cresols Combustible lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 8001—58—9 Potential carcinogen
Cresol Phenols & cresols Combustible 2B Soluble
CAS 1319— 7—3
Crotonaldehyde Aldehydes, Flammable 4B Soluble
Olef ins
CAS 4170—30-3
CAS 123-73—9
Cumene Aromat lcs Combustible 38 Insoluble Floater
CAS 98—82-8
Cupric acetate Organometallfcs 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 142-71—2
Cupric acetoarsenite Org3nometalllcs Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 12002-03—8
Cupric chloride Halides, Inorganic 261 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7447-39-4
Cupric nitrate Nitrates & nltritesi 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 3251-23—8
Cupric oxalate Organometallics I 1B I Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 814-91—5
Cupric sulfate Sulfates 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7758—98-7
Cupric sulfate Sulfates 2B Soluble
ammoniated Heavy metals
CAS 10380-29-7
Cupric tartrate Organametall lcs 16 Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 815-82-7
26
-------
TABLE IA. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B” Table Reference
______ _____
Hazardous Substance I Chenical Class/ I In Addition Behavior in Water
_______________ - - °_I2. ! ___ __ ____
Cyanides (soluble Cyanides & nitrilesi Poison 2B Soluble
salts and complexes) CAS 57—12—S
Cyanogen bromide Cyanides & nitrilesi Poison 2B Soluble
CAS 506-68—3
Cyanogen chloride Cyanides & nitriles t Poison 2B Reacts to give
CAS 506-77—4 toxic cyanide ion
Cyclohexane Aliphatics Flammable 3B Insoluble Floater
CAS 110-82—7
Cyclohexanone Ketones Combustible 48 Soluble
CAS 108-94—1
Cyclophosphamide Organophosphates, Potential carcinogen 2B Soluble
(Note 2) Amides, anilides,
and imides
CAS 50—18-0
2,4—D acid I Acids, organic Combustible w/toxic 18 Insoluble Sinker
Aroniatics, products
halogenated
CAS 94—75—7 j
2,4-D esters Esters Combustible w/ toxic 1B Insoluble Sinker
GAS 94—11—1 products
Daunomycin (Note 1) Aromatics Potential carcinogen 2B Soluble
Ketones
GAS 20830—81-3
DDD Aromatics, Combustible wftoxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 72—54—8 Potential carcinogen
DDE Aromatics, Combustible wf toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products I
GAS 72—55—9 Potential carcinogen
DDT Aromatics, I Combustible wftoxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 50—29—3 Potential carcinogen I
Dial late Esters lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 2303—16—4 I
27
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B ’ Table Reference
r-- --fl- -- -- — -
Hazardous Substance I Chemical Class/ In Addition I Behavior in Water
__ _______, I .__ç _NO._-__— ____I2_I9 1 fl ______
Diazinon Organophosphates Combustible wftoxic lB Insoluble Sinker
I CAS 333-41-5 products
Dibenzo [ a,h]anthra- Aromatics Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
cene CAS 53—70—3
Dibenz [ a,i]pyrene Aromatics Potential carcinogen 1181 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 189-55-9 I
1;2-Dibronio-3-chloro- Aliphatics, Combustible w/toxic 118 Insoluble Sinker
propane (Note 2) halogenated products
CAS 96—12-8 Potential carcinogen
DI—n-butylphthalate Esters 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 84-74-2
Dicamba Acidic compounds, Combustible WI toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
organic products I
Aromatics,
halogenated
GAS 1918—00-9
Dichiobenil Cyanides & nitriles Combustible w/toxic 1BI Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products I
hal ogena ted
CAS 1194—65—6
Dichione Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 117-80—6
Dichlorobenzene (all Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic 181 Insoluble Sinker
isomers) halogenated products
CAS 25321—22—6
o—D lchlorobenzene Aroaiatics, Combustible w/toxic I1B Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
GAS 95—50-1
m—Dichlorobenzene Aromatics, I Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 541-73—1 I
p—Dichlorobenzene Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic 1B Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 106—46—7
28
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B Table Reference
1————-- -__- — — — — - ——— — t
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
CASNo. - Tojoxicj , _ *
3,3’—Dichlorobenzidlne Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
Miines,aryl Poter 1al carcinogen
CAS 91-94-1
Dichiorobromomethane Aliphatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 75—27—4
1,4—Dichloro—2—butene Aflphatlcs, Flammable w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 764-41—0
1 ,1—Dichloroethane Aliphatics, Flammable W I toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 75—34—3
1,2—trans-Dlchloro— Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic 18, Insoluble Sinker
ethylene halogenated products
CAS 156-60-5
Dichloropropane (all Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
isomers) halogenated products
CAS 26638—19-7
1,3—Dichioropropene Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 542-75-6
Dichioropropene (all Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic 18 Insoluble Sinker
Isomers) halogenated products
CAS 26952-23-8
Dichioropropene—Di— Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
chioropropane mixture hatogenated products
CAS 8003—19-8
2,2—Dichioropropionic Aliphatics, Corrosive 28 Soluble
acid halogenated
CAS 75—99—0
Dichlorvos Organophosphates Poison 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 62—73-7
2,4-Dichiorophenol Phenol & cresols Combustible w/toxic 18 Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products
halogenated
CAS 120-83-2
29
-------
Phenols & cresols
Aroma tics,
hal ogena ted
CAS 87-65-0
Epoxides
Aromatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 60—57—1
Amines, alkyl
CAS 109-89-7
Organometallics
Heavy metals
CAS 692-42—2
Hydrazines and
hydraz Ides
CAS 1615—80-1
Aromatics
Ketones
CAS 56—53-1
Organophosphates
CAS 3288-58-2
Organophosphates
Nitro compounds
CAS 311—45—5
Esters
CAS 84—66-2
Organophosphates
CAS 297-97—2
Aromatics
Ethers
CAS 94—58-6
Orgartophosphates
CAS 55—91-4
Hazard s)
In Addition
To Tox1c1t _
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Corrosive
Flammable w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Chemical Class/
CAS No.
* ‘8 ’ Table Reference
Behavior in Water
*
2 ,6-Dlchlorophenol
Dieldrln
Diethylami ne
Diethylarsine
(Note 2)
N,N’—Diethylhydraz lne
Diethyistil besterol
0,0-Diethyl -S-methyl
di thiophosphate
(Note 2)
Diethyl -p-nitrophenyl
phosphate
Diethyl phthalate
0,0-Diethyl 0-pyrazin—
yl phosphorothioate
D lhydrosafro le
(Note 2)
Dtisopropyl fluoro-
phosphate
18
lB
4B
18
::
lB
2B I
18!
2B
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Potential carcinogen
Corrosive
30
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “Ba Table Reference
_____- r1---—--- -
Hazardous Substance Chmnical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
___CASN0.__-- ToTox t *
Dimethoate Organophosphates Flammable w/toxic 28 Soluble
CAS 60—51.5 products
3,3’—Dimethoxybenzl— P nines, aryl Potential carcinogen 1BI Insoluble Sinker
dene CAS 119-90-4
alpha,alpha-Dlmethyl- Peroxides Explosive lB Insoluble Sinker
benzylhydroperoxide Aroinatics Combustible
CAS 80—15—9
Dlmethyl carbarnoyl Halides, alkyl Combustible w/toxlc 2B Soluble
chloride (Note 2) CAS 79—44-7 products
Reactive I
Potential carcinogen I
alpha,alpha—Dimethyl— Aniines, aryl 4B1 Soluble
phenethylainine CAS 122-09—8
(Note 1)
Dimethyl phthalate Esters Combustible lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 131-11-3
Dimethyl sulfate Sulfates Combustible w/toxic 28 Soluble
CAS 77-78-1 products
Corrosive
Potential carcinogen
Dimethylaminoazo— Azo compounds Potential carcinogen 181 Insoluble Sinker
benzene Amines, aryl
CAS 60—11—7
7,12—Dimethylbenz [ a]. Aromatlcs 18 Insoluble Sinker
anthracene CAS 57—97.6 I
3,3’—Dimethylbenzldlne Anhines, aryl Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 119-93-7
l,1—Dimethylhydrazine Hydrazines and Flammable w/toxic 48 Soluble
hydrazides products
CAS 57-14.7 I Corrosive
I Potential carcinogen
I I Poison
1,2-Dimethyihydrazine I Hydrazines and Flammable w/toxlc 4B So luble
hydrazides I products
CAS 540—73—8 Corrosive
Potential carcinogen I
31
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* UBU Table Reference
—l---- - -- --——__--- -------------—------- -
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior In Water
— . — *
2,4—Dimethyiphenol Phenols & cresols Combustible 3B Insoluble Floater
CAS 105-67-9
Dinitrobenzene Nitro compounds PoIson lB Insoluble Sinker
(mixed) Aromatics
CAS 25154-5
4,6— Ui n ltro—o—cresol Nitro compounds Combustible w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
Phenols & cresols products
CAS 534—52—1
4,6-Dinitro-o-cyclo- Nitro compounds Combustible w/toxic 1BI Insoluble Sinker
hexyl phenol Phenols & cresols products
CAS 131—89—5
Dinitrophenol Nitro compounds Combustible w/toxlc 1BI Insoluble Sinker
Phenols & cresols products
CAS 25550-58—7 Poison
2,4—Dinitrophenol Nitro compounds Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
Phenols & cresols products
CAS 51—28—5 Poison
2,6—Dinitrotoluene Nitro compounds lB Insoluble Sinker
Aroma tics
CAS 606-20—2
2,4—Dinitrotoluene Nitro compounds lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics 1 I
CAS 121-14-2
Dinitrotoluene Nitro compounds lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics
CAS 25321-14—6
Dinoseb Nitro compounds Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
Phenols & cresols products
CAS 88-85-7
Di—n—octylphthalate Esters 3B Insoluble Floater
CAS 117—84—0
1,4—Dioxane Ethers Flammable 2B Soluble
CAS 123—91—1 PotentIal carcinogen
32
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* TM B” Table Reference
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
-_CAS_N 2 To Toxicity -
2-Diphenyihydrazine Hydrazines and Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
hydrazides products
CAS 122—66—7 Potential carcinogen
D ipropylam ne Amines, alkyl Flammable w/toxic 43 Soluble
CAS 142—84—7 products
Diquat Aromatics , I Combustible w/toxlc 2B Soluble
halogenated I products
CAS 85-00-7
CAS 2764-72-9
Disulfoton Organophosphates Combustible w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 298—04—4 products
Poison
2,4—Dithiobiuret Amides, anilides, lB Insoluble Sinker
and imides
CAS 541-53—7
Diuron I Ureas Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products I
halogenated
CAS 330—54—1
Dodecylbenzenesul— Acidic compounds, Combustible w/toxic 2B Soluble
fonic acid organic products
- Aromatics
CAS 27176—87—0
Endosul fan Aromat lcs, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
Sulfones, sulfox— Poison
Ides 8 sulfonates
CAS 115—29—7
aipha—Endosulfan Aroinatics, Poison 18 Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
Sulfones, sulfox-
ides & sulfonates
CAS 959—98-8
beta—Endosulfan Aromatics, I Poison 18 Insoluble Sinker
halogenated I
Sulfones, sulfox—
ides & sulfonates
CAS 33213.65-9 I
33
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B” Table Reference
-----—_---- -T-—- - - m___
Hazardous Substance I Ch nlcal Class! I In Addition Behavior in Water
I C J2J1 fl __
Endosul fan sulfate Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated I products
Sulfones, sulfox—
ides & sulfonates
CAS 1031—07—8
Endothall (Note 1) Acidic compounds, 2B Soluble
organic
CAS 145—73-3
Endrin Epoxides I Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
Aranatics,
halogenated
CAS 72—20—8
Endrin aldehyde Aldehydes lB Insoluble Sinker
(Note 2) CAS 930—55-2
Eplchlorohydrin Ethers Flammable w/toxic 1B Insoluble Sinker
Aliphatics, I products
halogenated I
CAS 106—89—8
Epinephr ln Amines, aryl lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 51—43—4
Ethion Organophosphates Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 563—12—2
Ethyl acetate Esters Flammable 4B Soluble
CAS 141—78—6
Ethyl acrylate Esters Flammable 4B Soluble
Olefins Polymerizable
CAS 140—88-5
Ethyl carbanate Esters Potential carcInogen 48 Soluble
CAS 51—79—6
Ethyl cyanide Cyanides & nitriles Flammable w/toxic 4B Soluble
CAS 107—12-0 products
Ethyl-4,4’-dichloro- Esters lB Insoluble Sinker
benzIlate (Note 1) Aliphatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 510—15-6
34
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* RB” Table Reference
—
Hazardous Substance Cheiiical Class/ In Addition Behavior In Water
— _ cAS No . ___ — — —-- —
Ethyl ether Ethers Explosive, upon 48 Soluble
CAS 60—29—7 I standing
I Flammable
Ethyl methacrylate Esters, I Flammable 38 Insoluble Floater
Olephins Polymerizable
CAS 97—63—2
Ethyl methanesulfonate Esters 2B Soluble
(Note 2) CAS 62—50—0 I
Ethylbenzene Aranatics Flammable 381 Insoluble Floater
CAS 100-41-4
Ethylene dibrotnide Aliphatics, Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
CAS 106-93-4
Ethylene dichloride Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products I I
CAS 107—06-2 Potential carcinogen I
Ethylene oxide I Oxides, alkylene Flammable 481 Soluble
I CAS 75—21-8 CorrosIve
Ethylenebis(dithio— Ac1di c compounds, 1 2B Soluble
carbamic acid) organic
(Note 1) CAS 111-54—6
Ethylenedianilne Amines, alkyl Flammable w/toxic 148 Soluble
CAS 107-15—3 products
Corrosive
Ethylenediamine Ainines, alkyl I Combustible w/toxic 1B Insoluble Sinker
tetra acetic acid Acidic compounds, I products
organic I
CAS 60—00-4 I I
Ethylenethiourea tireas I Potential carcinogen I2B Soluble
(Note 1) CAS 96—45-7
Ethylenimine Ainines, alkyl I Flammable w/toxic 4B 1 Soluble
CAS 151—56—4 products
Poison
35
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* B” Table Reference
Hazardous Substance I Chemical Class! I In Addition I Behavior In Water
- - - - - I°_Tox1c ____ ____ ____
Famphur (Note 2) Organophosphates lB Insoluble Sinker
Amides, anhlides,
and Imides
CAS 52—85—7
Ferric animonlurn Organornetallics 2B Soluble
citrate I CAS 1185—57—5 I
Ferric anirnonium Organonietallics 2B Soluble
oxalate CAS 55488—87—4
CAS 2944—67—4
Ferric chloride Halides, inorganic 28 Soluble
CAS 7705-08—0
Ferric fluoride Halides, inorganic lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 7783-50—8
Ferric nitrate Nitrates & nitrites Oxidizer 28 Soluble
CAS 10421—48—4
Ferric sulfate Sulfates 281 Soluble
CAS 10028—22—5
Ferrous ammonium Sulfates 2B Soluble
sulfate CAS 10045—89-3
Ferrous chloride Halides, inorganic 128 Soluble
CAS 7758-94—3
Ferrous sulfate Sulfates 2B Soluble
CAS 7782—63—0
CAS 7720—78—7
Fluoranthene I Aromatics 1B I Insoluble Sinker
CAS 206—44-0 I
Fluorene Aromatlcs 181 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 86—73—7
Fluoroacetamide Amides, anil ides, 28! Soluble
(Note 1) and amides
CAS 640—19-7
Formic acid Acidic compounds, CombustIble 28 Soluble
organic I I
CAS 64-18—6
36
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* B” Table Reference
___ __- — — ---
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
CASNo . ____I9Ja i flx
Fumaric acid Acidic compounds, Combustible lB Insoluble Sinker
organic
CAS 110—17-8
Furan Ethers, Flammable 4B Soluble
Aromatics
CAS 110-00-9
Furfural Aldehydes Combustible 2B Soluble
Olefins
CAS 98-01—1 $
Glycidaldehyde Aldehydes Flammable LB Soluble
(Note 2) CAS 765—34—4 PotentIal carcinogen
Guthion Organophosphates Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics
CAS 86-50-0
Heptachior Aliphatics, Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated
CAS 76—44—8
Heptachior epoxide Aliphatics, Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
Epoxides
CAS 1024-57-3
Hexachlorobenzene Aromatics, Potential carcinogen 18 Insoluble Sinker
hal ogena ted
CAS 118—74—1
Hexachiorobutadiene Aliphatlcs, 1B I Insoluble Sinker
hal ogena ted
Olefins
CAS 87-68—3 I
Hexachiorocyclo— I Allphatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
pentadiene halogenated
Olefins
CAS 77-47—4 I
Hexachioroethane Aliphatics, (1B Insoluble Sinker
hal ogena ted
I CAS 67-72-1
37
-------
Chmnical Class!
CAS No.
Aroma tics
halogenated
CAS 465-73—6
Aroma tics
halogenated
CAS 70—30-4
Al iphatics,
halogena ted
Olef Ins
CAS 1888—71-7
Orga nophos phates
CAS 757-58—4
Hydrazines and
hydraz ides
CAS 302-01—2
Acidic compounds 1
inorganic
CAS 7647—01-0
Cyanides & nitriles
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
CAS 74—90-8
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
CAS 7664—39-3
Aroma tics
CAS 193—39—5
Organometallics
CAS 9004—66-4
Alcohols & glycois
CAS 78-83-1
Ketones
CAS 78-59-1
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* B’ Table Reference
Behavior n Water
*
Hexach lorohexahydro-
endo—endo-djmethano-
naphthalene
Hexachl orophene
Hexachioropropene
(Note 2)
Hexaethyl tetraphos—
p hate
Hydrazi ne
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrocyanic acid
Hydrofluoric acid
Indeno(1 ,2 ,3—cd)pyrene
Iron dextran
Isobutyl alcohol
Isophorone
Hazard(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
Poison
Poison
Flammable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Corrosive
Reactive
Flammable w/toxic
products
Poison
Corrosive
Reactive
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Flammable
Combustible
lB
‘B
lB
2B
2B
2B
4B
4B
2B
4B
4B
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
So I u b 1 e
I Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
38
-------
Chemical Class/
CAS No.
Olephins
CAS 78-79-5
Sulfones, sulfox—
Ides, & sulfonates
CAS 42504—46—1
Aroinatics
Ethers
CAS 120-58-1
Aromatics,
halogenated
CAS 115—32—2
All phatics,
hatogenated
Ketones
CAS 143—50—0
Acidic compounds,
organic
CAS 303—34—4
Heavy metals
CAS 7439-92-1
Organometallics
Heavy metals
CAS 301-04—2
Heavy metals
CAS 3687-31—8
CAS 7784—40—9
CAS 7645-25-2
CAS 10102—48—4
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7758—95-4
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 13814-96-5
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Hazard(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
* ‘B” Table Reference
*
Behavior In Water
Insoluble
0
Insoluble
Insoluble
Insoluble
Insoluble
Floater
Sinker
Si nker
Sinker
Si nker
Isoprene
Isopropanolamine
dodectyl benzene-
sul fonate
Isosafrole (Note 2)
Keithane
Kepone
Lasocarpine (Note 2)
Lead
Lead acetate
Lead arsenate
Lead chloride
Lead fluoborate
Flammable
Polymerizable
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combusible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Poison
38
18
18
18
lB
lB
lB
26
18
lB
28
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
39
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B’ Table Reference
——--— -- —-----—-------—- - -——-r
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition Behavior In Water
--
Lead fluoride Halides, inorganic lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 7783-46-2
Lead iodide Halides, inorganic lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
I CAS 10101-63-0
Lead nitrate Nitrates & nitrites Oxidizer 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 10099—74—8
Lead phosphate Phosphates and Potential carcinogen 1B Insoluble Sinker
phosphonates
Heavy metals
CAS 7446-27-7
Lead stearate Organometallics lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 7428—48-0
CAS 1072-35—1
CAS 56189—09—4
Lead subacetate Organometallics Potential carcinogen 128 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 1335-32-6
Lead sulfate Sulfates lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals I I
CAS 15739—80—7 I
CAS 7446—14—2
Lead sulfide Sulfides and lB Forms toxic
mercaptans hydrogen sulfide
Heavy metals
CAS 1314-87-0
Lead thtocyanate Cyanates lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 592-87-0
Lindane Aliphatics, Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
CAS 58—89—9
40
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* RB” Table Reference
___ —---_--- - —
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
_____ __- - __
Lithium chromate Chromates 2B Soluble
CAS 14307—35—8
Malathion Organophosphates lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 121—75—5
Maleic acid Acids, organic 2B Soluble
CAS 110—16—7
Maleic anhydride Acids, organic Combustible 2B Soluble
CAS 108—31—6
Maleic hydrazide Hydrazines and Combustible w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
hydrazides products
CAS 123-33—1
Malononitrile Cyanides & nitriles Combustible wftoxic 2B Soluble
CAS 109-77—3 products
Meiphalan Arornatics, Potential carcinogen lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated
Amines, aryl
CAS 148-82-3
Mercaptodimethur Sulfides and lB Insoluble Sinker
mercaptans
CAS 2032-65—7
Mercuric cyanide Cyanides & nitriles Poison 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 592-04—1
Mercuric nitrate Nitrates & nitrites Oxidizer 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 10045-94—0
Mercuric sulfate Sulfates Poison 13 Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 7783—35—9
Mercuric thiocyanate Cyanates Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 592—85-8
41
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B” Table Reference
- - -F— r -__
Hazardous Substance I Chanical Class! In Addition Behavior in Water
__ _
Mercurous nitrate Nitrates & nitrites Oxidizer 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7782-86-7
CAS 10415—75—5
Mercury Heavy metals lB Inso liAble Sinker
CAS 7439-97-6
Mercury fulminate Cyanides & nitriles Explosive lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals I
CAS 628—86—4
Methacrylonitrile Cyanides & nitriles Flammable wftox ic 4B Soluble
CAS 126—98—7 products
Polymerizable
Methanol Alcohols and flammable 4B Soluble
glycols
CAS 67—56—1
Methapyriline ftinines, aryl 2B Soluble
(Note 1) CAS 91-80—5
Methomyl Amides, anilides, 2B Soluble
and imides
CAS 16752—77—5
Methoxychlor Aromat lcs, lB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
CAS 72-43-5
Methyl bromide Halides, alkyl Combustible w/ toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 74-83-9 products
Poison
Methyl chlorocarbonate Ethers Flammable w/toxic 2B Soluble
Aliphatics, products
hal ogenated
CAS 79-22—1
Methyl chloroform Halides, alkyl Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 71—55—6 products
Methyl ethyl ketone Ketones Flammable 4B Soluble
CAS 18-93—3
42
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B’ Table Reference
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
___ __— —-- - - - - ---
Methyl hydrazine Hydrazines and Flammable w/toxlc 48! Soluble
hydrazides products
CAS 60-34-4 Poison I
Methyl iodide Halides, alkyl Potential 28 Soluble
CAS 74—88-4 carcinogen
Methyl isobutyl Ketones Flammable 148 Soluble
ketone CAS 108—10-1
Methyl Isocyanate Cyanates Flammable w/toxTc 4B Exothermic Reaction
CAS 624—83—9 products
Methyl methacrylate Esters, Flammable 48 Soluble
Olefins Polymerizable
CAS 80-62-6
Methyl parathion Organophosphates Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 298—00—0 products
Poison
3—Methylcholanthrene Aromatics Potential lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 56—49—5 carcinogen
Methylene bromide Halides, alkyl 2B Soluble
CAS 74-95-3
Methyl ene chloride Halides, alkyl Combustible w/toxic 2B Soluble
CAS 75—09—2 products
4,4’—Methylenebis(2- Aromatics, Potential Insoluble Sinker
chloro—aniline) halogenated carcinogen lB
(Note 2) n1nes, aryl
CAS 101—14-4
Methylthiouracll Mimes, alkyl Potential lB Insoluble Sinker
(Note 1) CAS 56—04—2 carcinogen
N-Methyl —N’-nitro—N— Nitro compounds Flammable w/toxlc .18 Insoluble Sinker
nitrosoguanidine Nitroso compounds products
(Notes 1,2) CAS 70-25—7 Potential
carcinogen
43
-------
Organophosphates
CAS 7786—34—7
Esters
CAS 315-18-4
(See mitomycin)
CAS 50—07—7
Amines, alkyl
CAS 75-04—7
Al Iphatics,
halogena ted
Organophosphates
CAS 300—76-5
Aromatics
CAS 91-20—3
Acidic compounds,
organic
CAS 1338—24—5
Aroinatics
CAS 130-15-4
Mimes, aryl
CAS 91059—8
Mimes, aryl
CAS 134-32—7
Urea s
CAS 86-88-4
Heavy metals
CAS 7440—02-0
Sul fates
Heavy metals
CAS 15699—18-0
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Poison
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Potential
carcinogen
Flammable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class/
In Addition I
Behavior in Water
AS 9 5 _
I Ji ! ______
—
* “B” Table Reference
So tub I e
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Mevinphos
Mexacarbate
Mitomycin C (Note 1)
Monoethyl amine
Ma led
Naphthalene
Maphthenic acid
1 ,4—Naphthoquinone
2—Naphthyl aini ne
1—Na phthyl amine
a lpha—Naphthylthiourea
Nickel
Nickel amrnoniuni
sul fate
Combustible
Combustible
Insoluble
Insoluble
Si nker
Floater
28
lB
2B
4B
lB
18
3B
28
28
lB
lB
lB
2B
So I u b I e
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
Flammable w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Si nker
Si nker
Insoluble
Insoluble
Soluble
44
-------
Chemical Class!
CAS No. _____
Organometallics
Heavy metals
CAS 13463—39-3
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7718—54—9
CAS 37211—05—5
Cyanides and
nitriles
Heavy metals
CAS 557—19-7
Basic compounds
Heavy metals
CAS 12054—48—7
Nitrates and
nitrites
Heavy metals
CAS 14216—75—2
Sulfates
Heavy metals
CAS 7786-81-4
Mimes, aryl
CAS 54-11-5
Acidic compounds.
inorganic
CAS 7697-37-2
Nitro compounds
Mimes, aryl
CAS 100—01—6
Nitro compounds
Aromatics
CAS 98-95-3
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Hazard(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
Nickel carbonyl
Nickel chloride
Nickel cyanide
Nickel hydroxide
Nickel nitrate
Nickel sulfate
Nicotine and salts
Nitric acid
p—Nitroani line
Ni trobenzene
* “B’ Table Reference
Behavior in Water
*
18 Insoluble Sinker
2B Soluble
lB Insoluble Sinker
18 Insoluble Sinker
2B Soluble
28 Soluble
28 Soluble
28 Soluble
18 Insoluble Sinker
18 Insoluble Sinker
Flammable w/toxic
products
Reactive
Potential
carcinogen
Poison
Oxidizer
Combustibel w/toxlc
products
Poison
Corrosive
Reactive
Oxidizer
Poison
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
45
-------
Chemical Class!
CAS No.
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
CAS 10102-44—0
Nitro compounds
CAS 55-63-0
NI tro compounds
Phenols and cresols
CAS 100—02—7
Nitro compounds
Phenols and cresols
CAS 88-75—5
Nitro compounds
Phenols and cresols
CAS 25154—55—6
Nitro compounds
CAS 79-46—9
Nitroso compounds
CAS 924—16—3
Nitroso compounds
CAS 1116-54—7
Nitroso compounds
CAS 55-18—5
Nitroso compounds
CAS 62-75-9
Nitroso compounds
Ainines, aryl
CAS 86—30—6
Hazardous Substance
TABLE IA. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B’ Table Reference
*
Behavior in Water
Nitrogen dioxide
Nitroglycerine
4-Nitrophenol
2-Ni trophenol
Nitrophenol (mixed)
2—Ni tropropane
N—Ni trosodi—n—butyl —
amine
N—Ni trosodi ethanol —
amine
N-Ni trosodlethyl amine
N-Ni trosodimethyl amine
N—Ni trosodi phenyl —
amine
Hazaro i s)
In Addition
Corrosive
Oxidizer
Poison
Explosive
Flammable w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Flammable w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Flammable w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Decomposes (Sinker)
Insoluble Sinker
So I u b I e
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Soluble
So I u b 1 e
So I u b I e
So I u b 1 e
Soluble
Insoluble Sinker
28
lB
2B
lB
28
43
23
2B
4B
2B
lB
46
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “Be Table Reference
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
_ -ILI ! L
N-Nitrosodi-n-propyl- Nitroso compound I Combustible w/toxic 3B Insoluble Floater
amine CAS 621-64—7 products
I Potential carcinogen
N—Nitroso—N—ethylurea I Nitroso compounds Potential 29 Soluble
(Note 2) CAS 759—73—9 carcinogen
N-Nitroso—N-methylurea Nitroso compounds Combustible wf toxic 28! Soluble
(Note 1) CAS 684-93-5 I products
Potential
carcinogen
N-Nitroso—N—methyl- Nitroso compounds Combustible wftoxic 29 Soluble
urethane (Note 2) CAS 615-53-2 products
Potential
carcinogen
N-Nltrosomethyl vinyl— Nitroso compounds Flammable w/toxic 2B Soluble
amine CAS 4549—40—0 products
Potential carcinogen
N—Nitrosopiperldine Nitroso compounds Potential 2B Soluble
CAS 100-75—4 carcinogen
N—Nitrosopyrrolidlne Nitroso compounds I Combustible W I toxic 2B Soluble
CAS 930-55—2 products
Potential
carcinogen
Nitrotoluene Nitro compounds Combustible w/toxic 18 Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics products 1 I
CAS 1321-12-6
5-Nltro—o—toluidlne Nitro compounds 18 Insoluble Sinker
(Note 2) Aromatics
CAS 99—55-8
Octamethylpyrophos— Mildes, anilides, 2B
phorainide and imides
Organophosphates
CAS 152-16-9
Osmium tetroxide Oxides 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 20816-12—0
Paraformaldehyde Aldehydes Combustible 28 Soluble
CAS 30525-89—4
47
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* B” Table Reference
—i—_-——————
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition f Behavior in Water
______ CA _I9J2 J. !. . - -
Paraldehyde Aldehydes Flammable 4B Soluble
CAS 123-63-7 I
Parathion Organophosphates Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 56-38—2
Pentachlorobenzene Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 608093-5
Pentachloroethane Aliphatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 76—01—7 I
Pentachloronltr— Nitro compounds lB Insoluble Sinker
benzene Aromatics,
halogenated I
CAS 82-68-8
Pentachlorophenol Phenols and cresols lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics
hal ogenated
CAS 87—86—5
1,3—Pentadiene Olephins Flammable 38 Insoluble Floater
CAS 504-60-9
Phenacetin Aromatics Potential 18 Insoluble Sinker
Amides, anilides, carcinogen
and imides
CAS 62—44-2
Phenanthrene Aromatics lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 85—01—8
Phenol Phenols and cresols Combustible 28 Soluble
CAS 108-95-2 Corrosive
I Poison
Phenyl dlchloroarsine Arornatics, Poison LB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated
Heavy metals
CAS 696-28-6 -
Phenylmercuric acetate Organometallics Combustible w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals products
CAS 62—38—4
48
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “6’ Table Reference
___ __ __
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
___ — CAS
N—Phenylthiourea Ureas lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics
CAS 103-85-5
Phorate Organophosphates lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 298-02-2
Phosphoric acid Acids, inorganic Corrosive 28 Soluble
CAS 7664—38—2
Phosphorus Phosphorous and Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
compounds products
CAS 7723—14—0 Poison
Phosphorus oxychioride Phosphorous and Corrosive 28 Reacts violently to
compounds Reactive give off HCI
Halides, inorganic
CAS 10025-87—3
Phosphorus penta— Phosphorous and flammable w/toxlc 20 Forms hydrogen
sulfide compounds products sulfide on contdct
Sulfides and Reactive
mercaptans
CAS 1314-80—3
Phosphorus trichioride Phosphorous and Corrosive 2B Reacts violently to
compounds Reactive give off HCI
Halides, inorganic
CAS 7719—12—2
Phthallc anhydride Aromatics Corrosive lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 85-44-9
2-Picoline Pinines, aryl Combustible w/toxic Soluble
CAS 109—06-8 products
Polychlorinated Aromatics, Potential lB Insoluble Sinker
biphenyls halogenated carcinogen
CAS 1336-36-3
Potassium arsenate Heavy metals Poison l2B Soluble
CAS 7784-41-0
Potassium arsenite Heavy metals Poison 2B
CAS 10124-50-2
Potassium bichromate Chromates Corrosive 2B Soluble
CAS 7778-50-9 OxIdizer
49
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B Table Reference
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition I I Behavior in Water
- -
Potassium chromate Chromates 2B Soluble
CAS 7789-00—6
Potassium cyanide Cyanides and Poison 28 Produces cyanide
nitriles Ion on contact
CAS 151—50—8
Potassium hydroxide Basic compounds Corrosive 2B Generates heat
CAS 1310-58—3 on contact
Potassium permanganate Basic compounds Corrosive 28 Soluble
CAS 7722-64—7 Oxidizer
Potassium silver Cyanides and 2B Soluble
cyanid nitrfles
Heavy metsals
CAS 506—61-6
Pronamide (Note 2) Aroinat lcs, lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated
Amides, anilides,
and imides
CAS 23950—58—5
1,3—Propane sultone Sulfones,sulfoxides Potential 28 Soluble
and sulfonates carcinogen
CAS 1120-71—4
Propargite Sulfites Flammable w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics products
GAS 2312-35—8
Propargyl alcohol Alcohols & glycols Flammable 48 Soluble
CAS 107—19—7 Poison
Propionic acid Acidic compounds, Combustible 48 Soluble
organic
CAS 79-09-4
Propionic anhydride Acidic compounds, Combustible 25 Decomposes (Sinker)
organic
CAS 123—62-6
n-Propylan ilne Mimes, alkyl Flammable w/toxic 48 Soluble
CAS 107—10—8 products
50
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “Ba Table Reference
—---- - - ---- — -
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
CAS _JLI i _
Propylene dichloride Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 78-87—5
Propylene oxide Oxides, alkylene Flammable 4B Soluble
GAS 75—56—9 Corrosive
1,2—Propylenimine Mimes, alkyl Flammable w/toxlc 4B Soluble
CAS 75—55—8 products
Potential carcinogen
Pyrene Arornatics Combustible w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 129—00-0 products
Pyrethrins Acidic compounds, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
organic products
CAS 121—21-1
CAS 121—29-9
4-Pyridinamine Amines, alkyl Combustible w/toxic 2B Soluble
(Note 2) CAS 504—24-5 products
Pyridine Amines, aryl Flammable w/toxic 48 Soluble
CAS 110—86-1 products
Quinoline Mimes, aryl Combustible 2B Soluble
CAS 91-22—5
Reserpine Aromatics lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 50—55—5
Resorciriol Aromatics Combustible 28 Soluble
CAS 108—46-3
Saccharin Sulfones,sulfoxldes Potential carcinogen 3B Insoluble Floater
and sulfonates
Aromatics
CAS 81-07-2
Safrole Aromatics Combustible 18 Insoluble Sinker
Ethers Potential
GAS 94—59-7 carcinogen
Selenious acid Acidic compounds, 2B Soluble
inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7783-00-8
51
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* B” Table Reference
-
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
_______ CA __ _I ! -_ L* -_ -
Selenium Heavy metals CombustIble w/toxlc Insoluble Sinker
CAS 7782—49—2 products
Selenium disulfide Sulfides and Reactive lB Forms hydrogen
rnercaptans sulfide on contact
Heavy metals
CAS 7488—56—4
Selenium oxide Oxides Poison 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7446-08—4
Selenourea (Note 2) Ureas 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 630-10-4
Silver Heavy metals 18 Insoluble Sinker
CAS 7440—22—4
Silver cyanide Cyanides and Poison 18 Insoluble Sinker
nitri les
Heavy metals
CAS 506-64-9
Silver nitrate Nitrates and Oxidizer 2B Soluble
nitrites
Heavy metals
CAS 7761-88-8
Sodium Alkali metals Flammable 48 Inflames on
CAS 7440-23—5 Corrosive contact
- Reactive
Sodium arsenate Heavy metals Poison 28 Soluble
CAS 7631—89—2
Sodium arsenite Heavy metals Poison 29 Soluble
CAS 7784-46-5
Sodium azide Azo compounds Combustible w/toxic Soluble
CAS 26628—22-8 products
Poison
Explosive
Sodium bichromate Chromates Corrosive 28 Soluble
CAS 10588—01-9 Oxidizer
52
-------
Sodium phosphate,
dibasic
Chmnical Class/
CAS No.
Halides, inorganic
CAS 1333—83—1
Sulfites
CAS 7631—90—5
Ch roma tes
CAS 7775—11—3
Cyanides and
nitri les
CAS 143—33—9
Sulfones,sulfoxides
and sulfonates
CAS 25155-30-0
Organometal lics
CAS 62- 74—8
Halides, inorganic
CAS 7681-49-4
Sulfides and
mercaptans
CAS 16721-80-5
Basic compounds
CAS 1310—73—2
Halides, inorganic
CAS 10022—70—5
CAS 7681-52-9
Organometal lics
CAS 124-41—4
Nitrates and
nitrites
CAS 7632— 00—0
Phosphates and
phosphonates
CAS 7558—79-4
CAS 10039-32-4
CAS 10028-24-7
CAS 10140-65-5
Ha za rd( S /
rn Addition
Flammable w/toxic
products
Reactive
Corrosive
Reactive
Generates heat on
contact
Soluble
Hazardous Substance
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* ‘B” Table Reference
Sodi imi
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
bifluo ride
bisuifite
chromate
cyanide
*
Behavior in Water
Corrosive
Poison
So 1 u b I e
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Soluble
Reacts to form
hydrogen fluoride
Soluble
Sodium dodecyl benzene
suifonate (Note 2)
Sodium fluoracetate
Sodium fluoride
Sodium hydrosulfide
Sodium hydroxide
Sodium hypochlorite
Sodium methy’ ate
Sodium nitrite
2B
2B
2B
28
2B
2B
2B
2B
2B
28
2B
2B
2B
flammable w/toxic
products
Reactive
Oxidizer
So I u Die
So I u Die
So I u b 1 e
53
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* Table Reference
-—
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition Behavior in Water
-- AS No . TTxIc *
Sodium phosphate, Phosphates and 28 Soluble
tribasic phosphonates
CAS 7601—54—9
CAS 7785—84—4
CAS 10101—89—0
CAS 10361—89—4
CAS 7758—29—4
CAS 10124—56—8
Sodium selenite Heavy metals Poison 2B Soluble
CAS 10102—18—8
CAS 7782—82—3
Streptozotocin (See streptozotocin Potential 28 Soluble
(Note 1) CAS 18883—66—4 carcinogen
Strontium chromate Chromates Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 7789-06-2
Strontium sulfide Sulfides and Reactive lB Reacts to give toxic
mercaptans hydrogen sulfide
Heavy metals
CAS 1314-96-1
Strychnine and salts (See strychnine and Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
salts)
CAS 57—24-9
Styrene Aromatics, Flammable 3B Insoluble Floater
Olefins Polymerizable
CAS 100—42-5
Sulfur monochioride Halides, Inorganic Corrosive 28 Decomposes (Sinker)
CAS 12771-08—3 Reactive
Sulfuric acid Acidic compounds, Corrosive 2B Soluble with evolu—
Inorganic Reactive tion of heat
CAS 7664—93—9
syiii—Trinitrobenzene Nitro compounds Flammable w/toxic 18 Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics products
GAS 99-35—4 Explosive
2,4,5—T acid Arornatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
hal ogena ted
CAS 93-73-5
54
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B” Table Reference
r
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
_____ _J9I9 1 fl _ —
2,4,5—1 amlnes Amlnes, aryl Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products
halogenated
CAS 2008-46-0
2,4,5—1 esters Esters lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, I
halogenated
CAS N.A.
2,4,5—T salts Aromatics, Combustible w/toxlc 2B Soluble
halogenated products
CAS 13560-99-1
1,2,4,5—Tetrachioro— Aromatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
benzene halogenated
CAS 95—94—3
1,1,1,2—Tetrachloro— Allphatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
ethane halogenated
CAS 630-20-6
1,1,2,2—Tetrachioro— Aliphatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
ethane halogenated
CAS 79—34—5
2,3,4,6—Tetrachioro— Aromatics, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
phenol halogenated products
Phenols and cresola
CAS 58-90-2
2,3,7,8-Tetrachloro— Aromatics, Combustible w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
dlbenzo-p—dloxin halogenated products
CAS 1746-01-6 Potential
carcinogen
Tetrachloroethylene Allphatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated
Olefins
CAS 127—18—4
Tetraethyldithiopyro— Organophosphates Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
phosphate CAS 3689—24—5
55
-------
Organometal 1 ics
Heavy metals
CAS 78—00—2
Organophosphates
CAS 107-49—3
Ethers
CAS 109-99—9
Nitro compounds
CAS 509- 14-8
Heavy metals
CAS 7440-28-0
Organometal ics
CAS 563-68-8
Organometal 1 ics
Heavy metals
CAS 6533-73—9
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
CAS 7791-12-0
Nitrates and
nitrites
Heavy metals
CAS 10102—45—1
Oxides
Heavy metals
CAS 1314—32—5
Heavy metals
CAS 12039—52—0
Sul fates
Heavy metals
CAS 7446-18—6
Aromatics,
ha loge nated
Urea S
CAS 5 344-82—1
Combustible WI toxic
products
Poison
Combustible WI toxic
products
Poison
Flammable
Explosive
Oxidizer
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
-
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class!
In Addition
Behavior in Water
-- - - -
— - C
-
—
* fl5 Table Reference
Insoluble Sinker
Soluble
Si nker
Sinker
Soluble
Insoluble
Insoluble
So I u b I e
Soluble
Tetraethyl lead
Tetraethyl pyrophos—
p hate
Tetrahyd rofuran
Tetranit romethane
Thai hum
Thallium(I) acetate
Thalhium(I) carbonate
Thallium (I) chloride
Thalhium(I) nitrate
Thallium (III) oxide
Thallium (I) selenide
Thallium(I) sulfate
1 —(o—Chlorophenyl )—
thiourea (Note 2)
lB
2B
4B
lB
lB
28
2B
lB
28
lB
18
28
28
Poison
Oxidizer
Oxidizer
Poison
Insoluble Sinker
So I u b I e
Insoluble Sinker
Insoluble Sinker
So I u b I e
Soluble
56
-------
Amides, anil ides,
and fmfdes
CAS 62-55—5
Sul fides and
mercaptans
Amides, anilines,
and imides
CAS 39196—1804
Phenol s and cresol S
CAS 108-98-5
Azo compounds
Ureas
CAS 79-19-6
tireas
CAS 62-56-6
Sulfides and
mercaptans
CAS 137-26-8
Aromatics
CAS 108-88-3
Cyanat es
Aromatics
CAS 584-84-9
Amines, aryl
CAS 95-80-7
Aromatics,
hal ogenated
Amines, aryl
CAS 636-21-5
Al iphatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 8001-35-2
Acidic compounds,
organic
Aromatics,
hal ogenated
CAS 93-72-1
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class!
CAS No.
Hazard(s)
In Addition
To Toxicity
*
Behavior in Water
* 5 Table Reference
Thioacetamide (Note 2)
Thiofanox (Note 2)
Th iophenol
Thiosemicarbazide
(Note 1)
Thiourea
Thiram
Tol uene
Toluene diisocyanate
Toluenediamine
o-Tol uidine hydro-
chloride
Toxaphene
2,4,5—TP acid
Potent lal
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Fl anui abl e
Combustibi e w/toxlc
products
Poison
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
2B Soluble
28 Insoluble Sinker
lB Insoluble Sinker
28 Soluble
2B Soluble
18 Insoluble Sinker
3B Insoluble Floater
2B Decomposes (Sinker)
28 Soluble
28 Soluble
lB Insoluble Sinker
lB Insoluble Sinker
57
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* 5fl Table Reference
_______ _____
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition I Behavior in Water
___
2,4,5—TP acid esters Esters, Combustible w/toxic lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products
halogenated
CAS N.A.
Tris(2,3—dibromo— Phosphates and Potential lB Insoluble Sinker
propyl) phosphate phosphonates carcinogen
(Note 2) CAS 126—72—7
Trichiorfon Aliphatics, 2B Soluble
halogenated
Organophosphates
CAS 52-68-6
1,2,4—Trlchlorobenzene Aromatics, Combustible w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
hal ogenated products
CAS 120—82—1
1,l,2—Trichloroethane Aliphatics, Combustible w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 79-00-5
Trichioroethylene Aliphatics, Flammable /tox1c lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 79-01-6
Trichioromethanesul— Aliphatics, Poison 15 Insoluble Sinker
fenyl chloride halogenated
(Note 2) CAS 594—42—3
Trichloromonofluoro— Allphatics, lB Insoluble Sinker
methane halogenated
CAS 75-69—4
2,4,5—Trichiorophenol Phenols and cresols Combustible w/toxlC lB Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products
halogenated
CAS 95-95-4
2,4,6—Trichiorophenol Phenols and cresols Combustible w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics, products
halogenated
CAS 88-06-2
Trichiorophenol Phenols and cresols 16 Insoluble Sinker
Aromatics,
ha to gena ted
CAS 25167—82—2
58
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “Ba Table Reference
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class! In Addition Behavior in Water
- — — - - - - -_J - _ -. - - - -
Triethanolamine dode- Sulfones,sulfoxides 2B Soluble
cylbenzene sulfonate and sulfonates
CAS 27323—41—7
Triethylamine mines, alkyl Flammable w/tox lc 4B Soluble
CAS 121—44—8 products
Corrosive
Trypan blue (Note 2) Azo compounds Potential 2B Soluble
CAS 72—57—1 carcinogen
Uracil mustard Aliphatics, Potential lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated carcinogen
Amines, alkyl
CAS 66—75—1
Uranyl acetate Organometallics Radioactive 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 541-09—3
Uranyl nitrate Nitrates and Radioactive 2B Soluble
nitrites Oxidizer
Heavy metals
CAS 10102-06—4
CAS 36478—76—9
Vanaditnn pentoxide Oxides lB Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 1314-62-1
Vanadyl sulfate Sulfates 2B Soluble
Heavy Metals
CAS 27774—13—6
Vinyl acetate Esters, Flammable 4B Soluble
Olefins Polymerizable
CAS 108-05-4
Vinyl idene chloride Aliphatics, Flammable w/toxlc lB Insoluble Sinker
halogenated products
CAS 75—35—4 Polymerizable -
Potential
carcinogen
Warfarin Aromat ics lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 81-81-2
59
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN UATER
* 11811 Table Reference
-
Hazardous Substance Chemical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
______- ___CAS N0. ToToxlc it -
Xylene Aromatics Flammable 36 Insoluble Floater
CAS 1330-20—7
Xylenol Phenols and cresols Combustible 2B Soluble
CAS 1300—71—6
Zinc Heavy metals Combustible lB Insoluble Sinker
CAS 744066-6
Zinc acetate Organometallics 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
GAS 557—34—6
Zinc ammoniwn chloride Halides, inorganic 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 52628—25-8
CAS 14639—97-5
CAS 14639—98-6
Zinc borate Heavy metals 2B Soluble
CAS 1332—07—6
Zinc bromide Halides, Inorganic 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7699—45—8
Zinc carbonate Organometall lcs 18 Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
CAS 3486—35—9
Zinc chloride Halides, inorganic 2B Soluble
Heavy metals
GAS 7646—85—7
Zinc cyanide Cyanides and Poison lB Insoluble Sinker
nitri les
Heavy metals
CAS 557—21-1
Zinc fluoride Halides, inorganic 18 Insoluble Sinker
Heavy metals
GAS 7783—49-5
Zinc formate Organometallics 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 557-41-5
Zinc hydrosulfite Sulfites 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7779-86—4
60
-------
TABLE 1A. RELEASES IN WATER
* “B ’ Table Reference
Hazardous Substance Ch nical Class/ In Addition Behavior in Water
-
Zinc nitrate Nitrates and Oxidizer 28 Soluble
nitrites
Heavy metals
CAS 7779-88—6
Zinc phenolsulfonate Phenols and cresols Combustible w/tox lc 2B Soluble
Heavy metals products
CAS 127—82—2
Zinc phosphide Phosphorous and Flammable w/toxlc 18 Insoluble Sinker
compounds products - -
Heavy metals Reactive
CAS 1314—84—7 Poison
Zinc silicofluoride Halides, inorganic 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 16871-71-9
Zinc sulfate Sulfates 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 7733—02—0
Zirconium nitrate Nitrates and Oxidizer 28 Soluble
nitrites
Heavy metals
CAS 13746-89-9
Zirconium potassium Halides, inorganic 28 Soluble
fluoride Heavy metals
CAS 16923-95-8
Zirconium sulfate Sulfates 28 Soluble
Heavy metals
CAS 14644-61-2
Zirconium Halides, inorganic Corrosive 28 Soluble
tetrachioride Heavy metals Reactive
CAS 10026-11-6
Note 1: Specific gravity calculated according to Grains Method given in the Handbook of
Chemical Property Estimation Methods.
Note 2: SpecifIc gravity and/or solubility estimated based on active chemical groups and
physical characteristics of structurally similar compounds.
LEGEND: N/A = Not available
61
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(
Mdition
s),
to
in
Toxicity
Acetaldehyde Aldehydes 75—07—0 Flaniiiable
Polymeri zable
Acetic acid Acidic compounds, 64—19—7 Combustible
organic Corrosive
Acetic anhydride Acidic compounds, 108—24—7 Combustible
organic Corrosive
Acetone Ketones 67—64—1 Flaninable
Acetone cyanohydrin Cyanides and nitriles 75—86—5 Combustible w/toxlc
products
Poi son
Acetonitrile Cyanides and nitriles 75—05—8 Flan nable w/toxic
products
Acetophenone Ketones 98—85—2 Combustible
Acetyl bromide Aliphatics, halogenated 506—96—7 Flaimnable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Reactive
Acetyl chloride Aliphatics, halogenated 75—36—5 Flamable w/toxlc
products
Corrosi ye
Reactive
Acrolein Aldehydes, 107—02—8 Flanniiable
Olefins Polymerizable
Poi son
Acrylic acid Acidic compounds, 79—10—7 Combustible
organic, Olefins Corrosive
Polymeri zabl e
Acrylonitrile Cyanides and nitriles 107—13—1 FlanTnable w/toxlC
products
Polymeri zable
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Allyl alcohol Alcohols and glycols, 107—18—6 FlaiTmable
Olefins Poison
Allyl chloride Halides, alkyl, 107—05—1. Flaimiable w/toxic
Olefins products
62
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
1336—21—6
12135— 76—1
628—63—7
62 —53—3
7647— 18—9
7784—34—1
98—87—3
7 1—43—2
98—09—9
100—47—0
98—07—7
98—88—4
100—44—7
1464—53—5
111—91—1
111—44—4
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
P d1tion
to
in
Toxicity
Ammonium hydroxide
Ammonium sulfide (in
aqueous solution)
Amyl acetate
Aniline
Antimony pentachioride
Arsenic trichioride
Benzal chloride
Benzene
Benzenesulfonyl chloride
Benzonit rile
Benzotri chloride
Benzoyl chloride
Benzyl chloride
2,2’—Bioxlrane
Bi s(2 —chloroethoxy)
methane
Bis(2—chloroethyl) ether
Basic compounds
Sulfides and mercaptans
Esters
Amines, aryl
Halides, Inorganic,
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic,
Heavy metals
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics
Acidic compounds,
organic
Cyanides and nitriles
Aromati s, hal ogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Epoxides
Al Iphatics, halogenated
Ethers
Corrosive
Flaninable w/toxic
products
Flanmiable
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Corrosive
Reactive
Corrosive
Reactive
Poi son
Flaniiiable
Potential carcinogen
Combustible wftoxic
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Combustible w/tOxlc
products
Corrosive
Combustible w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Reactive
Potential carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
63
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Addition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Bis(2 —chloroisopropyl)— Ethers, 108—60—1 CombustIble w/toxic
ether Aliphatics, halogenated products
Bis(chloromethyl) ether Ethers 542—88—1 Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Bis(2—ethylhexyl) Esters 117—81—7
phthal ate
Bromoacetone (Note 2) Ketones 598—31—2 Poison
Bromoform Halides, alkyl 75—25—2
4—Bromophenyl phenyl Ethers, 101—55—3 Combustible w/toxlc
ether Aromatics, halogenated products
1—Butanol Alcohols and glycols 71—36—3 Flamable
2—Butanone peroxide Peroxides 1338—23—4 Explosive
(Note 2) Oxidizer
Combustible
Butyl acetate Esters 123—86—4 Flamable
Butyl benzyl phthalate Esters 85—68—7
Butylamine Amines, alkyl 109—73—9 Flarmable w/toxic
products
Butyric acid Acidic compounds, 107—92—6 Combustible
organic
Carbon disulf de Sulfides and mercaptans 75—15—0 Flamable w/toxlc
products
Carbon tetrachloride Halides, alkyl 56—23—5 Potential carcinogen
Chloral Aldehydes, 75—87—6 Combustible w/toxic
Aliphatics, halogenated products
Corrosive
Potential carcinogen
Chloroacetaldehyde Aldehydes, 107—20—0 Combustible w/toxic
Aliphatics, halogenated products
Polymer lzable
Chlorobenzene Aromatics, halogenated 108—90—7 Flammable w/toxic
products
64
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Mdltion
),
to
in
Toxicity
Chiorodibromomethane Aliphatics, halogenated 124—48—1
Chloroethane Aliphatics, halogenated 75—00—3 Flaninable w/toxlc
products
2—Chloroethyl vinyl Ethers, 110—75—8 Flaninable wftoxlc
ether Aliphatics, halogenated products
Chloroform Halides, alkyl 67—66—3 Potential carcinogen
Chioromethyl methyl Ethers, 107—30—2 Flanunable wftoxic
ether Aliphatics, halogenated products
Potential carcinogen
Poison
2—Chiorophenol Phenols and cresols, 95—57—8 Combustible w/toxic
Aromatics, halogenated products
4—Chiorophenyl phenyl Ethers, 7005—72—3 Combustible w/toxic
ether Aromatics, halogenated products
3—Chioropropionitrile Cyanides and nitriles 542—76—7 Combustible w/toxlc
products
Chlorosulfonic acid Acidic compounds, 7790—94—5 Corrosive
inorganic Reactive
Creosote Phenols and cresols, 8001—58—9 Combustible
Aromatics Potential carcinogen
Cresol Phenols and cresols, 1319—77—3 Combustible
Aromatics
Crotonaldehyde Aldehydes, 4170—30—3 Fl amabi e
Olefins 123—73—9
Cumene Aromatics 98—82—8 Combustible
Cyanogen chloride Cyanides and nitriles 506—77—4 Poison
Cyclohexane Allphatics 110—82—7 Flanmiable
Cyclohexanone Ketones 108—94—1 Combustible
2,4—D esters Esters 94—11—1 CombustIble w/toxlc
products
Diazinon Organophosphates 333—41—5 Combustible w/toxic
products
65
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
1 ,2-Di bromo—3—chloropro—
pane (Note 2)
Di—n—butyl phthal ate
Dichlorobenzene (all
Isomers)
o—Di chi orobenzene
m—D1 chl orobenzene
Di chi orobromomethane
1 ,4—Di chi oro—2—butene
1 ,1—Di chloroethane
1,2—trans—Dichloro—
ethylene
Dichioropropane (all
Isomers)
I ,3—Di chl oropropene
Dichloropropene (all
Isomers)
Di chi oropropene—Di chi o—
ropropane mixture
2,2—Di chioropropionic
acid
Dlch lorvos
Diethylamine
Nazar 1ous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
P d1tion
to
in
Toxicity
96—12—8 Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Al Iphatics, halogenated
Esters
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromati Cs, hal ogenated
All phati Cs, hal ogenated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Aliphatics, halogenated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Aliphatics, halogenated
Al Iphatics, halogenated
Acidic compounds,
organic, Aliphatics,
halogenated
Organophosphates
Amines, alkyl
84-74—2
25321—22—6
95—50—1
541-73—1
75—27—4
764—41-0
75—34—3
156—60-5
2 6638—19—7
542— 75—6
2 6952—23—8
8003— 19—8
75—99—0
62—73—7
109—89—7
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Flammable w/toxic
products
Flammable w/toxic
products
Flammable w/toxic
products
Flammable w/tOxic
products
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Flanriable w/toxic
products
Flammable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Poi son
Flasmiiable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
66
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hydrazines and
hydrazides
Flamable w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Potential carcinogen
Potential carcinogen
Corrosive
Explosive
Combustible
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Reactive
Potential carcinogen
Combustible
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Corrosive
Potential carcinogen
Flanr able w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Potential carci nogen
Poison
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
fl dltlon
to
in
Toxicity
Organometallics,
Heavy metals
Hydrazines and
hyd razides
Organophosphates
Organophosphates,
Nitro compounds
Esters,
Aromati cs
Organophosphates
Aromatics,
Ethers
Organophosphates
Peroxides,
Aromati cs
Halides, alkyl
Pmines, aryl
Esters
Sulfates
Diethylarsine (Note 2)
N,N’—Di ethyl hydrazine
0,0—0, ethyl—S—methyl
dithiophosphate (Note 2)
Di ethyl —p—ni trophenyl
phosphate
Diethyl phthalate
0,0—Diethyl 0—pyrazinyl
phosphorothi oate
Dihydrosafrole (Note 2)
Di isopropyl fluoro—
phosphate
alpha ,al pha—Dimethyl ben—
zyl hyd roperoxide
Dimethyl carbamoyl
chloride (Note 2)
alpha,al pha—Dimethyl —
phenethylarnine (Note 1)
Dimethyl phthalate
Dimethyl sulfate
1 ,1—Dlmethyl hydrazine
692—42—2
161 5—80—1
3288—58-2
311—45—5
84—66—2
297 —97—2
94—58—6
55—91—4
80—15—9
79—44—7
122 —09—8
131—11—3
77—78—1
57—14—7
67
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Addition
),
to
in
Toxicity
1,2—Dimethyihydrazine Hydrazines and 540—73—8 Flaniiiable w/toxlc
hydrazides products
Corrosive
Potential carcinogen
Di —n—octyl phthal ate Esters 117—84—0
1,4—Dioxane Ethers 123—91—1 Flaninable
Potential carcinogen
Dipropylamine Amunes, alkyl 142—84—7 Flamable w/toxic
products
Dodecylbenzenesulfonic Acids, organIc, 27176—87—0 Combustible w/toxic
acid Aromatics products
Endrin aldehyde (Note 2) Aldehydes 930—55—2
Epichlorohydrin Epoxides, 106—89—8 Flananable w/toxlc
Aliphatics, halogenated products
Ethion Organophosphates 563—12—2 Poison
Ethyl acetate Esters 141—78—6 Flamable
Ethyl acrylate Esters, 140—88—5 Flamable
Olefins Polymerizable
Ethyl cyanide Cyanides and nltriles 107—12—0 Flamable w/toxic
products
Ethyl—4,4’—dichloroben— Esters, 510—15-6
zilate (Note 1) Aliphatlcs, halogenated
Ethyl ether Ethers 60—29—7 Explosive, upon standing
Fl anm iabi e
Ethyl methacrylate Esters, 97—63—2 Flanvuable
Olefins Polymerizable
Ethyl methanesulfonate Esters 62—50—0
(Note 2)
Ethylbenzene Aromatics 100—41—4 Flaimnable
Ethylene dibromide Aliphatics, halogenated 106—93—4 Potential carcinogen
Ethylene dicflloride Aliphatics, halogenated 107—06—2 Flanauable w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
68
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Mimes, alkyl
Acidic compounds,
organic
Ethers,
Aromatics
Aldehydes,
Olefins
Aldehydes
Al Iphatics,
hal ogenated,
Olefins
Al iphatics,
halogenated,
Olefins
Al Iphatics,
halogenated,
Olef ins
Organophosphates
Hydrazines and
hyd razides
Acidic compounds,
Inorganic
Cyanides and nitriles,
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
Poison
Flamable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Potential carcinogen
Poison
Corrosive
Reactive
Flaninable w/toxlc
products
Poi son
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
dItion
to
in
Toxicity
Oxides, alkylene
Mimes, alkyl
Flaniimable
Corrosive
Flariiiiable w/toxlc
products
Corrosive
Flaniimable w/toxic
products
P01 son
Combustible
Flaninable
Combusti ble
Flaninable
Potential carcinogen
Ethylene oxide
Ethylened 1 amine
Ethylenimi ne
Formic acid
Furan
Furfural
Gi yc Ida ld ehyd e
(Note 2)
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocycl 0—
pentad 1 ene
Hexachloropropene
(Note 2)
Hexaethyl tetraphosphate
Hyd razi ne
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrocyanic acid
75—21—8
107—15—3
151—56—4
64-18-6
110—00—9
98-01-1
765—34—4
87—68-3
7 7—47—4
1888—71-7
757—58—4
302—01—2
7647 —01—0
74—90-8
69
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
dition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Kydrofluoric acid Acidic compounds, 7664—39—3 Corrosive
inorganic Reactive
Isobutyl alcohol Alcohols and glycols 78—83—1 Flamable
Isophorone Ketones 78—59—1 Combustible
Isoprene Olefins 78—79—5 Flanuiable
Polymeri zabl e
Isosafrole (Note 2) Aromatics, 120—58—1 Potential carcinogen
Ethers
Lead fluoborate (In Heavy metals, 13814—96—5
aqueous solution) Halides, inorganic
Mal athi on Organophosphates 121—75—5
Mercury Heavy metals 7439—97—6
Methacrylonitrile Cyanides and nitriles 126—98—7 Flamable w/toxlc
products
Polymeri zabl e
Methanol Alcohols and glycols 67—56—1 Flamable
Methapyriline (Note 1) Atnines, aryl 91—80—5
Methyl chiorocarbonate Esters, 79—22—1 Flamable w/toxlc
Aliphatics, halogenated products
Methyl chloroform Halides, alkyl 71—55—6 Combustible w/toxic
products
Methyl ethyl ketone Ketones 78—93—3 Flaniiiable
Methyl hydrazine Hydrazines and 60—34—4 Flaimiable w/toxlc
hydrazides products
P01 SOfl
Methyl iodide Halides, alkyl 74—88—4 PotentIal carcinogen
Methyl Isobutyl ketone Ketones 108—10—1 Flaninable
Methyl isocyanate Cyanates 624—83—9 Flani able w/toxlc
products
Methyl methacrylate Esters, 80—62—6 Flanmiable
Olefins Polymerizable
70
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
P dition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Methylene bromide Halides, alkyl 74—95—3
Methylene chloride Halides, alkyl 75—09—2 Combustible w/toxlc
products
Mevinphos Organophosphates 7786—34—7 Combustible w/toxlc
products
Poison
Monoethylamine Mnnes, alkyl 75—04—7 Flamable w/toxic
products
Corrosi ye
Naphthenic acid Acidic compounds, 1338—24—5 Combustible
organic
Nickel carbonyl Organornetallics, 13463—39—3 Flamable w/toxic
Heavy metals products
Reactive
Potential carcinogen
Nicotine and salts Amines, aryl 54—11—5 Combustible wItoxic
products
Poi son
Nitric acid Acidic compounds, 7697—37—2 Corrosive
Inorganic Reactive
Oxidizer
Nitrobenzene Nitro compounds, 98—95—3 CombustIble w/toxic
Aromatics products
Poi son
Nitrogen dioxide Acidic compounds, 10102—44—0 Corrosive
Inorganic Oxidizer
Poison
2—Nitropropane Nitro compounds 79—46—9 Flani iiable w/toxic
products
N—Nltrosodiethanolamine Nitroso compounds 1116—54—7 Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
N—Nitrosodiethylamine Nitroso compounds 55—18—5 Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
71
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Nitroso compounds
Nitroso compounds
Nitroso compounds
Nitroso compounds
Nitroso compounds,
Miides, anilides and,
imides,
Organophosphates
Ethers
Oryanophosphates
Aliphatics, halogenated
Olefins
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
Phosphorous and
compounds,
Halides, inorganic
Phosphorous and
compounds,
Halides, inorganic
Mines, aryl
Aromatics, halogenated
Flanrable
Poi son
Combustible w/toxic
products
Flamable
Corrosive
Corrosive
Reactive
Corrosive
Reactive
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carci nogen
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
P dition
to
in
Toxicity
Flamable w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Flamable w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Combustible WI toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
N—Ni trosod imethyl amine
N—Ni trosod i—n—p ropy —
amine
N—Ni troso-N—methylurea
(Note 1)
N—NI trosomethyl vinyl —
ami ne
N—Ni trosopyrro idine
Octamethyl pyrophosphor—
amide
Pa ra 1 d ehyd e
Parathion
Pent ach loroethane
1 ,3 —Pentadiene
Phosphoric acid
Phosphorus oxychioride
Phosphorus trichioride
2—Picoilne
Polychiori nated
biphenyls
62—75—9
62 1—64—7
684—93—5
4549—40—0
930—55—2
152—16—9
123—63—7
56—38—2
76—01—7
504—60—9
7 664—38—2
10025—87 —3
7 719—12—2
109—06—8
1336—36—3
72
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Sulfites,
Aromati cs
Alcohols and glycols
Acidic compounds,
organic
Acidic compounds,
organic
Mnnes, alkyl
Al iphatlcs, halogenated
Oxides, alkylene
Amines, alkyl
Amines, aryl
Asnlnes, aryl
Aromati cs,
Ethers
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
Basic compounds
Aromati cs,
Olefins
Halides, inorganic
Acidic Compounds,
inorganic
Amines, aryl,
Aromatics, halogenated
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
kidition
to
in
Toxicity
Proparglte
Propargyl alcohol
Propionic acid
Propionic anhydride
n—Propyl amine
Propylene dichioride
Propylene oxide
1,2—Propylenimi ne
Pyridine
Quinoline
Safrol e
Selenious acid
Sodium hypochiorite
(in aqueous solution)
Styrene
Sul fur monochi oride
Sulfuric acid
2,4,5—1 amines
2312—35—8
107—19—7
79—09—4
123—62—6
107—10-8
78—87-5
7 5—56—9
7 5—55—8
110—86—1
91—22—5
94—59—7
7 783—00—8
10022— 70—5
7681—52—9
100—42—5
1277 1—08—3
7664—93—9
2008—46—0
Flamable w/toxic
p od ct S
Flamable
Poison
Combustible
Combusti ble
Flamable w/toxic
products
Flamable w/toxic
products
Flamable
Corrosive
Flanviiable w/toxic
products
Potential carcinogen
Flaninable w/toxic
products
Combustible
Combustible
Potential carcinogen
Flaniiiable
Polymeri zable
Corrosive
Reactive
Corrosive
Reactive
Combustible w/toxic
products
73
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
Tetrahyd rofu ran
let ranit romethane
Th 1 ophenol
Toluene
Toluene dilsocyanate
2,4,5—TP acid esters
1 ,2,4—Trichlorobenzene
1,1 ,2—Trichloroethafle
Trichi oroethylene
Esters,
Aromatics, halogenated
Al iphatlcs, halogenated
Allphatics, halogenated
Al Iphatics,
hal ogenated,
Olefins
Organophosphates
Organometallics,
Heavy metals
Organophosphates
Ethers
Nltro compounds
Phenols and cresols
Aromati Cs
Cyanates,
Aromatlcs
Esters,
Aromatics, halogenated
Arornatics, halogenated
Al Iphatics, halogenated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Mdltlon
to
in
Toxicity
2,4,5—T esters
1,1 ,1,2—Tetrachloro—
ethane
1 ,1,2,2—Tetrachloro—
ethane
Tetrachi oroethyl ene
Tetraethyldi thiopyro—
phosphate
Tetraethyl lead
N.A.
630-20-6
79-34—5
127—18-4
3689—24-5
78—00—2
107—49—3
109—99—9
509—14—8
108—98—5
108—88—3
584—84—9
N.A.
120—82—1
79—00—5
79—01—6
Poison
Combustible w/tox lC
products
P01 SOfl
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Poison
Flanriable
Explosive
Oxid 1 zer
Flanmiable
Combustible w/toxlc
poducts
Poi son
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustthle w/toxic
products
(Flamable w/toxic
products)
74
-------
TABLE 2A. LIQUIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Flan nable w/toxlc
products
Corrosive
Flan i iable
Polymeri zable
Flaniiiable w/toxlc
products
Polymeri zabl e
Potential carci nogen
Fl aninabl e
Combustible
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
kldltion
to
in
Toxicity
Trichioromonofluoro—
methane
Triethyl amine
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl idene chloride
Xylene
Xylenol
Al i phati s, hal ogenated
Amines, alkyl
Esters,
Olefins
Al iphatics, halogenated
Aromati cs
Phenols and cresols
75-69—4
121—44—8
108—05—4
75—35—4
1330—20—7
1300-71-6
75
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
Acenaphthene
Acenaphthyl ene
2—Acetylannnofiuorene
1—Acetyl—2—thi ourea
Acryl amide
Adipic acid
Aid icarb
Aid rin
Aluminum phosphide
Aluminum sulfate
5—(Ajni nomethyl ) —3—
I soxazoiol
Amitroie
Ammonium acetate
Animonium benzoate
Ammonium bicarbonate
Ammonium bichromate
Ammonium bifluoride
Ammonium bisulfite
Aromatics
Aromati cs
Amines, aryl
Ureas
Amides, anhildes and
imides
Acidic compounds,
organic
Esters
Aromatics, haiogenated
Phosphorous and
compounds
Sul fates
Amine, aikyi
Azo compounds
Organic amonium
compounds
Organic anmionium
compounds
Organic ammonium
compounds
Chromates
Halides, inorganic
Sulfites
76
83—32 —9
208—96-8
53—96—3
591—08—2
79—06—1
124—04—9
116—06—3
309—00—2
20859—73—8
10043—01—3
276 3—96—4
61—82-S
631—61—8
1863—63—4
1066— 33—7
7789—09-5
134 1—49—7
10192— 30—0
Combustible
Combustible
Potential
carcinogen
Polymeri zable
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carci nogen
Poison
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Reactive
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible wftoxic
products
Corrosive
Oxidi zer
FlalTil lable
Corrosive
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Pddition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Ammonium carbanate Organic anunonium 1111—78—0
compounds
Ammonium carbonate Organic anulionlum 10361—29—2
compounds
Aimnonium chloride Halides, inorganic 12125—02—9
P.nunonium chromate Chromates 7788—98—9
Ainmonium citrate, Organic anunonlum 3012—65—5
dibasic COITIpOundS
Aznmonium fluoborate Organic anviionlum 13826—83—0 CorrosIve
conipou nd s
Ammonium fluoride Halides, Inorganic 12125—01—8 Corrosive
Ammoniun oxalate Organic amonium 6009—70—7
compounds 5972—73—6
14258—49—2
Ammonium picrate Nitro compounds 131—74—8 Flammable w/toxic
products
Explosive
Ammonium silicofluoride Halides, Inorganic 16919—19—0 Corrosive
Ammonium sulfamate Sulfones, sulfoxides, 7773—06—0
and sulfonates
Animoniuin sulfite Sulfltes 10196—04—0 Combustible w/toxic
products
Ammonium tartrate Organic animonlum 3164—29—2
compounds 14307-43—8
Ammonium thiocyanate Cyanates 1762—95—4 Combustible w/toxic
products
Ammonium thiosulfate Sulfates 7783—18—8
Ammontum vanadate Heavy metals 7803—55—6
Anthracene Aromatlcs 120—12—7 Combustible
Antimony Heavy metals 7440—36—0 Combustible w/toxic
products
Antimony potassium Organometallics 28300—74—5
tartrate Heavy metals
77
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Addition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Antimony tribrornide Halides, Inorganic 7789—61—9 Corrosive
Heavy metals Reactive
Antimony trichioride Halides, inorganic 10025—91—9 Corrosive
Heavy metals Reactive
Antimony trifluoride Halides, Inorganic 7783—56—4 Corrosive
Heavy metals Reactive
Antimony trioxide Oxides 1309—64—4
Heavy metals
Arsenic Heavy metals 7440—38—2 CombustIble w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Poison
Arsenic acid Acidic compounds, 1327—52—2 Corrosive
Inorganic, 7778—39—4 Poison
Heavy metals
Arsenic disulfide Sulfides and mercaptans 1303—32—8 Combustible w/toxlc
Heavy metals products
Poison
Arsenic pentoxide Oxides 1303—28—2 Corrosive
Heavy metals Poison
Arsenic trioxide Oxides 1327—53—3 Corrosive
Heavy metals Poison
Arsenic trisulfide Sulfides and rnercaptans 1303—33—9 Combustible w/toxic
Heavy metals products
P01 son
Asbestos (See asbestos) 1332—21—4 Potential
carcinogen
Auramine Mimes, aryl 492—80—8 Potential
carcinogen
Azaserine Azo compounds 115—02—6 Potential
carcinogen
Barium cyanide Cyanides and nitriles 542—62—1 Poison
3,4—Benzacridine 1 Aromatics 1 225—51—4
78
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
1 ,2—Benzanthracene
alpha—Ben zenehexa—
chloride
bet a—Benzenehexa—
chloride
del ta—Benzenehexa—
chloride
Benzid lne
Benzo [ b]fl uoranthene
Benzo [ k:Ifluoranthene
Benzo [ ghi ]peryl ene
Benzoic acid
Benzo [ aJpyrene
p—Benzoqul none
Beryllium chloride
Beryllium
Beryllium fluoride
Beryllium nitrate
Aromati cs
Al iphatics, halogenated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Al Iphatics, halogenated
Imines, aryl
Aromatics
Aroniatics
Aromatics
Acidic compounds,
organic
Aromati cs
Ketones
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
56—55—3
319—84—6
319—85—7
319—86—8
92-87-5
205—99—2
207-08—9
191—24—2
65-85-0
50-32-8
106-51-4
7787—47—5
7440—41—7
7787—49—7
7 787-55-5
13597 —99—4
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Poi son
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible
P01 SOfl
Flarmiiable w/toxlc
products
Potential
carcinogen
Poison
Oxidizer
79
-------
Cadmium acetate
Cadmium bromide
Cadmium chloride
Calcium arsenate
Calcium arsenite
Calcium carbide
Calcium chromate
Calcium cyanide
Calcium dodecylbenzene
sul fonate
Calcium hypochiorite
Capt an
(See strychnine and
salts)
Organornetall ics
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Combustible w/toxic
products
P01 son
Poi son
Flarmiable w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Poi son
Poison
Potential
card nogen
Poison
Poison
Flamable
Reacti ye
Potential
carcinogen
Reactive
Poison
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS
RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
GAS No.
Hazard(s),
Mdition
to
in
Toxicity
Bruci ne
Cacodylic acid
Cadmi urn
357—57—3
75—60—5
7440—43—9
543—90—8
7 789—42—6
10108—64—2
7778—44—1
52740—16—6
75—20—7
13765—19—0
592—01—8
26264—06—2
7 778—54—3
133—06—2
63—25—2
1563—66—2
Organometa 111 Cs
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Organoinetal 1 i cs
Ch rornate
Cyanldes and nitriles
Sulfones, sulfoxides,
and sulfonates
Halides, inorganic
Acidic compounds,
organic, M ides,
anilides, and
Irnides
Esters
I Esters
Carbaryl
Ca rbofu ran
Oxidizer
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
P01 SOfl
80
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Chroniic sulfate
Chromium
Chromous chloride
Chrysene
Cobaltous bromide
Cobaltous formate
Aromatics, halogenated
Amines, aryl
Aliphatics, halogenated
Olefins
P mines, aryl
Aromatics, halogenated
Asnines, aryl
Phenols and cresols
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromati Cs • hal ogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Ureas
Aromati cs, hal ogenated
Amines, aryl
Organophosphates
Aromatics, halogenated
Organometal ii cs
Acidic compounds,
inorganic
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Aromatics
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Organometal 11 CS
Heavy metals
81
10101—53—8
7440—47—3
10049—05—5
218—01—9
7789—43—7
544—18—3
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
Chlorambuci 1
Chlordane
Chiornaphazine (notel)
p—Chl oroani line
p—Chloro—m—cresol
2—Chloronaphthal ene
1 —(o —Chlorophenyl ) —
t hi ou rea
4—Chloro—o—toluidi ne,
hydrochloride
Chlorpyri fos
Chromic acetate
Chromic acid
305—03—3
57—74—9
494—03—1
106—47—8
59—50—7
91—58—7
5344—82—1
3165—93—3
2921—88—2
1066—30—4
11115—74—5
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Combustible w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Oxidizer
Potential
carcinogen
Flarmnable w/toxic
products
Reactive
Combustible
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Cyanides and nitriles
Heavy metals
Organophosphates
Aromatics, halogenated
Organometal 11 Cs
Heavy metals
Organometal lics
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nltriles
Heavy metals
Organometallics
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Organometal 1 ics
Heavy metals
Cyanides and nitriles
Cyanides and nitriles
Organophosphates
Amides, anilides and
I mi des
Acidic compounds,
organic,
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics
Ketones
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Mdltion
to
in
Toxicity
Cobal tous sul famate
Copper
Copper cyanide
Coumaphos
Cupric acetate
Cupric acetoarsenite
Cupric chloride
Cupric nitrate
Cupric oxalate
Cupric sulfate
Cupric sulfate
ammoniated
Cupric tartrate
Cyanides (soluble salts
and complexes)
Cyanogen bromide
Cyci ophosphamide
2,4—D acid
Daunonycin
14017—41—5
7440-50-8
544—92-3
56—72—4
142—71—2
12002—03—8
7447—39—4
3251—23—8
814—91—5
7758—98—7
10380—29—7
815—82—7
5 7—12—5
506—68—3
50—18-0
94—75—7
20830—81—3
Poi son
CombustiSle w/toxic
products
P01 son
Pol son
P01 son
Poi son
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
82
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(
dition
s),
to
in
Toxicity
DDD Aroinatics, halogenated 72—54—8 CombustIble w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
DDE Aromatics, halogenated 72—55—9 Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
DDT Aromatics, halogenated 50—29—3 Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Diallate Esters 2303—16—4
Dibenzo [ a,h]anthracene Aromatics 53—70—3 Potential
carcinogen
Dibenzo [ a,1]pyrene Aromatics 189—55—9 Potential
carcinogen
Dicamba Acidic compounds, 1918—00—9 Combustible w/toxlc
organic, products
Aromatics, halogenated
Dichiobenli Cyanides and nitriles 1194—65—6 Combustible w/toxic
Aromatics, halogenated products
Dichlone Aromatics, halogenated 117—80—6 Combustible w/toxic
products
p —Dichlorobenzene Aromatics, halogenated 106—46—7 Combustible w/toxic
products
3,3’—Dichlorobenzidine Aromatlcs, halogenated 91—94—1 CombustIble w/toxic
Amines, aryl products
Potential
carcinogen
2,4—Dich lorophenol Phenols and cresols 120—83—2 CombustIble w/toxic
Aromatics, halogenated products
2,6—Dichiorophenol Phenols and cresols 87—65—0 Combustible w/toxlc
Aromatics, halogenated products
Dieldrin Epox ldes 60—57—1 Potential
Aromatics, halogenated carcinogen
83
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Aromati Cs
Ketones
Organophosphates
Amines, aryl
Azo compounds
Amines, aryl
Aroinatics
Amines, aryl
Phenols and cresols
Nltro compounds
Aromati Cs
Nitro compounds
Phenol s and cresol s
Nitro compounds
Phenols and cresols
Nltro compounds
Phenols and cresols
Nltro compounds
Phenols and cresols
Nitro Compounds
Aromati Cs
Nitro compounds
Aromati Cs
Nitro compounds
Aromati Cs
Nltro compounds
Phenols and cresols
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Mdition
to
in
Toxicity
Di ethyl stilbestrol
Dimethoate
3,3’ —Dimethoxybenzidine
Dimethylaminoazobenzene
7,12—Di methyl benzEa]—
anthracene
3,3’ —Diniethyl benzidl ne
2,4—Dimethyl phenol
Dinitrobenzene (mixed)
4,6—Di nitro—o—cresol
4,6—Di ni tro—o—cycl o—
hexyl phenol
Di nltrophenol
2,4—Di nitrophenol
Di nitrotoluene
2,4—Di nitrotoluene
2,6—Di nitrotoluene
Di noseb
56—53—1
60—51—5
119—90—4
60—11-7
57—97—6
119—93—7
105—67—9
25154—54—5
534—52-1
131—89—5
25550—58—7
5 1—28—5
2 532 1—14—6
121—14—2
606—20—2
88—85—7
Potential
card nogen
Flamable w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combusti ble
Poison
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Pol son
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poi son
Flammable wftoxic
products
84
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
GAS No.
Hazard(s
Addition
),
to
in
Toxicity
1,2—Diphenyihydrazirie Hydrazines and 122—66—7 CombustIble w/toxic
Hydrazides products
Potential
carcinogen
Diquat Aromatics, halogenated 85—00—7 Combustible w/taxic
2764—72—9 products
Disulfoton Organophosphates 298—04—4 CombustIble w/toxic
products
Poison
2,4—Dithiobiuret Miides, anilides, and 541—53—7
Imides
Diuron Ureas 330—54—1 Combustible w/toxlc
Aromatics, halogenated products
Endosulfan Aromatics, halogenated 115—29—7 Combustible w/toxic
Sulfones, sulfoxides, products
and sulfonates Poison
aipha—Endosulfan Aromatics 1 halogenated 959—98—8 Poison
Sulfones, sulfoxides,
and sulfonates
beta—Endosulfan Aromatics, halogenated 33213—65—9 Poison
Sulfones, sulfoxides
and sulfonates
Endosulfan sulfate Aromatics, halogenated 1031—07—8 CombustIble w/toxic
Sulfones, sulfoxides products
and sulfonates
Endothall Acidic compounds, 145—73—3
organic
Endrin Epoxides 72—20—8 Poison
Aromati cs, halogenated
Epinephrene Amines, aryl 51—43—4
Ethyl carbamate Esters 51—79—6 Potential
carcinogen
Ethylenebis(dithio— Acidic compounds, 111—54—6
carbarnic acid) organic
85
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
60—00—4 Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
dition
to
in
Toxicity
Ethylenediarnine tetra—
acetic acid
Ethyl enethiou rea
Famphu r
Ferric ammonlum citrate
Ferric arnmonium oxalate
Ferric chloride
Ferric fluoride
Ferric nitrate
Ferric sulfate
Ferrous ammonium sulfate
Ferrous chloride
Ferrous sulfate
Fl uoranthene
Fl uorene
Fl uoroacetamide
Fumaric acid
Guthion
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Amines, alkyl
Acidic compounds,
organic
Ureas
Organophosphates
Amides, anilides and
imides
Organometal 11 cs
Organometal 1 Ics
Halides, Inorganic
Halides, Inorganic
Nitrates and nitrites
Sul fates
Sul fates
Halides, Inorganic
Sul fates
Aromati cs
Aromati cs
Amides, anilides, and
Imides
Acidic compounds,
organic
Aromati cs
Organophosphates
Al iphatics, halogenated
Olefins
Al iphatics, halogenated
Epoxides
96—45—7
52—85—7
1185—57—5
2944—67—4
55488—87—4
7 705—08—0
7783—50—8
10421—48—4 Oxidizer
10028—22—5
10045—89—3
7758—94—3
7 720—78—7
7 782—63—0
206—44-0
86—73—7
640—19—7
110—17—8 Combustible
86—50-0 Poison
76—44—8 Potential
carcinogen
1024—57—3 Potential
carci nogen
86
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/tOxlc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
Potential
carcinogen
Poison
Hexachi orobenzene
Hexachioroethane
Hexachi orohexahyd ro—
endo,endo-d imethano—
naphthal ene
Hexachiorophene - -
Indeno(1 ,2,3—cd )pyrene
Iron dextran
Isopropanol amine dodec-
yl benzenesul fonate
Kel thane
Kepone
Lasiocarpine
Lead
Lead acetate
Lead arsenate
Lead chloride
Lead fluoride
Lead iodide
Aromati Cs, hal ogeriated
Al iphatics, halogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromati Cs
Organometal li Cs
Sulfones, sulfoxides
and sulfonates
Aromatics, halogenated
Aliphatics, halogenated
Ketones
Acidic compounds,
organic
Heavy metals
Organornetal 11 CS
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
118-74-1
67—72—1
465—73—6
70-30-4
193—39—5
9004-66-4
42504—46—1
115—32—2
143—50—0
303—34—4
7439—92—1
301—04—2
7784—40—9
3687—31—8
7645—25—2
10102—48—4
7758—95—4
7783—46—2
10101—63—0
Potential
carcinogen
Poison
87
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Lead stearate
Lead
Lead
Lead
Lead
Lindane
Lithium chromate
Maleic acid
Maleic anhydride
Maleic hydrazide
Malonorntr ile
Me phalan
Mercaptod imethur
Mercuric cyanide
Mercuric nitrate
7428—48—0
1072—35—1
56189—09—4
1335—32—6
7 446—14—2
15739—80—7
1314—87—0
592—87—0
58—89—9
14307—35—8
110—16—7
108—31—6
123—33—1
109—77 —3
148—82-3
2032—65—7
592—04—1
1004 5—94—0
Oxidi zer
Potential
carcinogen
Hazardous Substance
Lead
Lead
nitrate
phosphate
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
dition
to
in
Toxicity
10099—74—8
7446—27 —7
subacetate
sulfate
sul fide
thi ocyanate
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Phosphates and
phosphonates
Heavy metals
Organometallics
Heavy metals
Organometallics
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Sulfides and mercaptans
Heavy metals
Cyanates
Heavy metals
Aliphatics, halogenated
Chromates
Acidic compounds,
organic
Acidic compounds,
organic
Hydrazines and
hydrazides
Cyanides and nitriles
Aroniatics, halogenated
Aanines, aryl
Sul fides and mercaptans
Cyanides and nitriles
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Potential
Card nogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
card nogen
Poi son
Oxidizer
88
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Potential
carci nogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
Iproducts
Poison
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
Poison
Poison
Oxidi zer
Explosive
Mercuric sulfate
Mercuric thiocyanate
Mercurous nitrate
Mercury fulminate
Methomyl
Methyl bromide
Methoxychl or
3—Methyl cholanthrene
4,4’—Methy l enebi s—(2—
chloroaniline)
Methyl parathion
N—Methyl —N’ —nltro—N—
nitrosoguanidine
Methyl thi ouracil
Mexacarbate
Mitomycin C
Na led
Naphthal ene
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Cy anates
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Cyanides and nitriles
Amides, anilides and
irnides
Halides, alkyl
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics
Aromatics, halogenated
Amines, aryl
Organophosphates
Nitro compounds
Nitroso compounds
Ainines, akyl
Esters
(See mitomycin)
Al iphatics, halogenated
Organophosphates
Aromatics
89
7783—35—9
592—85—8
7782—86—7
104 15—7 5—5
628—86—4
16752—77 —5
74—83—9
72—43—5
56—49—5
101-14—4
298-00—0
70—25—7
56—04—2
315—18—4
50—07 —7
300—76—5
91—20—3
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Poi son
Flammable w/toxlc
products
Explosive
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
P dition
to
in
Toxicity
Potential
carcinogen
Flammable w/toxic
products
Potential
card nogen
Poison
Oxidizer
1 ,4—Naphthoqui none
1—Naphthyl amine
2-Naphthyl ami ne
alpha—Naphthyl thi ourea
Nickel
Nickel ammonium sulfate
Nickel chloride
Nickel cyanide
Nickel hydroxide
Ni ckel nitrate
Nickel sulfate
Nicotine salts
p—Ni troanil i ne
Nitroglycerine
Nitrophenol (mixed)
2—Ni trophenol
Aromati Cs
Amines, aryl
Mimes, aryl
Ureas
Heavy metals
Sulfates
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Cyanides and nitriles
Heavy metals
Basic compounds
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Mimes, aryl
Nitro compounds
Mimes, aryl
Nitro compounds
Nitro Compounds
Phenols and cresols
Nitro compounds
Phenols and cresols
130—15—4
134—32—7
91—59—8
86—88-4
7440—02—0
15699— 18—0
37211—05—S
7718—54—9
557—19—7
12054—48—7
142 16—75—2
7 786—81—4
54—11—5
100—01—6
55—63—0
2 5154—55—6
88—75—5
90
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Combustible w/tox lc
products
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
kldltion
to
in
Toxicity
4—Ni trophenol
N—Ni trosod i—n—butyl amine
N—Ni trosod i phenyl anii ne
N—Ni troso—N—ethyl urea
N—Ni troso—N—methyl —
urethane
N—Ni trosopi perid i tie
Ni trotoluene
5—Ni tro—o—toluid i ne
Osmium tetroxide
Paraformaldehyde
Pentachi orobenzene
Pentachloronitrobenzene
Pentachl orophenol
Phenacetin
Phenanth rene
Nitro compounds
Phenols and cresols
Nit rosa compounds
Nitroso compounds
Amine, aryl
Nitroso compounds
Nitroso compounds
Nitroso compounds
Nitro compounds
Aromatics
Nitro compounds
Amines, aryl
Oxides
Heavy metals
Aldehydes
Aromatics, halogenated
Nitro compounds
Aromatics, halogenated
Phenols and cresols
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromati cs
Amides, anilides and
Imides
Aromatics
100—02—7
924—16—3
86-30-6
759—73—9
615—53—2
100—75—4
132 1—12—6
99—55—8
20816—12-0
30525—89—4
608—93—5
82—68-8
87—86—5
62—44—2
85—01-8
Combustible
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
card nogen
91
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(
Addition
s),
to
in
Toxicity
Phenol Phenols and cresols 108—95—2 Combustible
Corrosi ye
Poi son
Phenyl dichloroarslne Aromatics, halogenated 696—28—6 Poison
Heavy metals
Phenylmercuric acetate Organonietallics 62—38—4 Combustible w/toxic
Heavy metals products
N—Phenylthiourea Ureas 103—85—5
Aromatics
Phorate Organophosphates 298—02—2
Phosphorus Phosphorous and 7723—14—0 Flammable w/toxic
compounds products
Poison
Phosphorus pentasulfide Phosphorous and 1314—80—3 Flamable w/toxlc
compounds products
Sulfides and mercaptans Reactive
Phthalic anhydride Aromatics 85—44—9 Corrosive
Potassium arsenate Heavy metals 7784—41—0 Poison
Potassium arsenite Heavy metals 10124—50—2 Poison
Potassium bichromate Chromates 7778—50—9 Corrosive
Oxidi zer
Potassium chromate Chromates 7789—00—6
Potassium cyanide Cyanides and nitriles 151—50—8 Poison
Potassium hydroxide Basic compounds 1310—58—3 Corrosive
Potassium permanganate Basic compounds 7722—64—7 Corrosive
Oxidi zer
Potassium silver cyanide Cyanides and nitrlles 506—61—6
Heavy metals
Pronamide Aromatics, halogenated 23950—58—5
Aniides,anilides, and
hides
1,3—Propane sultone Sulfones, sulfoxides, 1120—71—4 Potential
and sulfonates carcinogen
92
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Addition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Pyrene Aromatics 129—00—0 Combustible w/toxic
products
Pyrethrins Acidic compounds, 121—21—1 Combustible wit oxic
organic 121—29—9 products
4—Pyridinamine Amines, aryl 504—24—5 Combustible w/toxic
products
Reserpine Aromatics 50—55—5
Resorcinol Aromatics 108—46—3 Combustible
Saccharin Aroniatics 81—07—2 Potential
Sulfones, sulfoxides carcinogen
and sulfonates
Selenium Heavy metals 7782—49—2 Combustible w/toxlc
products
Selenium disulfide Sulfides and mercaptans 7488—56—4 Reactive
Heavy metals
Selenium oxide Oxides 7446—08—4 Poison
Heavy metals
Selenourea Ureas 630—10—4
Heavy metals
Silver Heavy metals 7440—22—4
Silver cyanide Cyanides and nitriles 506—64—9 Poison
Heavy metals
Silver nitrate Nitrates and nitrites 7761—88—8 Oxidizer
Heavy metals
Sodium Alkali metals 7440—23—5 Flammable
Reactive
Corrosive
Sodium arsenate Heavy metals 7631—89—2 Poison
Sodium arsenite Heavy metals 7784—46—5 Poison
Sodium azide Azo compounds 26628—22—8 Explosive
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poi son
93
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
PIdltion
to
in
Toxicity
Sodium bichromate
Sodium bifluoride
Sodium bisulfite
Sodium chromate
Sodium cyanide
Sodium dodecylbenzene
sul fonate
Sodium fluoride
Sod I urn fi uoroacetate
Sodium hydrosulfide
Sodium hydroxide
Sodium methylate
Sodium nitrite
Sodium phosphate,
dibasic
Sodium phosphate,
tribasic
Sodium selenite
Streptozotoci n
Chromates
Halides, inorganic
Sulfites
Chromates
Cyanides and nitriles
Sul fones, sul foxides
and sulfonates
Halides, Inorganic
Organonietal 1 ics
Sulfides and mercaptans
Basic compounds
Organometal 1 ics
Nitrates and nitrites
Phosphates and
phosphonates
Phosphates and
phosphonates
Heavy metals
(See streptozotocin)
10588—01-9
1333—83—1
7 631—90—5
77 7 5—11—3
143—33—9
25155—30—0
7681 —49-4
62—74-8
16721—80—5
1310—73—2
124—41—4
7632—00—0
7558—79-4
10028-24—7
10039—32—4
10140—65—5
7601 —54—9
7785—84—4
10101—89—0
10361—89—4
7758—29—4
10124—56—8
10102-18-8
7782—82—3
18883—66—4
Corrosive
Oxidizer
Corrosive
Poi son
Flamable w/toxic
products
Reacti ye
Corrosive
Reacti ye
Flammable w/toxic
products
Reactive
Oxidizer
Pal son
Potential
carcinogen
94
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Strontium chromate
Strontium sulfide
Strychnine and salts
2,4,5—1 acid
2,4,5—1 salts
I ,2,4,5—Tetrachloro—
benzene
2,3,7,8—tetrachloro—
dibenzo—p-dioxln
2,3,4 ,6—Tetrachloro—
phenol
Thallium
Thallium(I) acetate
Thalllum(I) carbonate
Thallium(I) chloride
Thaflium(I) nitrate
Thallium(III) oxide
Thalliurn(I) selenide
Thalliurn(I) sulfate
Phenols and cresols
Aromatics, halogenated
Heavy metals
Organometal 11 cs
Heavy metals
Organometal 11 Cs
Heavy metals
Halides, Inorganic
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Oxides
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Amides, anilides,and
imides
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
Chromates
Heavy metals
Sulfides and niercaptans
Heavy metals
(See strychnine and
salts)
Aromati cs, hal ogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
Aromatics, halogenated
7789—06—2
1314—96 —1
57—24—9
93—76—5
13560—99—1
95—94-3
1746—01-6
58—90—2
7440-28-0
563-68—8
6533—73—9
7 791—12—0
10102—45—1
1314—32—5
12039—52—0
7446—18—6
62 —55—5
Reactive
Poi son
Combustible w/toxic
products
Combustible w/tOxiC
products
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
Oxidizer
Oxidi zer
Poison
Potential
carcinogen
Thioacetamide
95
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Acidic compounds.
organic
Aromatics, halogenated
Al Iphatics, halogenated
Organophosphates
Al iphatics, halogenated
Phenols and cresols
Aromatics, halogenated
Phenols and cresols
Aromati s, hal ogenated
Phenols and cresols
Aromatlcs, halogenated
Sulfones, sulfoxides,
and sulfonates
Nitro compounds
Aromatics
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Combustible w/toxic
products
Potential
carcinogen
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s) 1
Mdition
to
in
Toxicity
Sulfides and niercaptans
Asnides, anilides, and
imides
Azo compounds
Ureas
Ureas
Sulfides and mercaptans
Amines, aryl
Aromatics, halogenated
Amines, aryl
Al 1 phati Cs, hal ogenated
Thiofanox
Thi osemicarbazide
Thiourea
Thiram
Toluenediaxnine
o—Toluidlne hydro-
chloride
Toxaphene
2,4,5—TP acid
Trichiorfon
Trich loromethane—
sulfenyl chloride
Trichl orophenol
2 ,4,5—Trichl orophenol
2 ,4,6—Tr ichlorophenol
Triethanolamine dodecyl—
benzene sulfonate
sym—Trinitrobenzene
39196—18—4
79—19—6
62-56—6
137—26—8
95—80-7
6 36—21—5
8001—35—2
93—72—1
52-68-6
594—42—3
25167—82—2
95—95—4
88—06—2
27323—41—7
99—35—4
Poi son
Combustible w/toxlc
products
Combustible w/tox lc
products
Flarranable w/toxic
products
Explosive
96
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Tris(2,3-dibron iopropyl)
phosphate
Trypan blue
Uracil mustard
Uranyl acetate
Uranyl nitrate
Vanadium pentoxide
Vanadyl sulfate
Warfari n
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
borate
bromide
carbonate
chloride
cyanide
fluoride
126—72—7
72—57—1
66—75—1
541—09—3
10102—06—4
36478—76—9
1314—62—1
27774—13—6
81—81—2
7440—66—6
557—34—6
52628—25—8
14639—97—5
14639—98—6
1332—07—6
7699—45—8
3486—35—9
7646—85—7
557—21—1
7783—49—5
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Addition
to
in
Toxicity
Phosphates and
phosphonates
Azo compounds
Aliphatics, halogenated
Amines, alkyl
Organometal 1 ics
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Oxides
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Aromatics
Heavy metals
Organometal li CS
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Organometal ii Cs
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Cyanides and nitriles
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
acetate
aimnonium chloride
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Potential
carcinogen
Radioactive
Radioactive
Oxidi zer
Combustible
Poi son
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
97
-------
TABLE 3A. PARTICULATE SOLIDS RELEASED ON LAND
Organometall I cs
Heavy metals
Sul fites
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Phenols and cresols
Heavy metals
Phosphorous and
compounds
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Sulfates and sulfites
Heavy metals
Nitrates and nitrites
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Sul fates
Heavy metals
Halides, inorganic
Heavy metals
Oxidizer
Combustible w/toxic
products
Flanmiable w/toxic
products
Reactive
Poison
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s),
Mdition
to
in
Toxicity
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
formate
hydrosul fite
nitrate
phenol sul fonate
phosphide
557—41—5
77 79—86—4
7779—88—6
127—82—2
1314—84—7
16871—71—9
7 733—02—0
13746—89—9
16923—95—8
14644—61—2
1002 6—11—6
Zinc silicofluoride
Zinc sulfate
Zirconium nitrate
Zirconium potassium
fluoride
Zirconium sulfate
Zirconium tetrachloride
Oxidi zer
Corrosive
Reactive
98
-------
TABLE 4A. COMPRESSED GASES RELEASED INTO AIR
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(s
Addition
),
to
in
Toxicity
Ammonia Ammonia 7664—41—7 Corrosive
Carbon oxyfluoride Halides, alkyl 353—50—4 Reactive
Chlorine Halogens 7782—50—5 Oxidizer
Poison
Cyanogen Cyanides and nitriles 460—19—5 Flammable w/toxlc
products
Poi son
Dichlorodifluoromethane Halides, alkyl 75—71—8
Dimethylamine Amines, alkyl 124—40—3 Flammable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Fluorine Halogens 7782—41—4 Corrosive
Reactive
Oxidizer
P01 son
Formaldehyde Aldehydes 50—00—0 Flammable
Hydrogen sulfide Sulfides and mercaptans 7783—06—4 Flammable w/toxic
products
Poison
Methyl bromide Halides,alkyl 74—83—9 Combustible w/toxic
products
Poi son
Methyl chloride Halides, alkyl 74—87—3 Flammable w/toxlc
products
Methyl mercaptan Sulfides and mercaptans 74—93—1 Flammable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Monomethylamine Ainines, alkyl 74—89—5 Flammable w/toxic
products
Corrosive
Nitric oxide Oxides 10102—43—9 Poison
Oxidizer
Phosgene Halides, organic 75—44—5 Combustible w/toxic
products
Poison
99
-------
TABLE 4A. COMPRESSED GASES RELEASED INTO AIR
Hazardous Substance
Chemical Class
CAS No.
Hazard(
Addition
s),
to
in
Toxicity
Phosphine Phosphorous and 7803—51—2 Flaimiable w/toxic
compounds products
Poison
Trimethylamine Amines, alkyl 75—50—3 Flanuiable w/toxlc
products
Corrosive
Vinyl chloride Halides, alkyl 75—01—4 Flamable w/toxlc
products
Polymeri zabi e
Potential carcinogen
100
-------
Table 18. In&,lthle Sinkers in ter
I’age I of 2
UM AD*II N
DI LP 21F
DISPO J .
2
hIli
—
hi
WI
N
j
Ifflili
IhI
‘ xdic iz s organic
Aii atics , ha.Ioganatth
Pnudes, anilides ai i imides
M 1nes,a1kyl
Amines,aiy l
Aranatics
Atics,haimgenated
Asbestos
Azox2i x twids
Basicantpwlds
thranates
Cyanates
ani ies az i nitriies
F ox1des
Esters
Ethers
Halides, alicyl
Ha lides,inorganic
IIeavyn tais
Ketones
Nitrorspunds
Nito au x tmdg
Olef ins
Orgazinetaflics
Orga s 4 ates
I I I I I
I I I / I
I I I I i
11111
11111
I\1)uI
111/i
lily/I
11111
11’IIJ
11111
1 Is/II
/ I I I I
I uII
11111
111/I
1 .1 1 .1 ‘.1
11.111
11111
11111
11111
111/1
.1 1 1 J J
/ I 1’ 1 1
lu /I
I I I
i I I
I I I
“II
J.,/J
III
III
III
1)]
/ /J
Ii i
III
Ii I
/11
I II
111
1 11
I II
‘III
.111
III
iii
j J
1 1 1
III’
I I I I
I I I J I
I)
.‘
1 // /
I 1/ /
1111 II
1/
II
I I) ‘I
/ 11 1 1
I II l I
I I I I I I
1 11 1
I II
1 /1
1 1 1
I 11 II ‘1 1
1/ I I1I I
1 II
ii Ii
I II
I I /
1 1 1 .11 1
I II
I I /
.1 1 1
I I v’
1 ‘I
1 II
.1 /1
I 11
1 II
I II
I .J .1
1 jI
I II
1 1 1
1 JI
‘I l
1 11
1 .1 I
1 .1 1
I I V
I II
1111
I II
I I I
1 I I
1 “1
I — .
0
I — .
-------
b1e lB. Insoluble Sinkers In ter (Q,ntInijed)
rage 2 of 2
.
‘NN
th nicalClT” ”\
a i nI r
DI I N TR i .Th ii’
—
B
11111
i I
iiiIi.HlhIi
ihI
cbddes
Peroxides
Prot a iz d s
Pl cs aths and FI1 s hinates
Stiychnineandsa lts
Sulfates
Sulficlesandmrcaptans
Sulfites
Sulfones, sulfoxides, & sulfonates
Ureas
III
I I I
ill
I Ii
I I I
f f1
/11
I II
1)1
I I I
111
iJI
111
ili
III
1/ 1
III
Iii
/11
III
I I I
I II
I 11 1
I I 1
1/i ’j ( 6 J
11 V/
1 1
I
11
1 II I I I
11
I 1 1 1
II
1 II
I V/ I
jj ,j
I J I
1 1 1
J JJ
‘1 V’J
1111
1 II
1 ‘1 1
‘
(1) Use during dredging operations (6) Treat wJ th hydrogen perox .de or ozc*
(2) anical dredging a licable th particulates only (7) Potentially biodegradthle
(3) 1 ix ntaininant levels belc*.i thxic level through f kM atuuntaticn
and n thanical mixing. pplicable to ai l1 spills in r ote areas only
(4) Treat with dilute and/or rutovable acids
(5) Treat with sxLtun hypuchlorite or caiciun hy odilorite
-------
Table 2B. Soluble Sinkers in Water
N
N
Q C CTh5SNN
OWFADIIENr
DI I *NF
T1 DThN
DIS AL
9
“H
1
nI
6
tJJU
h 1 IniII!IIIJ!I
I
IhI
Acidic organic
Ic ow s ,in rganic
Alcotola and glycols
Aldehydes
Alithatics.
PLnides, anilides aid iinides
Amines,aUcyl
Am1neLa yl
Aranatics
Ara tics, halogenated
A2ocrs xnmds
Basica otmda
thranates
Cyanates
Cyanides aid nitriles
E) oxides
Esters
Ethers
Halides, alkyl
Halides, inorganic
Heavyn tals
Hydrazines and hydrazidea
Ketones
Ntranycin
Nitrates and nitriles
Nit o.mds
I I I
1111
I 1 1/
/J1J
I I I I
I I / I
Iv’uI
1111
I/li
1 .1 1 /
Illi
‘/111
1111
/II1
11 1 1
IIII
1.1/I
1111
I I ‘I /
1 .1 1 ‘1
1111
II 11
1111
1111
I 1 1 /
111/
I J
1/1
1 / 1
III
I I I
I I I
11/
111
III
11 .1
I/I
II I
III
II J
1 1 1
III
111
iii
I I I
/ 1 1
/ //
/ 1 1
í.ìJ
11/
1 1 /
,/II
I I / I I
II v’ I 1
1 1 ‘1 1 1
I II I I I
I 1 1 1 1
I I I
‘II I
/ /1 1 .1
I II I 1
1 1 1 1 1
11 1
j 1/ .1 1 .1
I I I I .1/
1/ v’ I
1 11 1 .1 1 .1 1
/1 1
II .1 i
II .1
I I I /
‘1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 jjjlj 111
1 1 1 .1
.11 1 1
II 1
‘1 1 .“
11 1
I I /
1 1/
1 1 1
1 II
1 1 /
I I .1
I II
/ 1/
1 1/
/ 1 1
1 II
/ II
I 11
I II
1 .1 1 1
1 I’
1 1/
V 1/
I / 1
v’ 1 1
/ 1
1 1 1
1 1/
1 1/
I 1 /
1 1/
2
I —
-------
ble 2B. Solt le Sinkers in ter
Page 2 of 2
ires
I2ii1NN\
a rA.nhi r
DISPIX 14ENF
DIS L
hn
LI
6
i’IiiI 1 IIDhuI
-
lid
Nitrsocrepnmds
Orqaz tallics
O * s ates
cbdaes
Peroxides
PherElsandcre aDls
Pt sF* atesa n d 4E,sFIu%ates
F* osFkE1 ous and czi çotnds
Streptozotocin
Sulfates
Sulfites
Sulfones, sulfoxides & sulfonates
Ureas
1111
111/
1111
IJI)
1111
JV•’JJ
JIll
1111
1
1111
1 W /I!
1111
1 1 1 1
1111
J / i
Iii
/JJ
11/
/1/
111
111
/
11/
1.1/
v’ 11
11
11 ‘1
1.’ j Ji.i
1 1/ 1 Ii I /
1 1/ 1 1
1 ii J
1 11111 1 I
1 v’I I 11
J /J j
,, I 1
1 .11 / Ii .1
1 11 1 1
11 1
1 11
Ii
‘1 11
1 11
.j JJ
11
j 1,1
1 i /
I
1 11
1 11
V 1/
1 1/
(1) Applicable to jimobilized masses of particnilate only
(2) E tuce centanunant levels balcM toxic level through flow augi entaticm
nethanical mixing, or c) ni al dispersants. A licable to mnall spil
in ren te areas only!
(3) tal oxides and gla x)aitic aemsands
(4) cclu:Li.ng aimmiun halides
(5) Treatnent with & ‘diun barcarbonate or hue rema ded
(6) Treat with stcithiai tric anr*rits of sulfide except
chraietes, treat chranates with bisulfite
(7) fttentially bi x gradable
-------
Table 3B. Insolithie FIDaterS a Water
Paae I of 1
ii ni rr
1 D1 NP
DI$ L
111111
j
hh
‘1W
JJ , /JI
halogenated I I J I 1 /
Iv’IIIJ
i1 /i1i
iIIiiI
IIIIv’’/
,/J,/ ,/
I I 1 1 / !/
111 / ‘
& sulfonates 1 .1 1 1 1
‘s/i
I 1 1
111
111
III
111
II,,
1 1 1
111
f I I
I /IJ. I I 1 II
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 /1111 1 11
1 1 iiili I I I
I 1111 1 V’ 11
I I I I I I
I / I
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 ‘1V / ‘1 11!
I ‘I I I
“1 /I
‘1 1
/1 /1
/ I II
11
1 / I I
1
I I I
(1) Pedt vapr hazaxds
(2) Reduna onntaminant levels be1 i toxic level through flcw augn tation, ITadlanical mixing, or
dlenical dispersants. A plicable to anall spill in retpte areas only!
(3) tential1y biodegredable
(4) Applicable to enall spills in re ote areas onlY! Air ntziithring nay be x axy
-------
Table 4B. Soli le P]oaters on Water
I-
0 .
(1) RapId deployn nt t ssary
(2) uon cx)ntaminant levels be1 i toxic level through flow augnEntation,
nechanical niixing or d nical dispersants. A licable to iall spills
in reTote areas only
(3) I iplicable to liquids only
(4) Radt vaçor hazard
(5) E ctract with vegetable oil
(6) 1ti1tipur ose gelling agent (fl )
(7) Treat with dilute and/or ruiovable acids
(8) Potentially biodegradable
Page 1 of 1
cç
N
N.N
O CalC2NN\
a ii nt ir
DISJ’1 *NP
I!1EN
DI AJ..
!2
1i
I
iii
j
iiIHII;!1IIi
-
j
flu
1iccxxi ir s,organic
Ala ls and glycols
Aldehydes
Alkali n etAls
mines.a1Jcyl
Mtthes,aryl
AranatAcs
BaBicQllçcRlmls
Cyanidesandnitriles
Ethers
ters
Hydrazinea aod hydrazidee
Ketones
Nitroax unds
Nitrosoozçc ds
Olefins
Oxides, alkyUne
jjj /
1 ,/ .1 .1
1 I1 /
IfIJv’
1iJ1 /
1111
1’/I /
1 /1v
/ /V, /
I / /I
‘/111
.1 1 1
IIv’ /
/ / I
I / /I
fJJv’
I I ../ .,/
J /J
.1 1 1
111
/11
/11
111
/,/ /
‘ I Y’
1/1
s/ / I
/11
1 1 1
J,//
111
/1/
1,/I
/ ,/ I
I I j
1 1 1 1 ..1 1
1 Iii I I II
1 / 1
/ 111 1 1 11
1 1v’ / I I 11
I 111 1
I II II
/1Iv ’1 JI /111
I 11/ 1 111
v’ 1111 1 ‘1 1
1 1 1
,/ Jy/J I
1 /1 1
.1 1 1
I 1111 /
I I I J
j
1 1 1
.1 11
1 i/
.1 /1
1 11
1
I II
.1111
1 II
,/ I I
I II
1 / “
.1 /J
I /1
‘I / J
-------
Table SB. Liquids on Land
Page 1 of 2
S.
DIspl 11:Nr
TRF7 I 4EWF
DISJ O L
‘
‘
flJ
.9 .. I
liii
e
3
i
j
I
;;;
-
I
i
}
i•1
fl
I
II t!1
11111
i
III
I
I
IhJII
Acidic ctsix unds, organic
Acidic ailtx .irds, inorganic
A1a*x1s aid glyals
Aldehydes
M.ii* atics
A.1.iI* atics, ha1ogenat
Ainides, anilides aid im.tdea
Pinines, a].kyl
Munes, aryl
Arcinatico
Arunatics, halogenated
Basic crrrp*irda
Cyanates
Cyanides and nitriles
E oxides
ters
Ethers
Halides, alicyl
Halides, inorganic
Heavy netals
Hydrazthes and hydrazides
Ketones
Nitro cxmçounds
Ni troso ow da
Olefins
J ,v,I
SI
1
11/
S /V ’S / I
5/
Iii
S /I S / I
/
S/
5/ 1/
‘/ 1 5 /I
1
/
11,’
/ / ii
.i
i
/1/
I S /I l
S /
.1
/V’V’
lv/S/.v/
‘I
1111
‘15/I
• /
/
/
ii/
III
S/v /Il
.1
v’
/1/
11.1.1
.1
v’
III
/IV’ 5 /
I
I S //
5 / 5 / 5 / i
.1
V’Iv /
SI
I
v’ ’S/ /
I
v’S/Il
i
I
/I,I’/
‘1
1
11/
5 . 1,1 5 11
1
1
Iii
‘/S/V ’v
5/
11/
11 Il
/
5/I l
lii,,
I
‘/11
i./.Ji
‘
1
III
S/V’S/ S f
I
‘
iii
SI / 5. /V
5/
I/ V 1
IV”J•s/
I
I
III
5/5/5. 15/
.,/
5/
I i /
II I - 1]I SIII
/ / 5/ 5/1 5/11 1
v’ •1 111 5 /I 11
fy’ 5 1 v’ ,‘1151I I II
I 11,1 1 1
1 ‘/1-1111111 1
I I
s/JS/ / 1 15/1 III
5/ 1 ‘I/S/li 1./ I
shiv’ si l l s/I ] J
III 11111 1 5/1
II •1
5/
V’S/I S! JJJJJ 5 / 5 . /Sf
v’
I’/1/ /115/i 51 5/51
.1 1 111 1 .I•
5/ II ‘/1111 1 ‘1
1]
.1 I /I/I
.15./
/1 11111 1 1
5/ I I 5.’
‘I
I / 5. /y’ / ’ /JJ 5/
.1 V ’ ’/ ’/ .1 .1
1/ l v ’
1/
1/ 1”
111 15/
1/ ll /
I
•1 5/ II
‘1/
.1/
11/
I II
11
.1 ‘II
Iv ’ I
ii 11
I I
5/ / :11
1
1/
I 15/
11 5/ 11
II
I / I I
1
111
1 111
0
- .4
--
-------
Table SB. Liquids . Land (Q mthiued)
Paqe 2 of 2
s
\
Q ZAD Wr
DISPI 1 i1 flEND*NP
DISI L
.
Ii!
ffl
iIIIiIh IIII
ilIh
Peroxides
Thex lsandcresols
ptx)sFtx)rcus and ampz wids
Sulfates
SLilfidesandnercaptans
Sulfites
I IJ I
III /I
I /1 J II
I 1.1 / I I
I I I .1 1
1 1/1 1 .1
1 / 1 1 1
uI
/1Y 1
IIJ
I I /
1 1 ,‘
1 II
1 1 1
I I I I
1
/J I 11111 111
1 1
I
1 .11 11 / I
1 1
i
1 V i ’
I V
.1 1 / /
I I . 1 /
I I 11 /
/ /
(1) Synthetic ieaibrane used to th trend s or prtsble catdi basins
used to tain spilled material
(2) Red va r hazards
(3) Flush spill area with water after free material has been rwi ved
(5) b ter aolshle and water miscible ox nics in soil
(6) PotentIally biodegradable
0)
(4) A licable to enail spiiis in reeote areas cnly. Air Jireitoring
may be ne ssary
-------
Thble 6B. Partia ilate Solids . Land
P 1 of 2
A Ucable
NsNiiiiiN\
calC a
XNFADI*N1
DISPL 4 flt ‘11 1P
DI AL
I
!1
h 1
1
hi
ni
-l
6
HMIII
I4
I -.
Acithc axrpc*inds, ir rganic
Acidic xm(x w ]s, organic
Aldehydes
Ali atics, halogenated
Alkali n ta].s
M ides, anilides, and imidea
Amines, alicyl
?4mi.nes , aryl
Axunatlcs
Aranatics, halogenated
Asbestos
A ax ds
aaic xiipxu s
thrunates
Cyanates
Cyanides and nit.riles
Epix ides
Esters
Halides, ii rganic
Heavy inatals
Uy azines and hydrazides
Ketones
4it.ninycin
Nlitrates and nitrites
1itro o*r x*mds
litroso axnrcunds
)lef ins
I ’ ,
‘I . ,’
.1 ’
‘I’,
.1.1
v,’,
I ’,
vv,
v’J
‘I . -,
.11
v,.Iv,
v’ / f
•1 11
f,Iv,
‘Iv,v,
1 .//
I /
‘II
J / 1
/1
I,’.’
‘I
I I
‘II
1,/I
f’,fv’
“ v / /
““ 'I I
I””
II
.1/
I /
/1
.1. /
v,
/ “‘
.1 1
I .’
1’
I ”,
/1
‘ I/ I
.11
II
I’
II
11
1.1
Jv,
v / I
‘lv,
‘-
II
II
I’
/1
I
1 J
I ”,
I v,
‘‘
I v ’
l v ’
‘‘
I
li
ly,
I ”,
I I
I I
11
I. ,,
II
I v ’
Ii
/ 1
I I
/ 1
I ’,
I I
I ’ ,,
.1
I ’. ,
/1
v’I
‘I I
I’,
‘I ’,
•11 /I
-------
Table 68. Particulate Solids on Land (Contini i)
csdc s
esols and cresols
1 osr ates and os aths
s and axs
Streptozotocin
Stryc±inine and salts
v/
I.’,,
I I1
,.f / I
I / .1
III
/1
II I
.11
I•IJ
. /I ‘I
III
(1) For osj iorous spills, flush diked area with water to cover spill. 1X sot
pit water on s iDrous pentasulfide, alunthun 4xis tiide, or zinc * s ith3e
(2) For mnall spills, slovel spiUnd isaterial Into dry azita1i r and
ver, nove a itainer and flush area with water
(3) Use krodcckiwn spray to reckoe varor or entraIrgt it of dust. I
rot use on water reactive ax xunds
(4) Water soluble. nd water miscible orgariics in soil
(5) Use of as alt inapplicable to irczi salts, alunthun salts, strong oxidizers
and if significant ocnonntrations of lead, sercury, or arsenic are present
(6) Pyrethrine oxidized by air
(7) Fotentially biodegradable cxzi x iunds
2 of 2
C1 iical Class
Organic moniun cxiiçicxinds
Or ’gazuTstallic s
ii
.1
•1
Sulfates
Suif idea and nercaptans
Sulfites
Sulfones, sulfoxides & eulfonates
.7 ’
‘I
I-
II
I,,
ii
I I
I .,,
/1
J.1
‘‘I
II
‘I I
I’
I I
I’
.11
I I
/1
b / I
.11
b / b i
b/I
‘I
I I
II
‘I
-------
Table lB. Qi reaaod G aeg into Air
(1) Ccnstruct dike or txer h arow 1 mtather to to].d rw -off if using ) x)dcd a spray
(2) VaFor hazard reduction. D rot get water on leak area
(3) Protein or flucroprotain foase recuIreI
(4) Si ll anowit in ruste areas. Air ronitoring will be neoaaaazy
(5) In case of fire, cx,ol onntaine . e3qxsed to flanes; &, rot pit water on leak area
(6) br vapors heavier than air use cxniercial protective xivers/sorbents to pI over
sewar opininge. manheles, vents, aed grates In vicinity of spill to prevent va&or
entrance
I — ..
I-.
-------
Table ic. 1nso uble Sinkers
Pane I of ‘
Co u ntenieaaures
w
—
.i
I
..i
:
‘-
t’tide E ctent of Fone Reper nt
-:
rs
) I
u
£n
r .- -- —
RE IJL9 V 1S
— —
I d
. r . ’
£
-- -
—
Unit
Cost
curtain Barriers
C
in-situ
NP.
.
1)168
1 day
________
x x x x
x
$200-
304/ft
— —
1.1.3 .
Max. current — 1-2 krots
Max. depth — 2—5 feet
Max. waves — 6 feet
Dama, Bez , Dikes
C
In-site
NA
Neat
Diss
varies
X X X X
X
HEX)
$4/
1
Farth nr)ving uipennt
may require special
Stream Diversion
C
In-situ
NA
t4eat
Diss
varies
Q
1.1.5
Earth n ving equ1 eent
y require special s
1 r required for punçs.
Etibile unit available.
Synthetic M thrane
Cover
C
-
In s1t .
NA
eat
i68
varies
X X X
X
X
I
3-4 /
sq.ft
(1972)
1.2.3
Material must be dimu-
ically cxuipatible with
hazardeus substanon
Navigable water only
Prenches
C
in-situ
NA
varies
X X X X
X
X
[ lEO
1.1.2
lkiderwater trend es may
riquire special equip-
mint
Dispersion
D
In-situ
Gross
Neat
Dies
X
1.3.5
Bid veather and rough
water nay enhance disper
sicri. Type of [ IS dictate
whether dispersion usabi
in populated areas.
Dredging
D
In-situ
Gross
Neat
>1 day
x X
X
X
1
X
$5- 5,
yd
‘
1.3.1
Pirineter of spill
mist be I ou - in, Requires
lirge boat/barge.
P .inping
.
D
In-situ
NA
Neat
Dies
varies
X X X
T
$50-60
1.3.4
32’ height limit for
v oIun ps1 )ing. May need
corrosion/explosion
proof puups.
Activated Carbon
Colurm
T
—
C —site
l ’bderate
Polish
Dies
‘1 day
X
X X X X
‘r x
—
-23 /
gal
0-5 ,
lb
—
Spent carbon must Le
2.1.1 ragenerated or dn osed
of.
I
I-.
I-
-------
Table 1C. In luble Sinkers (Qintinuai)
Page 2 of 4
n---
—
L —
jv 1 J
-1
h
1
Potential
E ctent of
Clea L
Ebrm
.21
Dependent
TIi
Ehvtro.nE ’I f
S
I
I* J1RE71F lL’S
.
l .
——
—
Unit
Q st
)
r t t
r
rate
Polish
lent
Dies
X
X
• o
lay require special
acteria.
Biological Treabennt
T
In-situ
Pbderate
PolLish
Diss.
l day
X X X
4.0
lay require special
bacteria.
agu1ation/
Flocculation
T
C Site
Maderate
)iss.
Ii da ’
X X X
OlE
.LD .:
3.1
1 stage of treath nt pro—
?SS. Usi ially fo1lc d by
filtration or gravity
separation.
Granular Platha
Filtration
T
—Site
Gross
eat
1 day
X X X
STE
TEC
2.3
1 stage of treab nt
rocess. Foll ,s floccu—
.ation/cxagulation &
precedes çolishing.
stage of tre
l ows
Pt y require stadc ITonit—
oring. t4ay produce tbx
Gravity Separation
T
On-Site
Gross
eat
l day
X X
1 X
2.4
Incineration
C Site
Maderate
Polish
Neat
0183.
<1 day
X
X X
X X X X
Pit)
X
5.2
Incineration
Off-sit
(Dispesal)
Pt derate
P01 inn
(Disposal)
•
Neat
Diss
-___—______
<1 day
X X X • X
PIt)
-
x
i _-
791/
ton
solid
$53—
237/
ton
liq.
5.2
‘
gases/ashes.
May require stad nonit—
oring. May produce tox
gases/ashes
Ion Il ange
(Anionic/Cationic)
T
b-site
Pbderate
Polish
Diss
>1 thy
X
X X X X
O lE
i X
3.4
Proper selection of res
is very IiWortant
Neutralization
-
P
h-site
Pbderate
Polish
R- .- -
Bins
Neat
>1 day
— -
— -
X
— . -c
X X X X
—,
TD
0-fE
---.—
—
3 • 6
——-
Neutralizer itself may
be hazaxcbus. May cause
violent e, thermic
reaction.
-------
Table 1C. Insoluble Sinkers (Continued)
Page 3 of 4
——
—
-
—a
W-
countermaasures
-__ w_
—
sg;
4J
.-4
il
Potential
E ctent of
Made Cleanup —
.-
Form
2LJ1
( pendant
!‘
E Wl!O fr
a
)
JiJ
imnIj_ hJPI
RlX. 1J 11 tr flS
—
.
I’
}
—
cost
j
Cits
Neutralization
T
bderate
In-situ Polish
Neat
Dies
ti day
xx xx
I- .
x x
cu
1W
3.6
Neutralizer itself may Ls
hazardaus. May cause
violent esothermic
reaction.
Oxidation
T
C -sith
Maderate
Dies
11 day
X
X X X X
C}f
CHE
1W
3.7.1
Cbudants an4/or reaction
products nay cause envir-
onnental damage. May
require p11 ad)usthent
before & after reaction.
Oxidation
T
In-situ
Maderate
Polish
Dies
l day
X X X X
X X
Cit
3.7 • 1
Oxidants and/or reaction
products may cause envir-
onnental damage. May
require pH adjustment
before & after reaction.
l4iin onst Is dianicals.
Precipitation
P
th-site
Gross
Polish
Dies
l day
X
X X X X X
a!
CUE
3.9
Precipitating chanicals
ray be hazardeus.
Precipitation
in-situ
Gross
Polish
Dls
ci day
X X X X
X X X
ii
•
3.9
Precipitation dienicals
nay be hazardaus • Thxic
precipitates shauld be
rajoved and disp sed of.
SynthetiC Sorbents
—
r
In-situ
cross
Neat
<1 day
X X X
.
K
1W
—
‘
2.1.4
Synthetic Sorbent
Col n
T
co-site
Maderate
Polish
Dies
>1 day
X
X K X X
1W
2.1.4
.
Net Air Oxidation
T
Off-site
lbderate
Polish
(disçosal)
Dies
1 day
X
1W
X
5.3
Typically used for
industrial waste water
treatnent.
Landfill
Off—site (Disposal)
lest
Diss
Varies
TEE
X
$55-
5.5
I uires ntaineri—
240/
zatlon or dewatering.
ton
May require pretreat-
‘lent and/or solithfi-
Cation.
-------
Table IC. In lub1e Sinkers (Contin d)
Page 4 of 4
IE = Sanitary E iginaer
O E = C iucal fl gineer
QI = (mist
I1 = heavy I juipnent C eratcr
PI = Profesi,ional
= Tachiucian
= h t A licab1e
= Civil thgineer
-I
Q .n,terneasures
-
—J
—
4.1
-4
I
:j
g
-
l bde
Rt tia1
E ct t of
cleanuP
bcn
-
E pendent
E WlXO i f
s
I
J
Iv
.
I JL1Th i’S
—
t
.
—
—
t
st
,
I
QTtTentS
=
1W
—
( ep Well In)ection
-
f f-sit
(DisIx)sal
Neat
Disc
Varies
T
X
.06-
1/ga
5 .6
Sarvice generally cxmtr-
acted. E ctensive geolo-
gic stLxiy to determine
alequate well locati .cs .
—
.
—
—
—
-
I-
(n
Legeed :
-------
Table 2C. Soluble Sinkers
Page 1 of 4
—
—
1J
k
i
1 tentia1
E ctent of Form t pendent
tountermaasures t4 de Cleanup
- —
.
_ —
— — —
m J 1
S
I
. .v
(I ,
RI JIIFS
4 J
I
1
ZI
Unit
(bst
Barriers c
tn-site
N t
Neat
Dies
c i day
X X X X
X
TE
$200-
300/
ft ,
1.1.3 • 2
Max current - 1-2 kix,ts
Max depth - 25 ft.
Max waves — 6 ft.
Barns, Dikes C
In-situ
P
Neat
nisa
Varies
X X X X
X
HE)
c
4/
111
Earth mving equi rent
may require special acos •
Diversion C
In-situ
NA
Dies
Varies
X X
X
X X
I
1.1.5
•
Earth novnlg equlpient
may require special acca
Pcx er required for pmps.
Mubile unit available.
Dispersion/Dilution D
In-situ
Gross
Neat
Dies.
Varies
X
X
1.3,5
Bad weather 5 rough water
may enhanc dispersion.
Type of HS dictates
whetter technique is usab
in populated areas.
D
In-situ
Gross
Neat
1. day
X X
X
X
CE
3 1
Peris ter of spill mast be
kn n • Baluires large
beat/barge. Must be rapidly
deployed.
I)
In-situ
Gross
Neat
Digs.
Varies
,
$50-
60/hr
1.3,4
32’ height limit for
vacuum PJTP1fl9. Y need
rzosion/exp1osion proof
pu )S.
C
In-situ
NA
Diss.
Varies
X X X X
X
X
I
CE
1.1.2 Undervjater trenches ma j
require special equip-
‘ t.
Carton T
—
( i-Site
Muderate
Polish
-
Diss.
—
i day
—
X
X X X X
alE
—
.0004
•
.23/
gal
050
5/lb
—
2.1 .J
;çent carton mast be regen-
rated or dispsed of.
I-
-------
¶l ble 2C. Solitile Sinkers (QDntinued)
Paue 2 of 4
— —--.
-
—
1_______.__ . .._..____
uiter asure
Lu
il
0
t
Potential
E ct t of
Cleanup
- -
Ebun
Dependant
LThll fI
S
1M
PJI 1 lNrs
!. i
o
44
—
—
Unit
Q
.—
-
Biological Treats nt
T
ir.e
Moderate
Polish
Diss •
l day
X
STE
X
4.0
May r Ju1 re special
bacteria cultures.
Biological Treatzi nt
T
In-siti
Mx erate
Polish
Diss.
l day
X X X
‘E
4 0
lay r ulre special
bacteria cultures.
the latioxv
S uestration
T
Ch-sit
tkderate
Digs.
<1 day
X X X X
O lE
ai
T0
3.3.1
tist be follcA.ied by an
uctraction e.g. with
vegetable oil.
QagulatiorV
Flocculation
T
-slte
darate
Diss.
cJ day
X X
a
3.1
1 stage of treath nt
process. Usually follc ed
by filtratIon or gravity
separation.
ctxaction
T
b—site
Maderate
Diss •
1 day
X
X X X X
01
O lE
T
3 • 2
Pi-opar toice of solvent
very j.ziçortant.
Gravity Separation
T
-
h-site
Gxoss
Neat
cl day
‘
X X
‘I
2 • ‘I
I stage of treatnEnt pxo-
cess, iic ,a precipita—
tion or flocculation!
onagulation aid prec&se
Folishing.
Incineration
Maderate
Polish
(Disposal)
Neat
Dies.
ci day
X
X X
.
X X X X
Pit)
X
—
5.2
May r uire stack nonit.or-
ing. stay produce toxic
gas/ash.
Incineration
—
Off-
site
Pbderate
Polish c day
(Disposal)
,
,
‘
I
X X X X
I
:
I
I
.
PlO
—
X
—
$395
91/
ton
)lid
53—
237/
ton
liq.
—
5.2
May raquire stack nonit—
orl.ng. May produce toxic
gas/ash.
-------
Table 2C. Soluble Sinkers (Continued)
Page 3 of 4
— —-- --
=—
—
— -
—
I
L
9
i
§
• ,
—
Potential
E ctent of
f
of
tefl flt
J —
thviz T ’f
!
- -
RiI JIR1i4ENTS
.
s
c u
— —--— -w
t
Cost
—
ii
aj
—-----
(Anionic & Cati.crnc)
T
(li—site
bderate
[ k)J. sh
Diss.
l day
X
X X X X
T X
3.4
Proper selection of
is very important.
t rbrara Separation
¶F
ai—site
Polish
Diss.
?.l day
X
X X X X
PI D
£
2.7
Natural Ir rgan1c
Sorbents
T
In-situ
Gross
leat
1 day
X X
X
TIX
2 • 1 • 3
Sorbent must sink. Must
be hydrO hi1ic.
Natural Irorgaiuc
Sorbents Colum
T
(li—site
Maderate
k)llth
)iss.
l day
X
X X X X
O lE
•
2.1.3
Sorbent must be hydro-
philic.
Neutralization
T
Maderate
Polish
at
)iss.
?1 day
X
X X X X
01
T
OlE
3.6
Neutralizer itself nay be
hazardous, May cause yb—
lent exothermic reaction.
Oxidation
T
(li-site
Maderate
Polish
Diss •
>1 day
X
)C X X X
01
3 • 7.1
Oxidarits anc /or reaction
may cause envir-
onnental damage. May
require n i adjusth nt
before & after reaction.
—
.
Oxidation
T
In-site
ttderate
Polish
DiSS.
.
>1 day
X x
.
;
Oxidants aM/or reaction
produets may cause envir-
onnantal damage. May
require l1 adjusth nt
before 6 after reaction.
ham onst is chmnicals.
Precipitation
.
T
( l -s1te
Gross
Poish
Diss.
>1 day
x
x X X X X
C I I
cii
T
3.9
Precipitated chanicats
nay be hazardous.
Precipitation
-----
r
—
In-sit
U
Polish
—-—
Diss.
1 day
X X X X
—
X X
-—
—
.
—__
recipitated chenicals
m i be hazardous. Ibxic
recipitates stould be
nnoved & disposed of.
---
-------
Table 2C. SoliIle Sinkers ( ntinuad) Page 4 of 4
-
ni asurs5
—-
-.-
—
h
L
so
V
3
ttde
Pot t iai
f! 1L_
fA9 ’l
£ W1EO UTCn
S
I
,
I 1JIRI21F’!rS
.
.
I
bst
CT r1ts
)
.
synthetic S tents
T
in-situ
Gross
Neat
ci day
x x x
X
2 • 1 • 4
Sorbent nvst sink. Must
be hycfropfulic.
Synthetic Sorbent
Colinr
T
h-site
Muderate
lish
Dies.
>1 day
X
X X X X
CHE
2 1 4
• •
Sorbent nu]st be hydro-
Wet Air Oxidation
?tderate
Polish
(Disposal)
Dies.
<1 day
X
s•
•
Typically used for
ir 1ustriai waste water
tX ti1 flt.
Landfill
rff 1
(Disposal)
Dies.
Varies
X
•I
X
55-
240/
ton
Requires cxmtainerization
or d atering. flay re—
uire pretreabTent and/or
solidification.
ep ll Injection
° ;j
(Disposal)
>1 day
,
$. 06-
1. 00
gal.
5.6
Service generally cen-
tracted. Extensive geo—
locdc stixiy to determine
adequate well location.
—
—
—
Legend :
STE = Sanitary gineer
GIE = th nicai E ,gtheer
CH = th nist
lIED = Heavy l u1 [ nent Cçerator
PI = Professional
Tethnician
= bt p )liceble
CE = Civil O g]re r
-------
Table 3C. In luble Floaters
Paqe 1 of 5
- -- -
I
(nO
L
..l
ij
Potential
E ctent of Form I z nt
¶S
j
I
—
I J1J D’V’tI’S
—
d
. .
.l .
.
M 1
—
Unit
cost
-
-
-
— —
Barriers C
Insith
Neat
Diss.
<1
.
a:
200-
00/f
1 3
Max current - 1-2 knots
Max depth — 25 ft.
Max waves — 6 ft.
Dikes C
In-situ
Neat
I)isa.
Vai i.es
CE
‘
1.1.1
Earth noving equlpient may
require spe ia i access.
C
In-situ
Neat
Diss.
,
x x x
x x x
FR
T C
gal
spil
1.2.4
iy iiu xrtant to use foam
tuch is chenically can-
patible with hazardous
material.
Diversian C
In—situ
Neat
Digs.
Varies
X X
x
x x
CE
1.1.5
Eazth noving equipi t may
require spm ial access.
P er required for pups.
bile tmit available.
I itrane c
In—situ
Neat
Diss.
<1 day
,
,
‘I
T
1.2.3
frenbrane must be chmiucal l
capatible with hazardous
material. Feasible an mnall
spills an mnsll water bod-
ies.
0
-
In-situ
Gross
Neat
Dims.
>1
.
I
,
Bad waather and rough water
may enhance dispersian.
Typa of 115 dictates
tiether dispersion usable
in populated areas.
D
In—situ
Gross
Neat
Diss.
ries
X X X
X
X X X -
hr
1.3.4
—32 height limit for
vacuimi punplrng. May need
corrosion/explosicE proof
pssps.
D
In—situ
Gross
Neat
-__________
Varies
X X
X X X
TEE
—
—32 heiqht limit for
tin puping. May need
corrosicii/explosion proof
ptsps.
Bcans C
—
In—situ
Ws.
ww
Neat
<1 day
— r i
7
ft
—
3 Current - <2 knots
. ves — 2—4 ft.
Difficu’t J.n high winds.
Bapid deployiam-t.
I-
-------
Table 3C. Insoluble Floaters (Continu’rI)
Page 2 of 5
-
-
—
—--
— --—-- -
L
c
v
,
ctent of
Fotentiai
Cleanup
Form
r f I
t*
I pendent
LIMIm1
v r on n rI
S
I
IV
—
R 1 jI 1 ”rrs
—
4
‘ ‘
ffl
tMit
cost
—
Convents
j
h
- -
Sorbents
T
In-situ
Gross
Neat
<1
X
—
—
2.1
May be hard to apply in bad
ather. Special equlpient
can facilitate sorbent
broa&asting and recovery.
Dust mask may be required.
Activated Carbon
Colum
T
G -site
?bderate
Polish
Disc.
>1 day
.
i C
OLE
. W04
.23/
gal
so. !
$5/li
2.1.1
Spent carbcr must be regen-
era tei or thsixeed of.
Aeration
T
In-situ
Maderate
Polub
Diss.
>1 day
X X
X X X
P L O
X
2.8.1
May pollute the atsosphere.
entence orJ er tree tnent
nethxls, e.g. biodegrada-
tin, oxidation.
Aeraticii
V
(h-site
Ptzierate
Polish
Disa.
>1 day
X
X
X X X X
C uE
TB2
X
2.8.1
May pollute the atnosphere.
can enhance other treabient
netheds, e.g. biodegrada-
tin, oxidation.
Biological Treabien
V
)f f-site
Y derate
D ISS.
>1 day
4.0
May require special bac-
teria.
Biological Treatnen
V
In-situ
Maderate
PoIish
Diss.
>1 day
.
.e
4.0
t4a ’ r 4uire s ial bac-
teria.
Evaporation
V
in-situ
Gross-
I kxlerate
Diss.
Neat
Varies
X
x
2.5
Wind direction may prechx]e
tius coir terneasure. Po-
tential fire/toxic vapor
hazard.
E cLractin
Gels
T
V
(h-site
in-situ
x erate
Diss.
Neat
Diss.
>1 day
<
—
< x
x x
CHE
TEE
CH
TEE
=
$ .50-
2.50/
lb
—
3.2
-
Proper choice of solvent
very important.
Avoid skin contact and in-
halation. L i tenperatures
retard cjelling tino.
.
—--
—
- —
—
-
—
— -
— -
-------
Table 3C. Insoluble Floaters (Continued)
Page 3 of 5
- -
—
-
—
-
—
ti
‘:;
Pot t1al
f ctent of
Form
[ penc nt
LINr Jl’
¶5
1
—-
R X JIRLML —
1.
q
thit
Cost
Can ents
)
! J
°
z
—
Granular Maths
Filtration
T
P
Q -site
Gross
Neat
>1 day
X X X
2.3
1 stage if treatn nt pro-
onss follcMs flocculation/
coagulation ar precedes
polishing.
Gravity Seoaration
C —site
Gross
Neat
>1
X
2.4
May require special equip-
n nt.
H iro1ysis
T
!bderate-
PolISh
Diss.
>1 day
X
X X X
U I
IB
Reaction pralucts may be
. hazardous. flay require
• pre- and post- 14 adjust-
mant.
Inc ineration
tbderate—
Polish
(disposal
Neat
Diss.
< day
X
X X
X X X X
PI )
X
flay require Stack nrautor-
lag. tiay preduce toxic
gas/ashes.
Ir theration
Off-sib
Ibderate-
Pol 5h
(disposal
Neat
Diss.
<1 day
X X X X
PlO
X
$395-
791/
ton
solid
$53—
237/
ton
11g.
5.2
flay require stack ntnitor-
ing. flay prcxi x toxic
gas/ashes.
Ion Dcehange
T
Cm-site
Ibderate-
Polish
Diss.
>1 day
K
K X K X
OLE
Proper selection of resin
Is u ry rtant.
Krod dc jn Spray
P
In-situ
N t
Vapor
< day
X X X
X
F1
2.9
Need tO contain the haz-
ardous rusoff water.
f rbrane Separation
P
( site
tbderate—
Polish
Digs.
>1 day
K
X X X X
PlO
2.7
Neutralization
T
Co—site
Maderate—
Polish
Neat
I)
isa.
>1 day
X
X X X K
ai
:
I
36
Neutralizer itself may be
hazardous. May cause vio-
lent exothermic reaction.
—
I-
N
N
-------
Table 3C. Insolitle Floaters (Continued)
Pacje 4 of 5
—
.J
II
i
of Po t
Potential
—
-
..
.
—
LDUTAPI
EnvlzonzTI nL 1l
PS
.
!!
—
i JJ1 lFS
P •
Unit
Cost
CCITH fltS
hj
- -—
T
IflSitU
Nedarate—
Polish
Neat
Dies.
<1 day
X X X IC
IC IC
‘1W
3 6
Neutralizer itself ns ’ be
hazar&,ug. flay cause vio-
lent exothermic reaction.
In-situ
Ibdarata
Neat
<1 day
x x x x
x
x x
n
x
5.1
May require disposal of
toxic ash. tiay prodix e
toxic wjke.
T
C -sith
Ibierata-
Dies.
‘1 day
x
X IC IC IC
( I i
‘1W
3.7.1
(bddants and/or reaction
prc& ts n y cause en-
viraii ntal damaqe. May
require L i i adjustxnu t
before & after reaction.
T
In-situ
lbtjerate—
P 1ith
Dies.
<1 day
IC IC X X
IC IC
(it
3.7.1
Cbddants and/or reaction
proiix ts may cause en-
vironrmntal damage. May
require L I adjuztiTnnt
before & after reaction.
Main onst is thenicals.
Stripping T
Cfl-sita
Polish
Dies.
>1 day
x
x x x
am
‘1W
2.8.2
Requires steam source.
Sorbents T
In-situ
Gmss
Neat
<1 day
IC X IC
X
‘1W
2.1.4
SOrbent T
Qi-site
I b ierate—
Dies.
1 day
X
X IC IC X .
O l E
,
2.1.4
‘
Qcidation
Off-site
Nederate—
Polish
(Disposal
Dies.
<1 day
X
‘1W
X
Typically used for in-
dustrial waste water
treatn nt.
Off-site
(Disposal
at
‘ea
,
,
$55-
240/
ton
5.5
Reciuires ountairierization
or dewatering. Play re—
(juire pretreathunt and/or
solidification.
In3ection
-—-, —
Off-site
—.—-
(Disposal
-
Varies
.-—---—
------
IC
. —- -
‘1W
S.06
1.00
c pa l
5 6
Service qenerally oun-
tracted. Extensive geo-
logic study to detcri’ane
ndequate well location.
- —.
-------
Lege :
SEE = Sanitary E 3nineer
O lE = O enical thgineer
CH = th mist
IIB ) = Heavy B ui nt Operator
PIE) = Professional
= Tethnician
= t’bt A licable
CE = Civil thgineer
FR = Fire fighter
Table . Insoluble Floaters (Ccaitin 1) Page 5 of 5
-------
Table 4C. Soluble Floaters
Page 1 of 5
_9 __
o u nter1Teasures
-- —
—
-- -
14 )
4J
e
•
Potential
E ctent of
Cleanup —
Form
(lependent
Tiine
Fnv1rom tT f
s
5
Ra in th rrs
‘ . ‘
—
Unit
O ments
)
.
Curtain Barriers
c
In-situ
P
Neat
Varies
X X X X
x
¶W
1 • 1.3 • 2
- 1—2 kzx)tS
Max depth - 25 feet
Max Waves - 6 feet
Dama, Berma, Dikes
c
n-situ
NA
Varies
X X X X
IC
$4/y
1.1.1
Earth noving equJ çmant
may require special
access.
Foam Covers
C
n-Situ
NA
Neat
Dies.
<½ day
X X X
IC IC X
FR
TD
$5 ’
gal
12 •
Very nt Xrtant to use a
foam which is chmnically
cxznpatible with tha bar-
ordeus material.
Stream Diversion
C
n-situ
NA
1195.
Varies
x x
x
x x
I h 1)
CE
1 • 1.5
Earth noving equipsent
may require special
access. r required
for psipe. Wabile unit
available.
Surface Be
Dlspersxon/t)iiution
-
C
B
In—situ
Insith
NA
Gross
Neat
Neat
Dies.
l day
1 day
X X IC IC
IC
X
.
T
.j
X
$6/ft
1.1.3.1
1.3.5
Cirrent - < 2 kmts
Waves - 2-4 feet
Difficult in high winds.
1 sjuires rapid deploy-
isant.
Bad .eather and rough
. . athar may enhance dispm-
sion. rype of uS dictat
whether dispersion usable
in Fopilated areas.
—
—
—
N
C -.
-------
Table 4C. Soluble Floaters (Continued)
Page 2 of 5
0 .
Counterseasures
— ----
Ptsiping
——
•
I
‘!
o
-
D
Potential
Extent of
Made Cleanuo
- - -----
in-situ Gross
Form
of HS
-
Nøat
Diss
t per nt
_Thr
varies
LThU JI’
IS
—I---
,
RJiEfl1 FS
—
. I i
.
i o
o u
- —
—
J
—
Cost
Unit
$50-
60/hr
.
-
134
‘ 32’ height limit for
vacuue *mping. May need
Ji
°‘
onriosion/explos ion prc 1
PWk)S.
Skiinning
D
—
In-sit
Gross
Neat
Varies
X X
K X X
1.3 • 3
“ 32’ height limit for
vacuum pinçing. Ilay reel
rot-ron ion/explosion procf
puI1 )5.
Activated
Coluim
T
—
T
Cosite
Maderate
Polish
I)iss.
Diss.
Diss.
>1
.
am
.000
23,4
3.50—
5p’lb
-
2.1.1
Spent carten niiSt be
regenerated or dispesed
of.
Aeration
in-sit
Maderate
Polish
>1 day
x x
x x x
PR)
,
X
2.8.1
lay x)1lute the athrs—
ere. can entiance other
treatiient nethx)s e.g.,
iolegration, oxidation.
Aeration
T
Co-sit
Maderate
Polish
>1 day
X
X
K X X X
OlE
TEX
x
2.8.1
May pellute the athos-
phere. Can enhance other
Lreatnent nethods e.g.,
biodegration, oxidation.
Bidlogical PreatiTeflt
)ff tx
Maderate
Polish
Diss.
l day
X
STE
X
4.0
May require special
bacteria.
Biological Treatnent
.
Extraction
T
In-situ
Ofl-site
Ptxlerate
Polish
Pbderate
Diss •
Diss
> 1 day
>1 day
X X
X
X X X X
STE
CM
am
c
4.0
3.2
May require special
bacteria.
Proper cIr,lce of
solvent very ii:tant.
—
—
—
-------
Table 4C. Soli*1e Float- ers (Continued)
Paue 3 9 f 5
—
—
RWJIRE24 ’rrS
—
-—--- —-- --
—
QxritenTeasures
——-— -,— ——--—
—
‘J
LThI1 ’Ar [
flwironmen ll
IS
1+
ii
(.
Cleanup
Ibnn
£ pes nt
Tine
—
i ;i
N
—
d
I k i
—— ——
1 E
Unit
Cost
—
CliTirenta
Gels
T
In-sit
NA
Neat
Digs.
d
.
X
T X
$ .50—
2.50/
adt
AW)id skin onntact and
inhalation. I , t r r-
ature retard gelluig
tine.
II drolysis
p
Q- -sjt
Ptx erate
Dies.
>1 day
X
X X X
(31
TF
•
I action products may be
hazarthus. May re uire
re— and pest— adjust—
nent.
Ion
(Jlnionic & Cationic)
T
Cm-sit
t&erate
Dies.
l da i
X
X X X X •
CitE
I
• I
Proper selection of teeth
is very inipertant.
Incineration
-sit
ttderate
E l ish
(Disçosal)
Neat
Diss.
<1 day
x
x x
x x x x
pio
x
5.2
May r juire stadc nonit—
oring - May prodtx e toxic
gas/ashes.
Incineration
site
Itderate
Polish
(Dispesal)
Neat
Dies.
c i day
x x X X
P14)
X
$395—
791/
ton
solid
$53—
237/
ton
liq -
5.2
May r uire stad nroit—
oring. May prodix e toxic
gas/ashes.
Kncck&*Qn Spray
p
In—siti
NA
Valx,r
1 day
X
X X X X
pr
2.7
Neutralizaticx
T
b—site
Maderate
Polish
(Dispesal)
Neat
Dias.
>1 day
X
X C X x
CitE
C II
TIX
3.6
leutralizer itself may be
iazardous. May cause
,iolent e therinic
reaction.
fleutralization
T
In—siti
bierate
Polish
(Dispoaal
Neat
Dies.
<1 day
X X X X
x x
l1X
w
3.6
Neutralizer itself may he
hazardous. Iby cause vie-
lent exotherinic react ion.
—
—
— —
——-
.
w— •—
——
-
—
—
- .————
-------
Thble 4C. Solitle Floaters (Continued)
Paqe 4 of 5
-
— —
i4J
c
Potantial
E ct t of Ebrm t nt
— up -
lbderate
T (b—site Polish Diss >1 day
(DisFosal )
- --—
- —
)
‘
X
R JIIIl4 NI’S
( 31
X X X X
1W
unit
cost
3.7.1
T1TantS
-
Oxi ants and,xr reaction
prOducts nay cause envir—
onnantal damage. hay
require F 41 adjuatsant
before a after reaction.
T
In-situ
Maderate
PoUsh
(Disp,sa l)
Diss
c i day
X X X X
X
£
3.7.1
•
Oxidants and/or reaction
pz hx ts may cause envLr-
onmsntal damage. May
require F4I adjusthant
before & after reaction.
Man oust is d nica1s.
T
(b-site
Gross
Polish
DIss
>1 day
x
x x x x x
(54
•
recipitated chenuca
may be hazardous.
T
In-situ
Gross
Polish
Dies
ci day
X X X X
X X X
(51
Precipitated chanicals
may be hazardous. ltxic
precipitates slould be
raioved & dispsed of.
Stripping T
-
(3i-site
Polish
Diss
l day
x
x x x
•
UJE
TB
$1.80
[ 000
lbs
2.8.2
I
1 uires steam souross.
.
Cbcidation
tff; 3 te
kx1erate Diss
Polish
(Dislosal)
1 day
X
r r
x
,
5.3
ypically used for waste
eater treabTent.
(Disp sa1)
r9eat
Diss
Varies
x
SIX
X
$55-
240/
ton
5.5
1 uires ountainerization
or dewatering. May
require pretreatzrent ax4/
or solidification.
Injection
° 1 1
(I)isFosa1)
Neat
Dies
.
Variss
-
x
—
x
$ .06-
SVga
-
5.6
‘,ba generally C )fl
ti-acted. Extensive gso—
logical study required to
determine adequate well
location.
-------
I-
.0
SFE Saiutary E)jnineer
O E = ci nical E gineer
cii = th nist
IIEO = Heavy E ui nt C rator
PF ) = Professional
= Ththnician
= bt A licable
= Civil gineer
FR = Firefighter
Table 4C. So1 le Floaters (Continued) Paqe 5 of 5
-------
Table SC. Liquids oa Laixi
Page 1 of 4
$5/ 1.2.4
gal
soil
Very lmprtant to use foam
whith is d nically n-
patible with hazardous
material -
—- —
w ,terveasures
Barriers in SOil
—
— —
Lfl1ITAfl
Eavironn nLa1
—
S
—
R J 1Rfl4” lTS
-
—--—----— —‘---
L
V
C
In-situ
R)tentiel
E ctent of
-
t
Form
1 9L
tlixed
I nc nt
>1 thY
¶
.9
-4 > -4
I P
-
CX) CO CX)
41
.
l .
(X) (X)
.
P l O
j
‘
X
(hut
Cost
‘
1.1.4
CLusents
Soil Sealants mast be
a 1ied to soil before
rdous. material gets
e. (x)=
th ically Pctive
C
In-situ
Gross
t at
Varies
X X
.
X
O lE
1.2.2
t o universal cever. Each
Covers
spill sust txa evaluateti
on a case-by-case basis by
a trauied civeast.
Dikes. Benns. Dama
C
In-sith
NP.
at
Diss.
Varies
X X
X
HEX)
a
yd
1.1.1
Earth soving equi v nt may
require special access.
Foam Covers
C In-situ
Dies.
-------
Table SC. on LarKi
Page 2 of 4
—.
ccnntern asures
,—
— —
-
4
ac
L i
-4
op
I1
30
E ctent of
Form
j
pors nt
LIMr l(
thvirorui n
4S
. I
s
d
U)
---
.
.
“
‘$4 U)
0) 0
unit
cost
__
—
CQTUEnta
ft
Excavation
0
In—situ
Polish
Neat
Varies
X X X
X
- X
ME l)
1.3.2
Pi iping
0
T
In situ
GrOSS
-______
Neat
Dies.
Varies
X
X
X X X
50.-
60/
hr.
1.3.4
%32 ’ height Linut for
vacuijn pumping. May need
explosion/corrosion proof
Biological Treabreni
Off-site
t erate—
Polish
I)iss.
>1
sLr
4.0
.
require s [ ecial
bacteria.
.. Biological Treatirent
V
In-situ
Etx lerate—
Polish
Dies.
>1 day
x
STE
4.0
May require spocial
bacteria.
Cørents
V
In-situ
NA
Neat
Varies
X
ITX
3.3.2
Carents
T
Of f-site
NA
Neat
Varies
X
T X
3.3.2
Typically used to fix
waste orior to tonal in
larK-If ill.
Cr igenic cooling
V
In-situ
NA
Neat
< da i
X X
. X X
2.2
with dr ’ i - ‘ 2 Y-
gen deficient ataTosphere
may’ result.
Evaporation
T
In-situ
Maderate—
Polish
Neat
fli
>1 day
X
x x
2.5
Wit -Id direction maY pre-
cl rie this counteriteasure.
Potential fire/toxic vapor
hazard.
Extraction
V
(h-site
Maderate
Mixed
>1 day
X
X X X X
01
11
3.2
Procer ctoice of solvent
very important.
Gels
V
In—situ
NA
1 day
—
—-
X
— -
X X X
—--.
01
O lE
q
—
—
—
—--
Reaction proiucts may to
hazardous. May require
pre- & post- phi adjustnent
—
-------
Thble 5C. Linuids on Lard (Continued)
Page 3 of 4
- ---
mtermaasures
—
-
- ---
S
-
,
!
-4
i’tx e
=
of
2 2
Depenisfl
-
thvirv T J
Si
4 J
2J 9
0
U
Unit
Q st
)
a H
— -
Ineinerat ion
() -site
f derate—
Polish
(Disposal
Neat
Disa.
<1 day
X
X X
X X X X
PI )
X
5.2
May require stack non-
itoring. May produce tox-
ic gas/ashes.
Incineration
ffgite
t bierate—
Polish
(Disposal
Neat
Diss.
(is
.
X
395-
791/
ton
ulid
$53—
237/
ton
fig.
5.2
May require stack nun-
itoring. May produce tox-
ic gas/ashes.
Izodcdown Spray
T
In-situ
NP.
Vapor
<½ day
X X X
x
FR
2.9
tleed to wfltain the haz—
ardous runoff water.
Lima
T
In-situ
Gross
<½ day
X X
3.3.4
iatural Sorbents
T
In-situ
GçosS
Neat
<1 day
X X
X X X
TEX
2.1.2
2.1.3
May require use of dust
masks. Special equipient
may facilitate a plica-
tion.
Neutralization
T
C*i-site
f kx erate—
POliSh
Diss.
>1 day
X
X X X X
01
51 X
3.6
Neutralizer itself may to
anious. May cause yb-
lent exothennic reaction.
Neutralization
T
tn-situ
I erate—
Polish
Diss.
<1 day
X X
X X
(ii
3.6
Neutralizer itself may to
rdous. nay cause vio-.
lent exothermic reaction.
Qsin Burning
In-situ
C —site
fkderate-
Polish
Neat
flixed
<1 day
X X
X
X X
FR
x
5.1
May produce toxic snuke.
May require disposal of
toxic ash.
Cicidation
T
—
C —site
t’gx erate—
Polish
Diss.
>1 day
X
X X X X
—
01
O lE
‘iPX
—
3.7.1
Reducing/oxidizing agents
sod/or reaction products
may be hazardous. i1 ad—
Juatsent may be necessary
S
-------
Co’.u teziieas ires
Reducing/oxidizing agents
and/or reaction prcrlucts
may be hazardous. 1i ad-
)Usta nt may be necessary
STE = Sanitary & g1neer
citE = thmacal &igineer
Cii = th ust
liD) = Heavy D u.tpi int (l rator
PlO = Professional
= Tec nician
NA = t’bt Applicable
= Civil D gifleer
FR = Firefighter
Hey require use of dust
masks. Special equipnent
may facilitate apolica-
tion.
Generally used to inhibil
leathability of solids
prior to burial.
Typically used for in-
dustrial waste water
treatnent.
May require centainer—
ization/solidification.
Service generally cen—
tracted. Dtensive geo—
ogic stedy to determine
adquate wall location.
Criiirents
-------
Table 6C. Particulate Solids on Land
Page 1 of 3
Cour te flT asures
Caim nts
Materials must be chma-
ically caTnatthle with the
hazardous material.
Disçersion/bilution
Foam must be chmaically
ccrI)atthle with hazardous
material.
Type of hazardous material
dictates wtiether Ok in
populated areas. May x> i—
son water treath nt facil-
ities if washed dcMn drain
Earth muvincj e1uipi nt may
require special accass.
Best for fflnall spills.
flay require vacuiju cleaner
designed smacifically for
hazardous material.
‘flay require special bac-
teria Cu
itures.
May require special bac-
teria cultures.
Proper cl ioa of solvent
is very in ortant.
Reaction products may be
hazardous. tlay require
pro- and post- cu adust-
rent.
I—
-------
1.e 6C. Particulate Solids on Land (ConUnt d)
Page 2 of 3
—
I
d
1
V
Poten l
E3ctent of Forts ( pondent
r
—-.-- --
- .
S
.
—
R JIR1IIFNFS
4 ’4 ;I
O.,U IQ
.
Ie!4
—__ ,
Unit
CaTII ntS
I
>‘
e
—.
t x1erate-
Polish
(Disposal
f at
t4ixed
Dies,
<1 day
X
X X
X X X X
P l O
X
5.2
Y r&juire stack man-
itorI.ng. flay produce
toxic gases/asbes.
)f f-site
1 tDderate—
Polish
(Disposal
neat
Mixed
Dies,
<1 day
X X X X
PfO
X
325—
791/
ton
olid
$53—
237/
ton
liq.
5 2
flay r ju ire stack s cm—
itoring. May produce
toxic gases/asbes.
Spray T
In-situ
f l
V x)r
EXist
< day
X X X
X
FP
2 9
Need to ountain the haz-
ardous rumaff water.
r
CXi-site
Ikxlarate-
Polish
Diss.
Miisd
>1 thy
X X X X
01
l’EX
3.7.1
Oxidants and/or reaction
prot ucts may cause en-
virorincmtal damage. May
r 1uire pfl ad)uSth nt be-
fore and after reaction.
T
In-Situ
tksierate-
Polish
Diss.
tli.
<1 day
X X
X X
.
01
3.7.1
Oxidants and/or reaction
oducts may cause en-
virorutental damage. flay
requ]re [ 1 1 ad)Ustseflt be-
fore and after reaction.
Off—site
(Dis xisal
Dies.
<1 day
x
5.4
T
In—situ
(Xi-site
Dies.
I4bCSd
Neat
Var
01
P l O
‘IiX
Generally used to inhibit
leachability of hazardous
material prior to land-
fill.
Off-site
NP.
Solid
<1 day
X X
‘i r
—
5.7.1
Generally used to inhibit
leachability of solids
prior to lar 1fill.
-
t___- n
n
—-—-
-
S — .
—
-------
STE = Sinitary fl g1ne r
HE = O nic. 1 gine r
=
H D = W avy 3 u1I1 ent c erator
PI = Profe iona1
nr = ‘D chnician
W . = l bt Ap 1 cab1e
cE = Civil igineer
FR = Firefighter
C -,
Caim nta
-------
ble 7C. Gases Into Air
Pciije 1 of I
Lege :
SI’E = Sanitary F jineer
DIE = D nical fl jine€r
D i = a rn st
HBD = Heavy . uiii nt ( erator
= Professional
¶FEX = T chnwian
NA = Pbt AWlicable
CE Civil guieer
FR = Firefiqhter
L)
-
—
—
—
-- - -ffi
I
Sc
I
il
lOt wl
Fom
( pendant
T
1wiro Z LJ REX JIRr 1 IF rrS
— — —
Zi
r
U
fllj I
Unit
0 Cost
— — fl
Tr ches C
In-situ
NP.
Neat
Diss
Varies
X
X
I
1.1.1
1.1.2
Use to contain water if
Iu kdcMn spray is used.
C
Pug i.ng C
In situ
NA
Neat
Dies.
<½ day
X X X
X X
FR
TEC
5.00
gal
pill
1.2.5
Foam nust be chønically
caipatible with hazard-
ous material.
In-site
NP.
Neat
<½ day
X X
1.6
Requires working extrea-
ly close to the rirst haz-
arcbus zone.
/Diluticn D
In-situ
Gross
Neat
Dies.
Vapor
Varies
x x x
x
1.3.5
Wind direction, type of
hazardous me terial and
spill size dictate
wtietber this net1 I is
usable.
Cooling T
In-situ
NA
< c’ay
P} J
TEC
2.2.1
2.2.2
Large tank tricks may
require special access.
Creates oxygen deficient
at1ii)sp i- eres.
Cooling T
ice
NA
Neat
1)153.
<½ day
X X X X K
TB2
2.2.3
Spray T
In-situ
NA
Vapor
<½ day
X K
K .
FR
2.9
Need to contain the haz-
arcbus runoff water.
In—situ
I b erate—
rk,l
Neat
<1 day
X X
X
FR
X
5.1
t.lsy prcxluce toxic mirke.
—
—
———
—
-------
SECTION 4
DESCRIPTION OF COUNTERMEASURES
This section presents brief descriptions and highlights the uses, require-
ments, and limitations of each of the release countermeasures listed in the
“C” Tables beginning on page 103. The “text section” column for each counter-
measure in the “C” Tables specifies the portion of Section 4 containing
additional or supplemental information. The responder is urged to consult
the relevant Section 4 material to extract information that will lead to
usage of the countermeasure optimal for the release in question.
In general, Section 4 contains the following types of information:
o Description of the countermeasure
o Applicability of and recommendations for the countermeasure in field
use
o Precautions in human and biota toxicity
o Limitations — environmental, demographic, and legal, e.g., permitting
o Requirements - power supply, manpower, and special equipment or
supplies
o Availability of equipment and supplies
o Costs for both durable equipment and expendable supplies
Prior to final countermeasure selection the responder should take another
look at the Site Assessment Checklist (Figure 3, page 9) to ascertain how
the countermeasure impacts the environment or leads to adverse synergistic
effects. Finally, if any further degree of refinement or detailed information
on a specific countermeasure is required, reference sources are listed in the
Bibliography, Section 5.
Table 8 gives a detailed table of contents for this section for the user’s
rapid reference.
138
-------
TABLE 8. Contents of Section 4: Descriptions of Countermeasures
2. PHYSICAL TREATMENT
2.1 Adsorption
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
168
168
169
170
171
171
172
173
174
174
175
Subsect ion
1. MECHANICAL CONTAINMENT AND DISPLACEMENT
1.1 Containment
1.1.1 Dikes, Berms, and Dams
1.1.2 Trenches
1.1.3 Booms
1.1.3.1
1.1.3.2
1.1.4 Barriers
1.1.4.1
1.1.4.2
1.1.4.3
Surface Booms
Curtain Barriers
in Soil
Soil Sealants
Si urry Trenches
Sheet P11 ing
PAGE
142
142
142
143
144
144
145
146
146
148
149
150
151
152
152
153
154
154
155
156
157
158
159
159
159
160
162
162
164
165
166
167
167
168
1.1.5 Stream Diversion
1.1.6 Patching & Plugging of Containers or Vessels
1.1.7 Portable Collection Vessels
1.1.8 Overpacked Drums, Containerization
1.1.9 Reorientation of Container
1.2 Covering and Lining
1.2.1 In Situ Burial/Encapsulation
1.2.2 CFiemically Active Covers
1.2.3 Synthetic Membrane Covers/Liners
1.2.4 Foam Covers
1.2.5 Inert Gas Blankets
1.2.6 Water Covers
1.3 Displacement
1.3.1 Dredging
1.3.1.1 Hydraulic Dredging
1.3.1.2 Mechanical Dredging
1.3.2 Excavation
1.3.3 Skimming
1.3.4 Pumping
1.3.5 Dispersion/Dilution
1.3.5.1 Mechanical
1.3.5.2 Chemical
1.3.6 Vacuuming
Activated Carbon
2.1.1.1 Granular Activated Carbon (GAC)
2.1.1.2 Powdered Activated Carbon (PAC)
Natural Organic Adsorbents
Natural Inorganic Adsorbents
Synthetic Adsorbents
2.1.4.1 Polyurethane
2.1.4.2 Polypropylene
2.1.4.3 Macroreticular Resins
139
-------
Table 8. Contents of Section 4: Descriptions of Countermeasures
Subsection Page
2.2 Cryogenic Cool ing 176
2.2.1 Carbon Dioxide 177
2.2.2 Liquid Nitrogen 178
2.2.3 Wet ice 179
2.3 Granular Media Filtration 179
2.4 Gravity Separation 180
2.4.1 Flotation 180
2.4.2 Sedimentation 180
2.4.3 Centrifugation 181
2.4.4 Hydrocyclone 181
2.5 Evaporation 181
2.6 Magnetic Separation 182
2.7 Membrane Separation 182
2.7.1 Reverse Osmosis 183
2.7.2 Ultrafiltration 184
2.8 Stripping 184
2.8.1 Aeration 185
2.8.2 Steam Stripping 185
2.9 Knockdown Spray 186
3. CHEMICAL TREATMENT 186
3.1 Coagulation/Flocculation 186
3.1.1 Ferric Chloride 187
3.1.2 Alum 188
3.1.3 Polyelectrolytes 188
3.2 Solvent Extracton 188
3.3 Sol idification/Stabil ization 190
3.3.1 Chelation/Sequestration i o
3.3.2 Cements 192
3.3.3 Gels 193
3.3.4 Lime 196
3.3.5 Organic Polymers 196
3.3.6 Sil icates 197
3.3.7 Therrnoplastics 197
3.4 Ion Exchange 198
3.4.1 Cationic Resins 199
3.4.2 Anionic Resins 200
3.5 Hydrolysis 200
3.5.1 Acid Hydrolysis 200
3.5.2 Alkaline Hydrolysis 201
3.6 Neutral ization 201
3.6.1 Neutral ization with Acid 202
3.6.2 Neutral ization with Base 203
3.7 Oxidation—Reduction 204
3.7.1 Oxidation 205
3.7.2 Reduction 206
3.8 Polymerization 207
3.9 Precipitation 207
140
-------
Table 8. Contents of Section 4: Descriptions of Countermeasures
Subsection Page
4. BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT 209
4.1 210
4.2 211
4.3 212
4.4 212
4.5 212
4.6 ____ 213
5. ULTIMATE DISPOSAL/DESTRUCTION 215
5.1 Open Burning 216
5.2 Incineration 216
5.3 Wet Air Oxidation 220
5.4 Pyrolysis 220
5.5 Landfill 222
5.6 Deep Well Injection 222
5.7 Other 223
5.7.1 223
5.7.2 224
5.7.3 224
5.7.4 224
Secondary Wastewater Treatment
Digestion
Enzyme Treatment
Groundwater Seeding
Land Appi icat ion or Land Farming
In Situ Assimilation
Vitrification
Molten Salt Comhustiori
High Temperature Fluid Wall Reactor
P1 asma Reactor
141
-------
1.0 MECHANICAL CONTAINMENT AND DISPLACEMENT techniques either stop a release,
irnmobil ize or hinder the spr i of a rel eased hazardous substance without
adding chemical reagents, or collect the hazardous substance or the contamin-
ated soil , sediment, or water. An exception to this description is dispersion!
dii ution (Section 1.3.5), a vol untary action appl icabi e to limited cases
where containment or recovery is not feasible and the long—term threat is
minimal. The mechanical countermeasures discussed be’ow are generally
followed by some form of treatment and, further, recovery.
1.1 Containment methods prevent the spread of a released hazardous
substance by stopping or catching the release or by upstream
diversion of a receiving stream. The path of the released hazardous
substance may be blocked with barriers or diversions which are
either preformed or constructed on site. Containment facil itates
subsequent hand] ing of the hazardous substance. Containment methods
may include the following: dikes, berms and dams; trenches; booms;
barriers in soil ; stream diversion; patching and plugging of con-
tainers or vessels; portable catch basins; overpacked drums or other
forms of containerization; and reorientation of thecontainer. Each
of these methods will be described in these sections to clarify the
uses, requirements, and limitations specified in Tables B and C.
1.1.1 Dikes, Berms, and Dams.
Dikes, berms, and dams may be necessary to contain the
spilled or spill ing material on land or in water before
effective collection can be initiated. Retention dikes and
underflow dams may be used to contain floating insoluble
materials; however, dike usage is limited to either contain-
ment of an entire water body or development of a diversion
pathway. Dikes, berms, and dams may consist of earth, sedi-
ment, gravel , coarse sand, or polyurethane. Gravel and
coarse sand are permeable materials that can be overlaid
with relatively impermeable materials, such as clay.
Earth or sediment dikes or dams can be constructed using
existing dredging equipment and/or earth—moving equipment
such as bulldozers. Care should be taken when using large
earth moving equipment in the presence of low flash point
products. Gravel dikes require materials from quarries or
a distributor; however, preference should be for materials
from on—site, if at all possible, to minimize costs and
time. Sand could be obtained from a distributor or be
readily available if the spill occurs near the ocean.
However, these retention dikes are confined to near-shore
shallow-water areas. In—water dike construction has gener-
ally been conducted at depths of no more than 30 feet.
Retention dikes often have sloped embankments constructed
either in water or directly adjacent in bordering lowland
areas and is] ands.
142
-------
Foamed polyurethane can be generated on—site by use of a
portable backpack system which can deliver a lightweight,
rigid foam that is inert to many materials. Its primary
drawback is its inability to obtain good adhesion on wet
surfaces, which can greatly impact its effectiveness
in water spills. Based on recent experiments, adhesion
could be developed on wet concrete surfaces depending on
the degree of wetness. On merely damp surfaces adhesion
was considered a& effective as on dry surfaces. Other
considerations that may impact dike usage are as follows:
Costs : An emergency dike could be constructed of hydraulic
fill for about $4/cu.yd. Thus a 20—foot-high dike with a
4:1 slope could cost at least $250/un. ft., assuming no
rip-rap, stone, or other material was used. Engineers’
fees and contingency costs are additional.
Limitations : Retaining dikes are confined to near—shore,
shallow-water areas. Polyurethane foams do not adhere to
wet surfaces, although damp surfaces are as effective as
dry surfaces. Polyurethane foams will be difficult to
obtain in less populated areas.
Requirements : Manpower requirements are minimal -—techni-
cians and construction equipment (e.g., bulldozer) operators
would be needed. Federal and/or state permits may be
required, since partial or complete containment of the
water body or mass may be necessary.
1.1.2 Trenches
Trenches or excavations are also a first step to contain
a spilled material prior to treatment. They are effective
and relatively inexpensive containment measures which can
be used for landspills involving liquids and water spills
involving insoluble sinkers.
Trenches on land generally require the use of large earth
moving equipment such as bulldozers, and usually take
advantage of natural conditions and slope to aid in
collection of the spilled material. Trenches may also be
constructed with small equipment or hand tools in some
cases. Trenches are often used to contain the run-off
when a knockdown spray (Section 2.9) is used to reduce
vapor hazards associated with volatile liquids. Trenches
used to contain volatile liquids will provide very little
reduction In the evaporation rate.
Dredging equipment such as land—based clamshells, drag
lines, and hydraulic and suction dredges are necessary for
submerged trench construction to contain insoluble sinkers.
Submerged trenches can also take advantage of any natural
143
-------
depression created by wave action or currents. However, it
must be assumed that whatever forces created a natural
depression might also remove the spilled material that
tends to collect there. Excavation in water may also
result in increased turbidity which would hinder further
clean—up activities. No general rule exists for the
size and placement of submerged trenches. If the
current is flowing in one direction a downstream trench
is indicated, but if currents are more or less random in
direction then a trench encircling the spilled material is
best.
Other factors that may influence the use of trenches for
containment of spilled substances are as follows:
Limitations : Excavation of a submerged trench is only
practical in water depths less than 50 feet. Wind, wave
action and currents will also affect dredging operations.
On land, soil and subsoil may render trenching ineffective
or even impossible. It may be necessary to line the
trenches with synthetic materials to prevent liquids from
percolating into soft, porous soil (Sections 1.1.4 and
1.2.3).
Requirements : Heavy earth moving and/or dredging equipment.
Soft ground or sediment. Heavy equipment operators and
technicians necessary for land trench construction. Scuba
or hard hat divers may be necessary for submerged trench
construction. Special access required for both land and
water excavations.
Costs : Excavation of trenches on land could be completed
for approximately $0.60 to $3/cu.yd. depending on the size
of the trench and type of soil. Costs for submerged
trenches are considerably higher, somewhere between $5 to
$15/cu.yd. If the current is flowing in one direction, a
downstream trench would prove advantageous; if currents are
more or less random in direction, then a trench encircling
the spilled material would perhaps be best.
1.1.3 Booms
Booms are used to contain spills of hazardous
materials in waterways. There are two general
types of booms; surface booms and sealed booms
or curtain barriers.
1.1.3.1 Surface Booms
Surface booms are used to contain water spills
involving floating substances, including oil and
hazardous materials. A primary concern is compat-
ibility between the spilled substance and the boom
144
-------
material. The manufacturer should be consulted in
all cases. If deployed rapidly, surface booms can
also be used to contain any undissolved soluble
floating substance. They are ineffective for
containment of totally dispersed or sinking
substances because commercially available surface
booms have a draft of only 1 to C feet.
Surface booms can be placed downstream or downwind
from a spill in order to catch and hold a hazardous
substance as it is driven into the boom by the
wind or current. They may also be used to totally
encircle a spill or even to contain and displace a
spill by dragging the booms holding the spilled
material using boats. Most commercial booms are
available in 50—100 foot sections which can be
easily towed by boats and hooked together in order
to protect large areas.
Limitations : Containment efficiency is affected by
current, wind, and wave action. Generally ineffec-
tive if currents are greater than 1 knot and waves
are greater than 2 to 4 feet. Compatibility with
spilled hazardous material must be assured.
Requirements : May require special deployment
equipment in addition to boats, e.g., winches,
cranes. Also requires technicians experienced in
deployment of booms.
Availability and Costs : Costs vary considerably
but are typiciTTy $6/foot for off the shelf booms.
Modification of a boom will raise the cost signi-
ficantly. Surface booms are readily available
from commercial vendors.
1.1.3.2 Curtain Barriers
Curtain barriers, sealed booms or silt barriers
are used to contain hazardous materials that are
soluble or sink in water. They are also used to
control turbidity caused by dredging operation.
When used with dredging, curtain barriers do not
extend all the way to the bottom which makes them
unsuitable for containing sinking hazardous
substances. Curtain barriers have been designed
for bottom to surface coverage. Barriers of
flexible reinforced plastics have been developed
for depths up to 25 feet. Buoyancy is provided by
an air flotation collar.
145
-------
Curtain barriers can assume the same configura-
tions as surface booms, e.g., open (as in semi-
circle), closed, or maze—shaped.
Other factors which could influence the use and
effectiveness of curtain barriers are:
Limitations : Applicability limiteji to waters with
currents- less than 2 knots and maximum depth of
approximately 25 feet. Difficult to deploy in
strong currents.
Requirements : Deployment of barriers may require
up to five experienced technicians and several
boats equipped with outboard motors. Auxiliary
equipment such as pumps, winches, and compressors
will vary depending upon type of barrier. Cur-
tain material must be compatible with hazardous
material.
Availability and Costs : Systems have been devel-
oped for the US Coast Guard and the EPA. These
may not be conviiercially available. Costs of
existing systems are between approximately $200
to $300/foot excluding auxiliary equipment.
1.1.4 Barriers in Soil
Barriers in soil are designed to prevent liquid hazardous
substances from percolating into the soil and potentially
contaminating the groundwater in the area around the spill.
Several candidate methods are presented in this section:
soil sealants applied directly to the surface soils or
injected beneath the surface; slurry trenches developed
around the perimeter of a spill; and sheet piling
also around the perimeter of a spill to prevent further
migration of contaminants or intrusion by groundwater.
1.1.4.1 Soil Sealants
The scenario for use of soil sealants is that
they be applied immediately after a spill,
preferably in the path of an advancing spill.
Sealant/spill compatability should be verified
prior to use. Sealants could also be used in
conjunction with other containment measures
such as dikes or trenches. Soil sealants and
either dikes or trenches would, in conjunction,
provide an adequate containmerit area for spilled
material and, at the same time, eliminate most
of the potential soil and groundwater contamina-
tion problems.
146
-------
Soil surface sealants are generally grouped into
three categories: reactive, nonreactive, and
surface-chemical. Nonreactive sealants have
previously been polymerized and are dispersed
as an aqueous or solvent system. Common non-
reactive sealants include bitumastic, rubber,
polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride. Film for-
mation of aqueous sealants is dependent both
upon •-air velocity and temperature. Lower
temperatures could result in slower film
formation. Temperature is also an important
factor in solvent based sealants.
Reactive sealants require two or more components
to be mixed and reacted at the spill site. One
component generally serves as a catalyst for the
reaction. Included in this class are epoxy,
urea/formaldehyde, and urethane sealants. These
sealants are more likely to form a film under
adverse weather, but they do have temperature
limits.
Reactive sealants which form foams have the
ability to effectively cover soil containing
gravel and stones, in contrast to potential
problems of “pinholes’ and “shadowing” around
coarse material when using nonreactive or non-
foaming reactive sealants.
Surface chemical sealants are generally repel-
lents such as silicon and fluorocarbon systems.
These sealants have been developed for textiles,
paper, leather, and masonry. The most widely
used materials are perfluoro derivatives of
polyacrylates and are marketed as Scotchguard,
Zepel, and the U.S. Army material Onarpel.
Sealants can also be injected into the soil,
usually under pressure, to fill fractures and
voids with stable insoluble materials. This
process is commonly known as grouting. Grouts
generally consist of either natural materials
such as sands, clays, bentonite, and silts or
various chemicals such as acrylomide, urea/for-
maldehyde resins, lignin, or silicate based
materials. Cement is also used. In general,
particulate grouts such as cement, bentonite
etc., are used in coarse soils while chemical
grouts are used in finer graii ed soils. Because
most soils contain water, the potential for
either desiccation or dissolution exists with
the potential to form weak spots in the barrier.
147
-------
Also, some chemical grouts themselves contain
toxic substances which introduce the possiblity
of long—term chronic toxicity. Successful grout-
ing is both an art and a science, and should
be undertaken only by someone experienced and
knowledgable in this area.
Limitations : All forms of soil- sealants are
affected by extremes in temperature and precipi-
tation. Composition of soil , both surface and
subsurface, will determine whether a sealant
will work effectively. It must be rapidly
deployed, preferably in advance of the spill
front, to prevent soil and groundwater
contamination.
Requirements : A sealant delivery system is
necessary. Surface sealant systems can range
from a hand-held pump to a powel ed spray unit.
Subsurface grouting requires a high—pressure
injection system. Manpower should include
trained technicians and supervision by a quali-
fied engineer.
Availability and Costs : Soil sealants are
readily availiBTe. Modification of off-the-shelf
dispensing systems may be necessary before use.
Costs were not available.
1.1.4.2 Slurry trenches
Slurry trenches provide a safe and relatively
inexpensive method of installing groundwater
barriers in unconsolidated soil materials.
Draglines or backhoes are used to excavate
a trench which is kept full of a bentonite—based
fluid. This fluid develops a filter cake
on the walls of the trench which reduces the
seepage of fluid away from the excavation. It
also exerts hydraulic pressure on the walls to
help minimize caving. Using this process, excav-
ations have been carried up to 100 feet in depth.
Once the excavation is complete it is normally
backfilled with either concrete or some of
the sand and coarser fractions of the excavated
material. As the backfill material is pumped
in, the bentonite slurry is displaced to the
surface. The trench can be extavated in sections
and as one section is backfilled, the dispaced
slurry can be diverted into the next section of
the trench.
148
-------
The presence of organic and inorganic compounds
in groundwater can have a detrimental affect on
the bentonite slurry. Certain electrolytes and
metals cause the slurry to flocculate and lose
its ability to support the trench walls. Strong
organic and inorganic acids and bases can dis-
solve aluminum and silicon components in the
bentonite leading to a large increase in
permeability.
In using the slurry trench method an experienced
engineer should be consulted on the proper use
and treatment of the slurry.
Other factors which could influence the use of
slurry trenches for containment of hazardous
materials are:
Limitations : The primary use of slurry trenches
is as permanent, long-term groundwater barriers.
Therefore, their use as an initial response
containment is limited. Site topography, buried
or overhead obstructions and limited access to
the site may restrict use.
Requirements : Heavy equipment such as backhoe
or dragline necessary for excavation.
Careful study of soil conditions, permeabilities
etc. should be performed in combination with
net flow analysis in order to determine the
best design. Manpower includes heavy equipment
operators, experienced technicians and consulting
engi neers.
Costs : Costs (1979 prices) vary between $2 and
$235 per sq. ft. depending on the composition
of soil, excavation depth and the type of wall,
either soil—bentonite or cement—bentonite.
1.1.4.3 Sheet Piling
Sheet piling is a commonly used method to estab-
lish a groundwater barrier. However, in some
respects it is of questionable effectiveness.
The interlocking of sheet piling does not give
a completely water—tight seal and may have a
relatively small effect in decreasing the flow
of water.
Soil composition can also severely limit the
effectiveness of sheet piling as a cut-off
barrier. Boulders and cobbles may break the
subsurface joints and divert the piles in a
149
-------
random manner below the surface so that little
damming occurs. In some ir .stances concrete piles
may have to be set in preexcavated holes.
Limitations : Sheet piling is not suitable for
short term, initial containment of hazardous
materials. Site topography, buried obstructions,
soil composition and limited access may restrict
its use.
Requirements : Heavy equipment is necessary.
Careful study of soil conditions and net flow
analysis may be necessary in order to determine
the best design. Manpower requirements include
heavy equipment operators and a consulting
engi neer.
1.1.5 Stream Diversion
Stream diversion involves isolating a hazardous material
spill by diverting the uncontaminated flow around the spill
area. This is not a typical operation but could be accom-
plished by placing a dam, where possible, upstream of the
impacted area, and then diverting the flow around the spill.
Stream diversion is a potential countermeasure primarily
when insoluble sinking hazardous substances are involved.
The spill—impacted area will dry, thus facilitating cleanup
of the hazardous materials.
Diversion of the uncontaminated flow can be accomplished,
topography permitting, by a gravity bypass for stream
flows less than 0.0063cu.m./sec (100 gpm). Pumping is
necessary for streams with larger flows or where a
combination of head and flowrate prohibit a gravity bypass.
EPA ’s Releases Control Branch (Edison, New Jersey) has
developed a mobile stream diversion system with the
capability of diverting a volume flow of O.3Scu.rn./sec
(5600 gpm) a distance of 0.3km, or lesser flow a distance
of 0.9km. The entire system is engineered to fit a tractor—
trailer rig or to allow for air shipment of the system.
Stream diversion is also feasible when soluble sinking or
floating hazardous substance are involved. In a spill
involving soluble substances rapid deployment and isola-
tion of the entire spill—impacted area are necessary.
Isolation of an entire water body can be accomplished in
several ways each of which is dependent on volume flows,
topography, site access etc. In situations involving low
volume flow rates the stream could be dammed above and
below the spill area, and the uncontaminated flow diverted
around the newly formed pond.
150
-------
Another possible technique is to construct a side excavation
allowing the contaminated water to fill the excavation and
then darn the inlet to prevent dispersion of the contained
material. Also, a natural bend in a stream can be used to
capture a spill by damming each end of the bend and diverting
the uncontaminated flow.
Other factors which could influence the use of stream
diversion as a containment measure are as follows:
Limitations : The stream volume flowrate cannot be too
large. The EPA mobile system is limited to flowrates of
less than O.35cu.m./sec (5600 gpm). Topography of spill
area must permit diversion, and suitable access for heavy
equipment is necessary. Deployment of systems may take
several days.
Requirements : Heavy earth moving equipment and pumping
system. Pumping system will require auxiliary power
such as electrical hookups or portable diesel generators.
1.1.6 Patching and Plugging of Container or Vessels
Patching and plugging of leaking containers should be one
of the first procedures initiated when possible. Counter-
measures to displace, treat, and dispose of hazardous
materials already released at a spill site may require
hours or even days to initiate and complete. Because of
the time element involved in cleanup and the problems
and hazards associated with treatment of large quantities
of contaminated water or soil, it is vital to prevent
further dissemination of the hazardous substance by stopping
leaks.
Successful patching or plugging of leaks will depend
upon several factors: the hazards in approaching the
leaking container, the size of the hole, the hydraulic
head, and the hazardous substance involved.
Potential sealants include epoxies, urethanes, Neoprene W,
polysulfide rubber, putties, and instant foams contained in
pressurized cylinders. In most cases some mechanical
assistance will be necessary to support the patch while it
hardens.
Other potential leak plugging systems include a self—
contained expandable foam plug application system and an
inflatable helicon bandaid. These systems, however, are
not commercially available at this time.,
151
-------
1.1.7 Portable Collection Vessels
Portable collection vessels include any container or
‘storage unit which can be easily transported to the site
of a spill, assembled, and used to hold the hazardous
substance, contaminated water, soil etc., either for
further treatment or hauling. Typically, spilled liquid
materials or cont-arninated water are pumped into the vessels.
It is feasible in some cases to place a collection vessel
immediately under a leak or rupture in a liquid storage
unit and catch the substance as it leaks out.
Collecting vessels can vary from a portable swimming pool
lined with a suitable resistant material to a manufactured
synthetic tank into which liquids and flowable solids can
be pumped under pressure. Portable tanks manufactured by
Uniroyal are claimed to convert any type of open or closed
truck, semi—trailer or van into a tank—truck by using their
Sealed Tank containers.
Portable collection vessels are often used in conjunction
with some other type of initial containment method such as
diking or a lined trench. The spilled material is allowed
to collect in the initial containment area and then dis-
placed by pumping or excavating to a portable collection
vessel. An Emergency Collection System for spilled hazard-
ous materials was developed and designed for the EPA. This
system consists of prepackaged pumping and storage for
collection and temporary containment of a hazardous land
spill. The storage unit consists of a prefabricated bag made
from chemical-resistant, synthetic materials.
Limitations : The container material must be compatible
with the hazardous material. In most cases a pumping
system will be necessary in order to displace the hazardous
material into the portable collection vessel.
Availability : Portable collection vessels are readily
available off-the—shelf and range from portable swimming
pools lined with a chemically resistant material to spe-
cially manufactured sealed tanks.
1.1.8 Overpacked Drums and Containerization
For spills from relatively small containers which have
ruptured it is often possible to place the leaking container
inside a larger specially designed container. Overpacking
is a general term for this containment pçocedure.
Overpack drums are usually 85—gallon steel drums, lined
with a chemically resistant synthetic material. Leaking
152
-------
containers are placed inside the overpack drum and sorbent
materal is used to fill in the space between the container
and the walls of the overpack. After filling, the overpack
drum is sealed. If the leaking containers are small
enough, several of them can be placed in one overpack
drum in layers. Each container is prptected from the
one above or below it by a layer of sorbent material. It
is absolutely necessary that the contents of the overpack
stay securely in place and are not allowed to shift inside
the drum.
Extreme care must be exercised to ensure that combustible
or explosive gases do not form inside the overpack so
that drum explosions are avoided. In an actual incident,
ruptured 30—gal drums containing phosphorus were placed
in 55—gal overpack drums filled with sand and water. One
of the sealed overpack drums subsequently exploded and
injured six people.
Limitations : The size of a ruptured container may be
too large to make overpacking feasible. Personnel must be
able to approach and handle the leaking containers.
Requirements : Overpack drums of suitable size, synthetic
liner, sorbent material. Often forklifts or other
devices capable of lifting relatively heavy loads are
necessary to lift ruptured containers and place them into
the overpack. If drums are to be disposed of at a hazardous
landfill, certain overpack criteria and standards must be
adhered to.
Availability : Due to widespread use overpack drums and
sorbent material should be readily available.
1.1.9 Reorientation of Container
Often the simplest and most effective countermeasures are
overlooked. Among these is reorientation of the ruptured
vessel. Leaking containers can often be rotated,
placed in an upright position, or otherwise reoriented
in order to prevent any remaining hazardous material from
escaping.
Limitations for the use of this countermeasure include
1) the rupture in the vessel is not too large to prevent
reorienting it effectively, 2) personnel can safely approach
the spill site and handle the materials. Reorientation may
require heavy equipment such as a crane or forklift in order
to reposition the container.
153
-------
1.2 Covering and lining techniques serve to contain hazardous
substances on the surface. Certain types of covers and liners are
used in the construction of permitted waste disposal sites.
Other cover materials provide temporary mitigation of airborne
hazards. Candidate techniques and materials are discussed in the
following section.
1.2.1 In Situ Burial/Encapsulation
In situ burial/encapsulation techniques have been suggested
a potential response to water spills involving insoluble
sinking solids. It must be stressed however, that burial
in waterways is not recommended and is chosen only by
default. It is an uncertain procedure that may be
defeated by erosion caused by bottom currents and tides.
As a permanent containment countermeasure burial would
only be acceptable when the spilled-material is so
innocuous that redispersion by currents would not
significantly endanger the environment. Thus most
material suitable for burial would have to be so safe
that burial is unnecessary. Certain inorganic solids
could conceivably be buried permanently. Liquids are
inappropriate due to the tendency to disperse, and
organic solids should be considered too toxic to be
allowed to remain in the environment. Appropriate
situations where underwater burial/encapsulation might be
considered are:
o Temporary mitigating measure to retard dispersion
or reduce hazard until dredging/removal can begin.
o Final step after dredging operations, to isolate
any residual contaminated sediment.
o Sole response when recovery is not feasible or
when material is harmless.
Burial on land has been used as a temporary measure
to help mitigate hazardous vapors and prevent entrainment
of particulate material into the atmosphere. Under no
circumstances should in situ burial be considered as a
permanent response to a hazardous material spill. Burial
in a permitted landfill as an ultimate disposal method is
discussed in Section 5.5.
There are many potential materials which can be used for
burial/encapsulation: clays, sands, diatomaceous earth,
dredged sediment or excavated soil, asphalt cement
and various chemical grouts such as furfural and its
derivatives, lignosulfite derivatives, phenoplasts,
154
-------
polyacrylamids, and silica gels. It must be kept in mind
that many chemical grouts contain materials considered
to be hazardous. Chemically active materials such as
gypsum and lime and certain pozzolans such as fly ash may
be selectively used to neutralize certain hazardous
substances.
Limitations : Temporary mitigation or containment of spills
on land only . Burial in water hampered by current,
turbulence and elevated water temperatures. Burial of a
vessel containing a gas could lead to explosion and is not
recommended.
Requirements : Underwater burial will require dispensing
equipment such as a hopper dredge or hydraulic pumpdown
apparatus. Burial on land will require heavy equipment
such as bulldozer, backhoe etc.
Availability and Costs : Inert materials such as dredged
sediment, excaV Ted soils, sand, clay etc., are readily
available and inexpensive. Off-shelf chemical grouts,
however, may take several days to obtain.
1.2.2 Chemically Active Covers
A covering material is considered to be chemically active
if it will readily react with the spilled compound to
neutralize or otherwise decrease its inherent toxicity.
When employing an active cover, each spilled material
must be considered on a case-by-case basis as there are no
universal active covering materials. Because of this
fact, each spill should be evaluated by a chemist familiar
with the spilled material and its chemistry.
As with in situ burial/encapsulation, covering a spill with
a chemic Tly active cover is only a temporary mitigation
response. The materials should not be allowed to remain
in the environment except for the possible condition dis-
cussed in the previous section.
Candidate materials for use as chemically active covers
include scrap iron, sulfide ores—pyrite, clays, diatoma-
ceous earth, manganese dioxide, proteinaceous wastes such
as wool, carbon compounds such as activated carbon (see
Section 2.1.1), bonechar, calcium carbonates such as lime,
limestone and chalk, gypsum, sulfur, potassium perrnanganate,
alum, alumina, ferric sulfate, and certa*n commercial ion
exchanges resins. The active mechanisms of these materials
155
-------
include sorption, ion exchange, oxidation, and neutral-
ization. Discussion of these countermeasures are given in
otI er sections.
Limitation : Cover materials depend on the specific
hazardous material to be treated. There are no universal
covers. .- -
Avail abil ity and Costs : Many of the material s listed
above are rea Ty available. Price not included
here, but see section discussing specific mechanism.
1.2.3 Synthetic Membrane Covers/Liners
Synthetic membrane materials such as Dupont }1ypalon, PVC,
polypropyl ene, chl orinated polyethyl ene, hutyl rubber,
ethylene polypropylene diene monomer, and hydrocarbon
resistant PVC serve as linings for oxidation ponds, evap-
oration ponds, tanks, aeration ponds, waste treatment
ponds, etc. These materials are also used to cover solid
waste heaps and slag heaps to prevent entrainment of dust
or water.
The chemical resistivity, variety, and avail abil ity of
these materials makes them ideally suited for use in
hazardous materials spill mitigation. Use of these mater-
ials appi les to all landspills involving liquids and
sol ids. They serve as liners for containment and treatment
ponds, and soil sediments in spills involving liquids.
Also, they cover spills involving sol ids in order to prevent
reentrainment of the particulates. In certain cases syn-
thetic materials could be used to cover spills involving
volatile liquids in order to reduce hazardous vapors.
The use of synthetic covers on a 1 andspill is limited to
relatively small spills which can be safely approached
by clean-up personnel Appl icat ion of covers to 1 arge areas
without direct contact by the clean-up crew with the
hazardous material is, at best, very difficult. Synthetic
membranes can be readily purchased, however, in sheets
up to 85 feet in width and 400 to 600 feet in length.
These materials also can cover insoluble sinking materials
in water as a temporary containment measure. A cover
could be placed over spilled material in order to immobil ize
it or otherwise keep it from dispersing until it can be
removed. Several factors, though, severly limit the use
of synthetic covers in water spills. Among these are
logistics, equipment, water current and depth, and bottom
contour. It is al so appl icabl e only to non—navigable
or shallow waters.
156
-------
Synthetic membrane materials are resistant to a wide
variety of hazardous substances; however, chemical conipati—
bility and permeation should be determined before use. The
manufacturer should be consulted before using a particular
membrane material with a particular hazardous substance or
treatment process. Also, certain treatment countermeasures
involve extremely exothermic reactions, e.g. neutraliza-
tion. It is critical, therefore, that the-liner for the
treatment pond, bank, etc., is able to withstand elevated
temperatures. Otherwise, the synthetic material may become
severely weakened or melt. It is highly recommended that
treatment or containment ponds are double—lined with a
layer of inert material such as sand (approximately 1 foot)
between the liners. This gives added protection in case
the inside liner should melt or rupture.
1.2.4 Foam Covers
Foam covers are used as a vapor reduction n easure and will
not actually contain a spill. Foam covers should be
used in conjunction with other containment countermeasures.
Foams provide temporary mitigation of threats to air quality
by acting as a barrier to ignition and evaporation.
Soft foam systems may utilize (1) protein extracts or
natural surfactants, or 2) synthetic surfactants. In these
water—based foams the surfactants lower the surface tension
of the foam below that of the spilled material, so that the
foam spreads out as a film over the hazardous liquid.
Protein base foams are typically low expansion (expansion
is the ratio of expanded foam volume to volume of foam
solution) and are usually formed by mechanical agitation.
Surfactant foams, on the other hand, are typically high
expansion and are generated by impacting the foam solution
on a screen or net. The air flow necessary to produce high
expansion foams is provided by a fan or water spray aspira-
tion. The use of high expansion foams is recommended for
longer term vapor control (up to several hours, depending
upon the hazardous material). Also, in general, the thicker
the foam layer, the longer it takes the vapor to break
through and reach the lower explosive limit (LEL) above the
foam cover. For all types of foams however, reapplication
is recommended every 30 to 60 minutes.
Even as vapor control agents, conventional foams are not
applicable for use on hazardous materials with 1) low
boiling points, 2) reactivity in the presence of water,
resulting in heat generation or pH changes, or 3) high
corrosion, radioactivity, or explosiveness. Mimonia is a
worst case example of a material which is incompatible
with conventional, water-based foams due to exothermic
reaction with water, alkalinity, and low boiling point.
157
-------
Special foams have been developed for use on compounds
such as ammonia, but they may not be readily available
oyi short notice. Among these are acrysols, a class of acid
type polymers which form a solid gel when neutralized
by a base. Foams have also been developed which are
more effective on low molecular weight, volatile,
highly polar solvents such as alcohols, ketones, etc.
Among these are the silicate systems, consisting of a
commercial grade water system containing approximately
30% dissolved sodium silicate, and pectin type foams
prepared using an aqueous solution of pure citrus
pectin. In fact, pectin foams have an exceptional ability
to minimize the evaporation of a number of substances
including polar and nonpolar compounds. It is important to
remember that even though the use of foam is well docuniented
for hydrocarbon fires, one should not assume that a foam
will work with every type of hazardous material.
For more information on foams, the user is alerted to a foam
use guidelines document to be issued by ASTM Committee F—20
on Hazardous Substances and Oil Spill Response.
Other factors which could influence the use of foam covers
as a vapor control measure follow.
Limitations : Foams must be compatible with the specific
hazardous material involved in the spill. Foams are
generally limited to nonpolar compounds and those which
have a pH close to neutral. Foams are susceptible
to “lifting” and drift both during and after application.
Precipitation will reduce the effectiveness of foam covers.
Current and wave action limit the use of foam covers on
floating spills to quiescent water.
Availability and Costs : Conventional fire fighting foams
and application equipment should be readily available.
Costs of equipment and material required to place a
16 inch layer of high expansion foam over a spill of
10,000 gallons of a floating hazardous material are estimated
to be $50,000 (1975 $).
1.2.5 Inert Gas Blankets
Inert, heavier—than—air gases can be utilized as a vapor
control countermeasure. Primarily limited to the use of
GO 2 , the inert gas settles over the top of a spilled
material and inhibits its evaporation. The use of CO 2
blankets with hydrocarbon spills is documented. Lighter—
than—air inert gases such as nitrogen canalso be used, but
an additional cover or tent of a synthetic material would be
necessary to keep the gas in contact with the surface of
the spill.
158
-------
Inert gas covers are often an additional benefit resulting
from the use of either solid CO 2 or liquid nitrogen for
cryogenic cooling of a spill. The most likely scenario
for use of a gas cover would be to first contain the spill
behind a dike or in trench and then use the inert gas to
trap the hazardous vapors in the trench.
1.2.6 Water Covers
Water covers provide an effective vapor control measure if
the spilled material is denser than water or if the spilled
material is soluble in water. Water covers reduce evapora-
tion and also the water can be used to herd the spilled
material into locations suitable for clean—up. Application
of water to a spill either as a cover or as a solute
should only be attempted on small spills where a dike has
been constructed in order to contain the water/hazardous
substance(s) mixture. Under no circumstances should the
mixture be allowed to flow into nearby water courses or
into a sewer system. Do not attempt to apply water to
substances such as alkali metals or other water reactive
compounds as explosion and/or emission of flammable or
poisonous gases could result.
It is necessary to have water pumping equipment and heavy
equipment available. The heavy equipment is used to
construct dikes or trenches around the spills. Local
fire department personnel should be consulted and can
often provide the necessary personnel and pumping equipment.
Since this is a vapor control procedure, treatment of the
spilled hazardous substance and the water used to cover
the spill is still needed.
1.3 Displacement : Displacement techniques are mechanical methods
for the relocation of the hazardous substance on the contaminated
soil, sediment, or water. The specific displacement techniques
which will be covered in this section are hydraulic and mechanical
dredging, excavation, skimming, pumping, dispersion/dilution, and
vacuumi ng.
1.3.1 Dredging
Dredging involves four tasks; 1) loosening or dislodging
sediment by mechanically penetrating, grabbing, raking,
cutting, drilling, blasting or hydraulic scouring; 2) a
lift action accomplished by mechanical devices such
as buckets or by hydraulic suction; 3) the transport
of dredged materials by pipeline, scows hopper dredges
or trucks; and 4) disposal of the dredged material.
Dredges are categorized by the basic means of dislodging
159
-------
the sediment (mechanical or hydraulic), the device used
to excavate the sediment (cutterhead, dustpan or plain
suction), and the pumping device (centrifugal, pneumatic
or airlift, e.g.).
The type of equipment and methods to be employed are based
upon several practical considerations among which are: 1)
type and amount of sediment to be dredged., 2) physical and
hydrologic characteristics of the dredging site, 3) disposal
considerations, and 4) availability of equipment.
Additional factors to be considered because of hazards
are the need for precise determination of the contaminated
zone, very precise lateral and vertical control of the
dredging head, and the need for complete containment,
transport and treatment/destruction prior to disposal to
minimize damage to aquatic and benthic organisms including
the effects of resuspension of the spilled substance.
1.3.1.1 Hydraulic Dredging
Hydraulic dredges, including plain suction,
dustpan cutter head and hopper dredge remove
and transport sediments in liquid slurry form
using diesel or electric powered hydraulic pumps
with discharge pipes. Slurries containing 10 to
20 percent solids by weight are normally trans-
ported through pontoon-supported pipelines for
distances up to several thousand meters.
The plain suction dredge uses plain suction to
entrain a water—sediment mixture and is limited
to free—flowing sediments. It would be quite
efficient for use against intact masses of
liquid or granular solid chemicals. Dustpan
dredges use high pressure water jets around
the edge of the flared dredging head to loosen
sediment and create a slurry. This type of
dredge often causes relatively high turbidity
in the dredged area. Cutterhead dredges
employ a rotating mechanical digging apparatus
to loosen hard material and generate a slurry.
While hydraulic dredges are capable of very high
production rates (in excess of 10,000 cu yd per
hour for a 48 in. diameter pipeline) they tend
to be cumbersome as they rely on anchors, cables,
and winches to move them across the work site.
A small hydraulic dredge, known as the Mudcat,
is readily available in the United States
160
-------
from the National Car Rental Agency. The Mudcat
can dredge a swath eight feet wide by eighteen
inches thick in water as shallow as 19 inches
and as deep as 15 feet. The Mudcat has been
tested in a hazardous material clean—up role and
seems well suited to small cleaning jobs.
Problems associated with hydraulic
dredges include:
— Suitable collection (in basins), proper
treatment and disposal of dredge spoil,
and water must be provided.
— Clogging of suction head or lines
by mud, debris, etc. This can be
minimized by the use of an auger on
the suction head.
- Controlling suction head in order to
prevent burial in mud, or high liquid—
to—solid pickup.
— Pump scows can cause resuspension of
settled solids in sedimentation tanks.
The problem can generally be eliminated
by placing an equalization tank upstream
from the sedimentation tank and other
treatment processess.
Other factors which could influence the use of
hydraulic dredges as a viable displacement
technique follow.
Limitations : Dustpan and Mudcat dredges are not
designed to operate in open waters. The
Mudcat limit is 15 feet water depth. Most
dredges are limited by wave and current action,
generally maximum wave height is 1 to 3 ft and
maximum current is 3 to 5 knots.
Requirements : Will require personnel experi-
enced in operation of dredging equipment.
Divers may be necessary in order to locate and
mark off perimeter of spill. Processing and
treatment tanks will be necessary in order to
remove suspended solids and treat water.
Availability and Costs : Most dustpan and cutter
head dredges are owned by the Army Corps of
Engineers and may not be readily available. Mud-
cat dredging and other small handheld hydraulic
161
-------
dredges are readily available. Estimated
dredging costs are $5.00/cu yd of material
removed for both the dustpan and Mudcat dredges.
1.3.1.2 Mechanical Dredging
Mechanical dredges such as clamshell and dipper
dredges, remove bottom sediment through the
direct application of mechanical force to dis-
lodge, excavate, and bring to the surface material
at almost in situ densities. tiost mechanical
dredges deposit the dredged material into scows
or barges for transportation to a disposal site.
Excavation rates vary up to a maximum of about
500 cu.yd. per hour.
The main disadvantages of mechanical dredges
are 1) high turbidity caused by resuspension
of sediment during the hoisting process, and
2) ineffectiveness against free liquid con-
taminant on bottom. The major advantage is
the ability to work in relatively close
quarters and around structures, obstacles, and
debris.
Also, the clamshell is limited to excavation,
to approximately 150 feet in water.
Additional information is provided below.
Limitations : Limited to spills of solid
material which cover relatively small areas.
Wave and currents will affect dredges. Gene-
rally, maximum wave heights are 1—3 feet and
maximum currents are 3—5 knots.
Requirements : Will require means to transport
and dispose of sediment. Will require personnel
experienced in operation of dredging equipment.
Divers may be necessary in order to locate and
mark off perimeter of spill.
Costs : Estimated dredging costs using a clam-
shell dredge, not including disposal of sediment
is $15 per cu yd of sediment.
1.3.2 Excavation
Excavation is a mechanical displacement technique for
removing the source of the pollution. Contaminated soils
and earth materials are excavated using conventional
162
-------
construction equipment such as backhoes, draglines, front
end loaders, and even shovels. The removal of drums is
more complex and usually involves the use of specialized
drum handling equipment such as backhoe mounted drum
grapplers. The type and size of the spill will determine
the type of equipment necessary to effect a satisfactory
cleanup. Generally, excavation should be considered for 1)
small spills invcrlving less toxic wastes, 2) where a high
hazard to drinking water supplies exists, 3) where insoluble
wastes cannot be removed by pumping alone or 4) where
long—term treatment would be too costly. Excavation of the
contaminated soils is the first step in the clean—up process.
The contaminated materials must be properly disposed of.
Disposal could involve hauling to an approved hazardous
waste dump site, incineration on— or off-site, or some
other treatment technique such as solidification, encap-
sulation, or solvent extraction and drying. Solidification
of excavated materials can ultimately lead to reduced
disposal costs if the solidified waste can be considered
non—hazardous (after laboratory tests).
Excavation is ineffective as a total
the contaminants have already leached
Soil types, ground and surface waters,
itation after a spill are all factors
the degree to which a material has leached. Excavation of
all contaminated substances (including groundwater and
the strata through which it flows) is rarely performed due
to the high costs associated with the transport and treat-
ment or disposal of large volumes of soil.
When excavation is the preferred and optimum removal
method the following factors must be considered:
— Determine extent of contamination.
— Establish a strict safety program; do not overlook
potential for toxic and ignitable fumes.
— Utilize adequate protective clothing and equipment
as needed.
— Provide suitable measures to move contaminated
soils from the excavation site to the transporting
equipment.
— Locate approved dumpsite to accept material once
excavated or decide upon some other feasible
disposal or treatment technique.
removal technique if
from the spili site.
and amount of precip-
which can influence
163
-------
Costs involved will vary depending upon size of spill and
hence, the type of equipment necessary. Costs range any-
where from approximately $0.50 to $25.00 per cu yd, the
latter for manual excavation. Hauling costs are approxi-
mately $1.00 to $2.50 per mile per cu yd. All of the above
costs include equipment and labor charges.
1.3.3 Skimming
Skimmers are used to remove liquids floating on the water
surface. Skimmers may be divided into four functional
classes: moving plane skimmers, belt skimmers, weir
skimmers, and suction head skimmers. Weir and suction
skimmers typically remove both water and floating liquids.
Reservoirs are provided to separate the liquids and dispose
of the water. Most skimmers were designed for oil collec-
tion and may have plastic parts (e.g., PVC hoses) which are
incompatible with many hazardous materials It is also
important to note that when using skimmers with flammable
spills, the motors and other electrical equipment must be
explosion—proof. The principles of operation and range of
application for each class of skimmer are discussed in the
following paragraphs.
Moving Plane Skimmers . Moving plane skimmers operate by
means of a flat pickup element that is dipped into the
hazardous substance slick. The element is then withdrawn
and the adhering hazardous substance is wiped
off into a reservoir. This type of skimmer was designed
for viscous oil skimming and is not suitable for low-
viscosity substances.
Belt Skimmers . Belt skimmers employ an adsorbent belt to
collect the spill. The belt may lift the hazardous sub-
stance out of the water to a reservoir or, in some
designs, may move downward, pulling the substance under
water where it floats up into a reservoir. Some units will
also pick up loose sorbents.
Weir Skimmers . Weir skimmers consist of a collecting
reservoir, the lip of which is below the surface of the
hazardous substance. The substance flows by gravity over
the lip and into the collection reservoir where it is
removed by an onboard pump or through a suction hose to a
remote pump. The lip height is adjustable to accommodate
varying slick thicknesses. Weir skimmers are generally
unsuitable for sorbent harvesting because of the screens
used to keep out debris. Weir skimmers work best in
calm water.
164
-------
Suction Head Skimmers . Suction head skimmers are very
similar to weir skimmers. The primary difference
between the suction head and weir skimmer is that the
suction head skimmer draws the hazardous substance through
a hose as soon as it flows over the weir into the suction
head and then collects in a reservoir. In a weir skimmer
the hazardous substance is collected in a reservoir first.
1.3.4 Pumping
Pumping spilled materials into a holding truck or other
container is most applicable to small spills of hazardous
liquid materials on land. The spilled materials are
commonly diverted into a trench or some other type of
excavation from which they are pumped into a container such
as a vacuum truck. The spilled material may also have to
be pumped out of the container for disposal. Pumping also
proves very useful in removing accumulated pools of flam-
mable materials, thus reducing the potential of a large
fire if it is ignited.
It is also feasible to use pumping as a removal technique
for water spills of both solid and liquid hazardous mater-
ials. It would be most applicable to spills involving
relatively insoluble floating materials. But, if pumps can
be deployed rapidly, any undissolved soluble floating mater-
ial could also be removed. Pumping could also be employed
to remove insoluble sinking materials. In this case divers
using hand—held devices could locate pockets or pools of
settled material and pump them into a container either
on—shore or on a boat. A considerable volume of water
will also be pumped; this must be treated before disposal.
An important fact to remember when considering vacuum
pumping as a displacement technique is that it is not
possible to displace a water column more than 32 feet
vertically by vacuum pumping. This fact places special
restrictions on the use of vacuum technique in terms of
access to the spill, water depth etc. The use of multistage
centrifugal or positive-displacement pumps would be more
practical since they may be used to any depth. Also the
pumping equipment, whether centrifugal, positive displace-
ment, vacuum, etc., must be compatible with the hazardous
material and may require special corrosion resistant
lines and explosion proof pumps.
Pumping costs will vary depending upon the type of hazardous
material which is to be pumped, the amount of material
and the distance between the spill site and the disposal
site. Generally, charges for vacuum pumping range from
$50 to $60/hour. Disposal costs are not included in this
figure. Vacuum pumping services are readily available,and
most are organized to quickly respond to emergency spills.
165
-------
1.3.5 Dispersion/Dilution
Dispersion/dilution is a process which faclitates dilution
of a hazardous substance released into water or on land by
promoting suspension of the hazardous substance.
Dilution of spills on land is generally carried out using
water sprayed onto the spill. The main interest in diluting
land spills is usually to reduce the va or hazards
associated with the spill. The area around the spills
should always be diked in order to prevent runoff from
entering nearby water ways, sewers, etc. Under no circum-
stances should a hazardous substance spill on land merely
be dispersed using water.
In the case of spills into water, dispersion should not be
considered a first—choice response, however, because of
the potential toxic effects on aquatic biota. Careful
examination of the specific spill situation and the poten-
tial toxic effects must be conducted prior to use. If
other methods of containment and subsequent treatment are
available, they should be employed.
The principle behind the use of dispersion in the case of
a spill into water is to spread the spilled material out
over a large area in order to reduce the concentration
of the hazardous material to below recommended limits. The
use of a dispersion technique will accomplish this in a
relatively short period of time and within a relatively
short transport distance from the spill site. In the
case of some organic pollutants, such as oil, this could
facilitate an increase in the biodegradation rate.
Typical scenarios where dispersion might be considered
appropriate include:
o Open water where dispersion will result in rapid
dilution of the spilled material.
o In small streams flowing into laryer rivers.
o At the mouth of a harbor which experiences fast
tidal currents.
The use of any dispersion technique carries with it the
requirement to carefully monitor the immediate aquatic
environment. Of critical importance is measurement of
increase in biological oxygen demand (BOD). Biological
stress would generally be expected if the percentage of
oxygen saturation decreased to approximately 50% (4.6 mg/i).
Dispersion of a spilled hazardous material can be accom-
plished in several ways, predominately through mechanical
166
-------
and chemical means. These two methods are discussed briefly
below.
1.3.5.1 Mechanical
Depending upon the size and location of the
spill, a number of mechanical dispersion devices
are readily available. Water streams, from a
fire hose could be relatively éffective in
rather shallow waters and with small spills.
Propwash from a boat could also be used. The
use of compressed air, in conjunction with com-
mercially available lagoon aeration systems
could be used to disperse selected materials
from the bottom of water bodies.
As a last resort, flow augmentation, probably
useful in small streams flowing into larger
rivers, would also be used. This would consist
of using water stored upstream to wash the spill
into the larger water body. However, this
method would be partially dependent on the avail-
ability of a means of predicting duration of
toxic concentration, flow rates, etc., for the
receiving, larger water body.
1.3.5.2 Chemical
Chemical dispersion facilitates the dilution of
a hazardous substance through the use of
surfactants. Surfactants function to reduce the
surface tension of the water, causing organic
liquids to spread out in a thin layer over the
surface of the water body. This, in turn,
increases the surface area available to attachment
by microorganisms.
Application of chemical dispersants is generally
accomplished using hand—operated pumps and
pressure systems, portable pump eductor systems,
spray booms, and aerial spray methods. Mixing,
possibly using the propwash of a surface workboat,
may be necessary to aid is dispersion, though
self—mix dispersants are available.
Again, it should be noted that the use of
dispersion should not be considered a first—
choice response. Dispersion for hazardous
materials should be considered as a last resort.
The use of dispersants must be subject to
decisions on a case—by—case basis. The ultimate
decision would depend on environmental conditions
167
-------
at the site, the amount of hazardous material
spilled, the material ‘S toxicity, and similar
considerations.
1.3.6 Vacuuming
Vacuuming is used to clean up spills involving small
quantities of dry particulates and fine du5ts. (Vacuum
pumping of largeliquid spills is discussed under Section
1.3.4.) Certain small commercial vacuums, generally designed
for cleanup of small spills in laboratories, are equipped
with multistage filter systems designed to remove particles
and dust from the air before returning it to the atmosphere.
The vacuum systems designed for laboratory use have small
capacity (about 0.1 to 1.0 Cu. ft.) and are not suitable
for large spills. These small units generally sell for
between $500 — $1000 and can al so be rented. Rental costs
were not available. Large truck—mounted vacuum systems
(approximately 150 - 650 cu.ft. capacity) are available
from certain spill cleanup firms on a contract or rental
basis for cleanup of large spills. Costs associated with
these units are generally $80 to $90/hour. This cost does
not include disposal of the material. Care should be taken
with flammable materials containing dust or vapor. Vapor
problems will be increased by air flow in vacuuming.
2.0 PHYSICAL TREATMENT processes allow separation of materials, the hazardous
substance and the contaminated medium, without chemically transforming or
binding the hazardous substance and without adding chemical reagents.
2.1 Adsorption is a surface phenomenom which separates a hazardous
liquid from a bulk, nonhazardous liquid like water by contact with a
solid adsorbent. Typical adsorbents are materials, which have small,
interconnected interstices or pores that are wetted by the liquid,
and to which the liquid clings primarily by surface forces and
capillary action. Available information indicates that adsorbents
would be of value for treatment of all land spills and of water
spills of some organic materials. Use of adsorbents for treatment
of water spills will be limited, in most cases, to those substances
that are insoluble and float on the water surface.
Adsorbents are divided into two general types: natural and synthetic.
Natural adsorbents consist of natural products such as cellulose,
minerals, and rubber. Synthetic products are made from various
organic polymers such as polyurethane, polypropylene, and macro—
reticular resins, molecular zeal ite sieves, and amorphous sil icates.
This section will describe natural and synthetic adsorbents with
their limitations and use requirements and identify durable and
expendable costs, if available.
168
-------
2.1.1. Activated Carbon
Activated carbon adsorption is a physical phenomenon which
removes organic and some inorganic chemicals from water.
These chemicals are physically adsorbed on the surface of
the carbon (typically 500—1000 m 2 /gram). Carbon adsorption
should be given serious consideration when it is desirable
to remove mixed organics from water, to remove select
inorganics from 1ater, or in special cases to recover select
orgariics or inorganics from aqueous solution. Activated
carbon can be produced from various materials including
wood, coal, peat, and lignin. These are prepared using
dehydration and carbonization, followed by activation to
enlarge the pore openings, which increases the surface area
and therefore increases the adsorptive capacity. Activated
carbon is considered relatively nontoxic in field situations.
Based on available evidence, the application of activated
carbon alone to water bodies will not constitute a threat
to human or aquatic life unless applied in massive quantities.
The adsorption process is dependent on the nature of the
material being adsorbed, the solution concentration and the
carbon used for adsorption. Critical factors include mole-
cular size and polarity, type of carbon, pH of the solu-
tion, carbon contact time and solubility of the contaminant.
The adsorption rate decreases with increasing temperature
and decreasing concentrations. In general, activated
carbon is cost-effective when used to remove moderate to
low concentration organic substances in water. Higher
concentrations may produce large amounts of spent carbon.
The amount of carbon needed to adsorb a certain chemical
must be established by actual testing. Various tests can
be used, but these should be done on the contaminant in
its natural environment since other constituents of the
medium may also exert a carbon “demand”.
Extensive information is available as to the activity of
various charcoals, and a great many methods have been
developed for applying the adsorbents applicable to the
water system in which a mixed spill of a hazardous chemical
exists. Examples of these are fixed beds or columns, and
carbon—filled “tea bags,” through which the contaminated
water may be brought into intimate contact with the
adsorbent.
Because of its general off—the—shelf availablity, versatility,
and applicability, activated carbon is the chemical agent
of highest overall value for present-day use in amelioration
of spills of low level hazardous chemicals on water.
It is perhaps the only practical adsorbent immediately
available in quantity for pentadecanol, ethyl ether, n—aniyl
169
-------
alcohol, bromine, chloroform, and nitrobenzene, if the
sorbent is to be used for amelioration of spills on water.
Additional information on activated carbon is briefly listed
bel ow.
Form : Powders, granules, rods, and sheets.
Availability : 0cm to widespread use, activated carbon
should be available within 1 day.
Costs : Activated carbon cost ranges from $0.50 to $5.00/lb.
Activated carbon is available in both granular (GP C) and
powdered (PAC) form. A brief description of each form of
activated carbon and advantages and disadvantages is given
herein.
2.1.1.1. Granular Activated Carbon
Granular carbon adsorbs pollutants less rapidly
than powdered carbon; however, its coarse grain
size permits greater flexibility in the design
of dispersal and retrieval techniques. One of
the first concepts considered for water spill
cleanup operations was a carbon—filled porous
cloth “tea bag.” In using the tea bag, a certain
amount of agitation is necessary to increase the
pollution removal rate. Natural wave action in
a lake may not be adequate for ventilation of
the carbon—filled tea bags. However, GAC is
also used in fixed beds or columns. It is the
predominant form of activated carbon used in
water spill cleanup operations and industrial
waste treatment.
Additional considerations that may impact GAC
usage are as follows:
Limitations : In using the carbon—filled porous
cloth tea bags, measured agitation is necessary
for removal of the hazardous substance from
surface water. Therefore, usage of the GAC in
strong winds or in rough or very calm water
conditions is not recommended.
Regeneration : Carbon adsorption systems, espe-
cially those employing thermal regeneration, are
generally considered to involve both high capital
and high operating costs. The process economics
achievable with thermal reactivation of the
carbon (on site) may only be realized if carbon
usage is above 5000 lbs/day and the treatment
170
-------
system is of a permanent nature. Below this
cutoff point it is more economical to purchase
new carbon or to use the services of a centralized
reactivation facility.
Availability : Granular activated carbon is
generally available in most areas.
Manpower : Manpower requirements are minimal——
technicians and unskilled laborers would be
qualified.
2.1.1.2. Powdered Activated Carbon (PAC)
Powdered carbon is less expensive than granular
carbon and has a slightly higher adsorption
capacity, but it suffers from three primary
drawbacks: (1) it is difficult to regenerate
(without high losses); (2) it is difficult to
handle (the settling characteristics may be
poor); and (3) in the presence of suspended
solids coagulation may occur (since powdered
carbon is a coagulant). Free powdered carbon is
not suitable for use in natural waters except as
a last resort or where the pollutant—laden powder
would settle to the bottom where it could be
located and removed.
Currently, there are no full—scale applications
of industrial waste treatment incorporating
powdered carbon suitable in water spills.
Therefore, PAC use in hazardous substance spills
in water is limited.
2.1.2 Natural Organic Adsorbents
Natural organic adsorbents consist of natural products such
as cellulose - vegetable and wood fiber — and other products
such as rubber. Natural materials have been used for years
in mitigating oil spills. However, complete data are not
available on their effectiveness for adsorbing other organic
liquids. Removal of oil—soaked or other organic-soaked
natural adsorbent is imperative for effective spill treatment.
Often these materials are treated to obtain or enhance
their hydrophobic characteristics. Natural adsorbents are
less expensive and generally more cost—effective than
synthetic polymers.
Cellulose fibers consist of such materials as wood fiber,
corn cobs, fiber board, straw, sawdust, bark, peanut hulls,
peat moss, and exotics like Kapok. It is known that natural
adsorbents (such as straw and corn cobs) and other types of
cellulose fibers will adsorb oil and perhaps similar organics
111
-------
from surfaces having thick floating deposits. Desorption
from these materials is known to be significant; thus it
may. be concluded that sorbate retention is poor.
Adsorbent materials derived from natural materials are
presumed to he nontoxic, though confirming data are not
avail abl e. A 1 arge amount of these material s introduced
into a water body could produce a high biological oxygen
demand (BOC) upon degradation by microorganisms. Slowly
degradabl e substances such as 1 ign in—based material s or
sawdust, would not be expected to impose as rapid a bio-
1 ogical oxygen demand as straw or other highly biodegradabl e
organics. Additional information on cellulose adsorbent
forms, avail abil ity, costs, limitations, and manpower
requirements are listed bel ow.
Forms : These materials are available in partjcul ate form,
and may be available as pillow sorbents, as well as booms.
Availability : The primary advantage of using cellulose
fibers for adsorption is avail abil ity. These material s can
often be easily obtained in isolated rural and urban areas,
possibly subject to seasonal considerations. They are,
however, usually water specific.
Costs : Natural organic adsorbents are considered the least
expensive of the adsorbents. The costs range between $0.01
and $0.02 per pound.
Limitations : Appl ication of particulate adsorbents is not
recommended during windy conditions, any type of precipitation
(e.g., rain or snow), or when water conditions are flowing,
choppy, or agitated. These materials are recommended for
use on land spills and on insoluble floating spills in
relatively undisturbed water.
Manpower Requirements : Technicians and unskilled laborers
can be effectively util ized in cellulose adsorbent appi icatiori
and collection of the used adsorbent.
2.1.3 Natural Inorganic Adsorbents
Inorganic natural materials that can be used as adsorbents
include clays (Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, and Western
clays), deatomaceous earth, Full ers earth, perl ite, verrni—
cul ite, expanded shal e and natural zeol ite. Other material s
can md ude spent lime, cal cium carbonate, and rock wool
Mineral adsorbents can be used to adsorb var ious types of
hydrocarbons, acids and derivatives, alcohols, aldehydes
and ketones, esters and nitrogen compounds. Clays adsorb
like zeol ites, that is they adsorb either ions or molecules
172
-------
and can adsorb selectively by size as well as by polarity
or electrical charge. Zeolites have a crystalline structure
that contains empty channels of atomic, ionic, or molecular
dimensions; however, clays have adsorption channels that
are interstitial between polysilicate sheets that are
forced apart by the sorbate in a swelling action. Adsorbent
clays have been used for adsorption in a variety of large—
scale separations. Clays are used solely f-or land spills;
however, clay application for cleanup of a hazardous
substance in water was used for removal of phenol from an
effluent. Additional information on mineral adsorbents is
provided below.
Forms : The majority of these inorganic materials are only
available as particulate adsorbents.
Limitations : Application of particulate adsorbents is not
recomended during (1) windy conditions, and (2) precipitation.
Clays are not recommended for any type of water spills, with
the exception of phenol.
Manpower Requirements : Technicians and unskilled laborers
can effectively apply and harvest the sorbent.
Costs : Natural inorganic adsorbents - untreated - are
inexpensive. The costs range between $0.01 and $0.02 per
pound. Treated minerals have a cost range of $0.30 to
$0.40 per pound.
2.1.4 Synthetic Adsorbents
Synthetic adsorbents, expecially organic polymers, have
been specifically manufactured to adsorb organic liquids
while repelling water. Since they were designed for organic
material, it is not expected that these adsorbents are
efficient in the adsorption of inorganic liquids.
Current information on synthetic product adsorption is for
pure organic liquids. Thus synthetic adsorbent products
are effective for land spills of pure organic liquids and
for highly insoluble organic liquids that float on the
water surface. As a general rule, it appears that polar
substances with appreciable solubility or miscibility with
water are rated as poorly removed by synthetic adsorbents.
Most synthetic adsorbents, with the notable exception of
imbiber beads, only loosely adsorb oil and other organic
liquids. Wringing or squeezing the adsorbed organics from
the synthetic adsorbents for reuse is claimed to be
logistically advantageous, as well as cost effective.
A description of various properties, limitations, and
requirements for polyurethane, polypropylene, and macrore—
ticular resins is given within this subsection.
173
-------
2.1.4.1 Polyurethane
Polyurethane polymer can be produced in open
pore, closed pore, and nonporous particulate
form. All of the forms adsorb a variety of
chemicals from aqueous systems, but the open
pore form also adsorbs liquids like a sponge.
The adsorption action depends o.n the openness of
the pere structure and its connectivity, and
also upon the viscosity and wetting power of the
sorbate for polyurethane. Polyurethane is not
as versatile as activated carbon, but the art of
using it for spill amelioration of floating
hazardous chemicals, especially regeneratively
and continuously, is more advanced. Polyurethane
can be formed on—site or even in situ . It can
be shredded on site, used in b Tts, and broadcast
by a blower over a spill. Scrap polyurethane
foam, which is generally available and cheaper
than new open market or custom—produced material
may also be of some use in amelioration. The
potential hazard of residual polyurethane (due
to floatability loss) can be reduced in two ways:
(1) by providing closed as well as open pores in
the matrix, and (2) laminating a thin sheet of
close pore polyurethane to a thick web of open
pore polyurethane with a polyurethane adhesive.
Additional information on polyurethane fiber is
provided below.
Forms : Shredded foam and foam in the form of
belts, mats, pollows, and sheets.
Regeneration : Yes, a marked advantage of using
polyurethane versus natural adsorbents; however,
not usually used for major spills or for spills
of highly toxic substances.
Availability : Generally available, mostly in
larger metropolitan areas.
Manpower Requirements : Technicians are capable
of handling application, collection, and recycl-
ing of polyurethane at a hazardous spill cleanup
operation. Technicians must be careful when
handling the recycling of contaminated polyure-
thane since the contaminated polyurethane may be
flammable or toxic.
2.1.4.2. Polypropylene
Polypropylene is a linear hydrocarbon polymer
174
-------
that is inherently oleophilic and thus an
adsorbent for nonpolar liquids or solutes. It
is considered somewhat less versatile in range
than the polyurethanes. The means employed for
collecting and reusing polyurethane should apply
to polypropylene.
Polypropylenes of higher average molecular
weight- and crystallinity have better solvent and
chemical resistance. Such improved resistance
widens their applicability, but may make forniu—
lation or fabrication more difficult or more
costly for certain methods of application.
Byproduct polypropylene and recycled polypropy-
lene are conirnonly cheaper than new polymers of
the same type and grade. Polypropylene tailored
to specifications or delivered in unusual forms
is often much more expensive. Scrap polypropy-
lene is sometimes usable with little loss of
performance capability.
Form : Belts, mats, pillows, and sheets (no
shredded foam).
Regeneration : Yes, an advantage of polypropylene
adsorbents over natural adsorbents; however, not
usually used for major spills or for spills of
highly toxic substances.
Availability : Available mostly in metropolitan
areas.
Manpower Requirements : Technicians are capable
of handling application, collection, and
recycling of polypropylene.
2.1.4.3 Macroreticular Resins
Two comon macroreticular polymers are poly-
styrene (co-polymerized with divinylbenzene) and
polymethyl methacrylate (co—polymerized with
ethylene diinethacrylate). Ionic groups can be
reacted with these resins. Thus niacroreticular
resins can exhibit not only adsorption charac-
teristics, but also ion exchange characteristics.
Regeneration capabilities are possible. Desorp-
tion by heating is not possible for organic
resin sorbents because of their thermal sensi-
tivity to bond cleavage and oxidation.
Additional information on macroreticular resin
forms for field use, regeneration properties,
and availability is given below.
175
-------
Form : Particulate.
Regeneration : Not feasible for field use. Air
stream, eluent, and vacuum desorption are
considered viable regeneration possibilities.
Availability : Primary producers are Rohm and
Haas, Union Carbide, Diamond Sh amrock, and Dow
Chemi cal.
Manpower Requirements : Technicians are capable
of handling application and collection, once
given instructions on the operations of the ion
exchanger.
2.2 Cryogenic Cooling is a technique for reducing the evaporation
of spilled hazardous materials, diminishing both the toxicity and
flammability hazards. Deployment of the technique consists of
distributing a cryogen (usually ice, liquid nitrogen or dry ice)
over the surface of the spill. Alternatively, leaking containers
can be packed in the cooling medium. In addition to the primary
effect of reducing the vapor pressure of the hazardous substance,
cryogenic cooling can, in many cases, immobilize a liquid spill by
freezing it. Also, the use of dry ice creates an inert gas blanket
which prevents the ignition of flammable substances.
The efficiency of cryogenic cooling to ameliorate spills of hazar-
dous chemicals is controlled by four factors: delivery, physical
properties of the spilled chemical, the freezing point of water, and
environmental factors.
Delivery of the cryogenic material affects the ultimate efficiency
of this technique. It is imperative that the cryogen be spread
evenly, over as large an area as possible and very quickly. Overall
vaporization rate reductions will be directly proportional to the
efficiency with which a homogeneous cooling blanket of cryogen is
placed over the spill.
Physical properties of the spilled substance can have an effect on
the efficiency of the technique, which will be related to the effect
of temperature on viscosity, vapor pressure and rate of vaporization.
These effects are small compared to the others and can generally be
ignored.
The presence of a large excess of water, as in a spill into a body
of water, limits the achievable final temperature to 32° F (0° C),
the freezing point of water. In spite of this, vapor pressures can
be reduced by 40 to 95% if the final temperature is maintained at
the ice point.
Environmental factors, such as rain, wind, and water turbulence, are
just as important in this spill response technique as in others.
176
-------
Warm days with bright sunshine will impose a higher surface heat
load. Rain, wind, and waves not only increase the heat load by
mixing, hut also disturb the inert gas blanket.
The choice of the cryogenic medium determines the effectiveness of
this response technique, as well as the environmental impacts. The
following sections describe the specific characteristics of cool ing
by carbon dioxide, liquid nitrogen, and wet ice. -
Consideration must be given to the influence of the cryogenic medium
or coolant on other concurrent or subsequent countermeasures. The
extent to which cool ing may interfere with other steps must he
considered.
2.2.1 Carbon dioxide
Carbon dioxide, or C D 2 , is available in liquid or solid
form. Liquid carbon dioxide is supplied in pressurized
bottles or in large capacity tanks which require refrig-
eration systems to reliquefy the boil—off. Solid CO 2 .
commonly known as dry ice, is sold in block form. Since
the blocks are not stored in gas—tight containers, evapor-
ation losses during shipment can be significant.
Solid and liquid CO 2 require different appi icat ion tech-
niques. Expansion nozzles known as snow horns are available
from Airco for converting liquid CO 2 to solid CO 2 snow at
high (42 to 45% by weight) efficiencies. Largest standard
horns have a capacity of 42 lb/mm of snow, using 100
lb/mm of liquid CO 2 . Equipment is required for dispersing
the generated snow over the spill area and adds to the system
cost. This could be a conventional snow blower, modified
for cryogenic service, using stainless steel contacting
parts. Operation would require 2 to 3 persons. Electrical
power is required for storage refrigeration. Standby
maintenance is minimal.
CO 2 in sol Id form must be crushed and broadcast over the
spill using a snow thrower or mulch spreader. Special
materials of construction may be required to withstand the
cryogenic temperature of dry ice. Taking into account the
refrigeration capacity lost during appi icat ion, dry ice is
more cost effective as a cryogen than liquid C07.
Several advantages of liquid CO 2 over liquid nitrogen (LN 2 )
have been cited:
o Loss-free storage is possible since CO 2 tanks
are equipped with gas recycflng systems.
o CO 2 tanks are single—walled in contrast to the
177
-------
double—walled vacuum insulated tanks used for
LN 2 . This makes CO 2 tanks less costly and
more resistant to the “high—g” stresses
experienced aboard ships.
o CO 2 costs less than LN 2 . based on equivalent
effective refrigeration expected during spill
response.
o CO 2 dispersal is easier to effect since “snow
horns” (described above) are available for
small applications. Modifications for large
application areas may be feasible using such
methods as: positioning booms for standard
snow horns; a snow lance at the perimeter to
create a snowstorm (at some loss in transfer
efficiency); blowers to broadcast the snow
horn feed directly or indirectly using a water
spray heat transfer medium to broadcast a
mixture of wet/dry ice.
There are two potential problems posed by the use of CO 2 .
Although it is non—toxic, the use of large quantities of
CO 2 may produce an unbreathable oxygen deficient atmosphere
resulting in an additional safety hazard to personnel.
This danger is amplified by the tendency of CO 2 to settle
and accumulate in depressions. Moreover, C02 added to
water decreases the pH and may adversely affect the aquatic
biota.
2.2.2 Liquid Nitrogen
The temperature of liquid nitrogen (LN 2 ) is much lower than
that of dry ice. Almost all volatile hazardous substances
(except hydrogen) freeze at LN 2 temperature and the vapor
pressures are reduced to insignificant levels. LN 2 does
not present a danger to the aquatic environment as does CO 2 .
Efficient application of liquid nitrogen is difficult.
Spraying would vaporize all LN 2 within a few feet from the
nozzle. Pouring it directly over the spill surface would
result in slow spreading over the locally formed ice plates.
The LN 2 would stay and boil off these plates with excessive
cooling at the point of application. Accounting for
cooling losses during application, the effective refriger-
ation efficiency of LN 2 is far less than that of C0 2 ,
especially solid CO 2 . Furthermore, there is potential danger
of the LN 2 boiling explosively upon application.
It should be emphasized that under no circumstances is
liquefied air to be used in place of LN 2 for spill response.
The nitrogen boils away preferentially, leaving behind
178
-------
extremely hazardous concentrations of liquid oxygen which
could react with an oxidizable organic material.
2.2.3 Wet Ice
Wet ice can be used as a cooling niedium in hazardous spill
response. The primary advantages are its low cost, ready
availability, and capability of being generated at the
spill site. In addition, it is easily distributed with
very little loss of cooling capacity.
One main disadvantage is that, unlike CO 2 and LN 2 , wet ice
does not evaporate away. Instead it melts and increases
the volume of contaminated medium to be treated or disposed
of. The fact that it is not as cold as dry ice or LN 2 is
not as disadvantageous as one might think, at least in
water spills. As mentioned earlier, the final temperature
achievable in a spill where a large excess of water is
present is 32° F regardless of the temperature of the
cryogen employed. Caution: check to see that material
does not react with water.
2.3 Granular media filtration is a physical separation process
that removes solids from aqueous suspensions. The suspended particles
are removed from the liquid by forcing the mixture through a series
of particulate media. Granular media filtration is one of the most
widely used methods for separating solids from wastewater. Specific
applications include removal of chemical floc, such as heavy metal
precipitates, following precipitation, and removal of biological
floc in settled effluent from secondary treatment of sanitary waste-
water. It is most advantageous following some form of precipitation,
flocculation, and/or sedimentation and may serve as an intermediate
step preceding carbon adsorption or ion exchange, or as a final
polishing technique.
Granular media filtration systems generally include porous filter
media, induced pressure differential (gravity, positive pressure,
vacuum), a tower or column to contain the filter media and direct
influent and effluent flows, and a method to remove contained solids
from the filtration media (typically a backwash system). Critical
operating parameters such as loading and backwash rates, filter
media and depth are critical to successful operation of a filtration
system. The filtration media are often layers of sand, gravel, coal,
or other particulate materials in series.
Granular media filters over a period of use will plug up with
solids and require backflushing to remove the entrained material.
Backflush water is generally 1 to 4% the volume of the original
filtrate and thus the solids percentage is concentrated. The back-
flush waste will require disposal. Often backflush water is
allowed to settle and is then recycled through the filtration system.
179
-------
Granular media filtration systems generally operate at capacities of
2 to 6 gallons per minute/sq. ft.
2.4 Gravity separation is a physical separation process that takes
advantageof differences in specific gravity of the various components
of a liquid mixture. Typical units involve flotation or sedimentation,
but centrifugal—force—driven separation is included. Gravity
separation units function to increase the solids cpncentration in a
fraction of the liquid’s eriginal volume, or to differentiate a
mixture of liquids with different specific gravities. Gravity
separation is usually preceded and/or followed by other treatment
processes. Successful application of gravity separation techniques
requires careful scale—up from treatability test data. Several
candidate gravity separation methods exist including flotation,
sedimentation, centrifuges, and hydrocyclones, the latter of which
is in reality a type of centrifuge.
2.4.1 Flotation
The term flotation has two meanings. One meaning applies
to materials that are less dense than water and thus will
float on the surface. No chemical treatment or mechanized
methods are necessary to cause these materials to float and
thus they are more easily removed.
Flotation also refers to a physical-chemical method widely
used in ore processing for concentrating finely ground
ores. This process involves chemical treatment of an ore
slurry to create conditions conducive to the attachment
of selected mineral particles to air bubbles forming the
slurry. The air bubbles carry the mineral to the surface
where they are skimed off. Thus materials heavier than
water are made to float for easier removal . Even though
the technology is well understood, costs generally make
it prohibitive for waste treatment.
One exception to this is the EPA’s mobile froth flotation
unit originally designed to remove oil from beach sand
following an oil spiil. Compressed air pumped into
flotation chambers creates a froth containing the oil on
the surface. Skimmers are then employed to remove the
froth. This system has also been used successfully to
remove free or loosely bound creosote from contaminated
river water before further treatment.
2.4.2 Sedimentation
Sedimentation is a necessary step following precipitation
or coagulation but can also be used prior to chemical
treatment to remove insoluble sinking substances.
Sedimentation tanks can be set up on—site and consist of
three main components: tank, influent well, and sludge
180
-------
baffle. Tanks are generally open top pools constructed
of heavy gauge vinyl or other similar materials. A sand
base is generally placed under the pools. A 55-gallon
drum can serve as an influent well to reduce the influent
velocity and protect the sludge layer. The sludge baffle
provides an area from which to drain the clarified liquid
out of the tank without removing settled sludge.
2.4.3 Centrifugation
This is a physical process which separates the components
of a fluid by the application of centrifugal force. It
is analogous to sedimentation but applies forces many
times greater than gravity by mechanical means. Thus it
is more effective in separating components with small
differences in density. Centrifugation is most applicable
to dewatering sludge and has high potential for the
removal of solids from hazardous slurries or sludges.
Centrifugation is not normally used for colloidal
suspensions. The clarified liquid is generally treated
further as if it contains suspended solids. Costs for in—
plant installations are estimated to be $20 to $45/ton of
processed dry solids (1978 $).
2.4.4 Ilydrocyclone
Hydrocyclones are, in a manner of speaking, a type of
centrifuge without moving parts. Suspended solids are
separated from the fluid by centrifugal force caused by
rotation of the fluid in a cone assembly. Usually the
rotation is effected by tangential fluid entry into the
cone. The heavier particles settle to the bottom of the
cone while the higher clarified effluent moves toward the
center vortex and exits through an overflow outlet.
Hydrocyclones are employed during dredging operations and
are located before sedimentation tanks in order to prevent
an excessive build-up of solids in the tanks. Hydrocyclone
units of all sizes are commercially available. Tests of
hydrocyclone units indicate that they would only be
appropriate for removal of contaminants held on particles
of sand size, 74 microns or larger.
2.5 Evaporation as an industrial process is well—defined and well
established. It is used currently for the treatment of hazardous
waste, such as radioactive liquids and for sludges, concentrated
plating, paint solvents, and other wastes. Often steam or direct
firing is used as a heat source to increase the rate of evaporation.
The most economical method of evaporation is by using solar
evaporation ponds. This method offers the benefit of photolytic
decomposition of organic wastes that degrade with exposure to
ultraviolet light.
181
-------
Evaporation in situ should be considered a feasible response only
under the folTowing conditions:
- Spill is in a remote, inaccessible area
— Volume of spill is relatively small
- Other countermeasures are not feasible.
Great care must be taken with hazardous volatiles which include
high—vapor—pressure chemicals (those boiling at ambient temperature
and pressure) and cryogens (those boiling below ambient temperature
and pressure). An extremely flammable and/or toxic atmosphere
could develop over the spill, so that continuous air monitoring is
necessary to determine the extent and duration of any vapor hazard.
The vapors formed by spills of most cryogens generally will
dissipate over time, however.
Several environmental factors affect the rate of evaporation,
including air temperature, wind turbulence, and in the case of
spills in water, water temperature and the ratio of the volume of
material spilled to the area of the water body. The wind speed
and wind direction must also be considered. Even though the actual
spiii location may be removed from any population, air currents
could carry the vapors toward populated areas.
2.6 Magnetic separation is applicable only to the removal of
magnetic and non—magnetic particles from liquid streams. A waste
stream is fed into a magnetic field where magnetic particles are
collected on filters, generally woven steel fabric or compressed
steel wool. The magnetic field is then shut off, and the collected
waste material is washed from the filter bed.
Magnetic separators designed for field use are available, most
notably the Dynactor. Soluble, non-magnetic contaminants can
often be removed from a waste stream by first using powdered
activated carbon to adsorb the contaminants. The carbon suspension
is then thickened by the formation of a magnetic floc when the
proper amounts of magnetic material are mixed with the carbon in
the presence of a polyelectrolite flocculating agent such as
aluminum sulfate (A1 2 (S0 4 ) 3 ). Magnetite (Fe 3 0 4 ) is a commonly
used magnetic material.
2.7 Membrane separation is a physical process utilizing a prefer-
entially permeable membrane to separate components of a solution
or suspension. The driving forces of membrane separation processes
are pressure differential or concentration gradient. The most
widely used processes include dialysis, reverse osmosis, and
ultrafiltration. Dialysis produces a waste stream requiring
additional concentration for disposal and for this reason has
little utility for hazardous waste treatment. Reverse osmosis and
ultrafiltration are discussed below.
182
-------
2.7.1 Reverse Osmosis
Reverse osmosis uses high pressure to force a solvent
(e.g., water) through a membrane that is pemeable to the
solvent molecules but not to the solute molecules. It is
used primarily in industrial applications to demineralize
brackish waters and to treat a variety of 3ndustrial
waste waters.
Compact reverse osmosis units are commercially available,
can be started easily and shut down relatively quickly,
can be serviced conveniently, would produce only a small
volume of residue (10 to 25% of the feed), would not
require skilled labor, and can be operated with electric
power produced on-site. Thus reverse osmosis meets many
of the requirements of a mobile system. However, a signi-
ficant amount of time may be required to obtain and
assemble the necessary components. Another major short-
coming is membrane susceptibility to fouling or degradation
caused by the presence of suspended solids or strong
oxidizers in the wastewater or very low pH wastewaters.
For this reason, pretreatment of the waste stream e.g.,
coagulation/flocculation, is necessary before treatment
by reverse osmosis. Depending upon the specific waste to
be treated and the type of membrane used, reverse osmosis
is generally used as a final polishing step. One final
consideration is that a certain amount of concentrated
waste material will require further treatment or disposal.
Additional information concerning reverse osmosis is given
below.
Limitations : Variability in flow or chemical character-
istics in feed streams represent substantial complications
for membrane technologies. Power consumption is also a
significant factor.
Requirements : Operation of a 227,000 1/day (60,000 gal/day)
mobile unit would require site access, electrical power,
and a minimum of two technicans working 6—12 hours per 24
hours.
Applicability : Test units can be rented to make the
evaluation of applicability in a laboratory. A small
volume of wastewater is processed through test units
containing commercial membranes. During these tests,
permeate waters are collected as successive small frac-
tions, and are analyzed for pollutants of concern. The
concentrated solutions are also analyzed, If the pollu-
tant concentration in the desired permeate fraction is
less than the effluent limitation, then the membrane
process will be applicable.
183
-------
Cost : Capital cost for a 227,000 1/day (60,000 gal/day)
mobile reverse osmosis system and support equipment has
been estimated to be $70,000 (1981 $).
2.7.2 Ultrafiltration
Ultrafiltration is a pressure—driven membrane separation
process that operates at a lower pressure than reverse
osmosis and is su-itable for applications involving larger
molecules. Ultrafiltration is suitable for removal of
heavy metals and organics. Several types of membranes
and membrane systems are commercially available. Most
full scale uses of ultrafiltration to date have been in
industrial operations such as concentrated cheese whey,
dye rinses, and emulsified oils. Ultrafiltration has
been tested with waste streams containing solid concen-
trations up to 46,300 ppm. However, when used with high
concentration waste streams, the effluent may require
additional treatment or disposal. Ultrafiltration units
produce a waste concentrate which is 10-25% of the feed
water volume. This concentrate must either be treated or
disposed of a a permitted landfill.
Ultrafiltration systems are not available in mobile units
for field use, although vendors have skid—mounted units
that can be installed on a trailer for transport to spill
locations. These units typically consist of one or two
modules with water flux capacities in the 18,900 - 39,800
1/day (5,000 to 10,000 gal/day) range.
Additional information is given below.
Limitations : Primary limitations of ultrafiltration
systems include their inapplicability to wastes containing
low molecular weight substances and their inability to
produce low concentration permeates from highly concentrated
wastes. Variability in flow or chemical characteristics
in feed streams and power consumption are also factors
that limit application of membrane technologies.
Requirements : Operation of a 227,000 1/day mobile unit
will require site access, electrical power, and a minimum
of two technicians working 6-12 hours per 24 hours.
Costs : Estimated capital costs of a 227,000 1/day mobile
system has been estimated to be $35,000 (1981 $).
2.8 Stripping is a physical diffusion process which separates
gases or volatile components from aqueous waste streams by
mechanically increasing the air/liquid or steam/liquid surface
area, thus permitting a greater rate of diffusion than quiescent
conditions would allow. Candidate processes are discussed below.
184
-------
2.8.1 Aeration
Air stripping or aeration removes volatile compounds
in aqueous solutions by increasing the air/liquid interface
area. The increased contact area is produced by mechanical
means such as in—stream aeration with compressed air,
spraying the aqueous solution into the air, and agitating
the surface. Aeration lagoon systems at muncipal wastewater
treatment facilities commonly use the latter two techniques.
For field situations surface agitation and in—stream
aeration are probably the most viable. In—stream
aeration can be accomplished using cylinders of compressed
air, or perforated pipes attached to an on-shore
compressor. Surface agitation can be accomplished in
several ways including outboard—motor prop wash and water
streams from fire hoses. Air stripping using a basin or
tank and air sparging or mechanical aeration can be both
practical and cost effective for removal of contaminants.
Access to the spill site and availability of the necessary
equipment, however, must be considered. In situ aeration
is a very feasible treatment method, and aTF stripping
using packed towers or even cooling towers may also be
effective.
The application of aeration to the removal of volatile
components from aqueous solutions is critically dependent
on the potential environmental impact of the resulting
air emissions. As with evaporation, aeration could
produce toxic fumes and therefore should be considered
for small spills in remote areas. Also, continuous air
monitoring during the aeration process must be conducted.
Another limitation to the use of aeration is that often, in
order to be effective, the pH of the contaminated aqueous
solution must be adjusted. The ambient air and water
temperatures, and wind speed and direction are factors
which must be considered.
2.8.2 Steam Stripping
Steam stripping is essentially an absorption process used
to remove volatile components from aqueous solutions.
The output from a steam stripping unit is a concentrated
vapor and a very dilute treated stream. The concentrated
vapor containing the steam—stripped volatiles can either be
recycled or incinerated. Current applications include
the recovery of ammonia from coke oven gas, and the
recovery of light chlorinated hydrocarbons from wastewaters.
Steam stripping is applicable to the removal of volatile
compounds from wastewater either as a pretreatment prior
to land application or in direct discharge. Steam
stripping system components include reboilers, packed
185
-------
columns or tray towers, feed tanks, pumps, and a steam
source. The system is energy intensive.
Additional information is given below.
Limitations : Use of steam stripping requires a source of
steam; however, steam suppi ies may be unavailable on—site.
Steam stripping is thus not suitable for emergency field
use unless the contaminated aqueous solution can be trans-
ported from the spill site to a steam stripping facil ity.
Costs : The treatment cost for a 1,230 1 1mm (300 gal 1mm)
fad] ity has been estimated to be about $1.80 per
100 liters (1981 $). This estimate includes capital
expenditures, and labor, overhead and other expenses.
2.9 Knockdown spray or spraying a water fog can be used to effec-
tively reduce water soluble hazardous gas or vapor concentrations in
the atmosphere by entrainment and precipitation. Often, as is the
case with ammonia, the vapor is water soluble. The primary use of
a water fog is, therefore, to protect personnel in the spill area,
and the public in the vicinity, from potentially lethal vapors.
Water fogs also serve to cool ruptured containers and to flush
released substances from contaminated surfaces. The runoff from the
knockdown spray must be contained using dikes, trenches, or some
other scheme in order to prevent contamination of nearby streams
or runoff from entering sewers. The runoff will necessarily have to
be treated or properly disposed of.
3.0 CHEMICAL TREATMENT processes separate components of a hazardous sub-
stance mixture by chemically transforming the hazardous substance by the
addition of reactive chemicals.
Chemical treatment can be performed either in the field or at a waste proces-
sing fad] ity. In order to qual ify as an ultimate disposal method, the
treatment should convert the spilled hazardous material to innocuous end
products. In situ chemical treatment processes must be carefully
controlled iFid contained as, in some cases, the chemical treatment agent
can pose an equal or greater potential hazard to the environment than
the original pollutant. The following section discusses several
chemical treatment processes.
3.1 Coagulation/Flocculation is a nondestructive separation process
by which small particles suspended in a liquid are made to agglomer-
ate into larger particles. In this process, the repulsive electro-
static and interionic forces which keep the particles suspended are
overcome by mixing chemical coagulants so that gravitational and
inertial forces will cause sedimentation of the flocculated mass.
Tests are recommended in order to determine the optimum coagulating/
flocculating agent to be used and the correct concentration of the
agent. Since the contaminants may be unknown, trial and error is
186
-------
often used. A common sequence of such tests is:
1. Initial settling of untreated waste (if any)
2. Additfon of agent accompanied by rapid mixing
3. Slow mixing to allow coagulation/floccul&tion
4. Sedimentation of floc
5. Filtration to determine amount of sediment.
The primary parameters being measured during a test are:
— Degree to which substance will precipitate, along with
reaction time and required agent dosage
- Type of agents used and the time required to
floccul ate
— Settling rate of floc
- Final volume of sludge produced
Various coagulating/flocculating agents are available for clarifying
organic and inorganic suspensions. The most common and readily
available agents include iron salts such as ferric chloride (FeC1 3 ),
alum (aluminum sulfate, Al 2 (S0 4 ) 3 ), and polyelectrolytes. The need
for controlled conditions necessitates treatment in tanks, etc.,
rather than in situ . Coagulation/flocculation is also non—selective
and nondestriiEtive which means that the resulting sludge will be
hazardous and must be collected and disposed of properly. A brief
description on the use of each of these agents follows.
3.1.1 Ferric Chloride
The final pH of the waste stream to be treated should be
above 6.0 for best results, so lime or caustic soda may be
needed to adjust pH. Dilute suspensions require dosages of
50 to 500 mg/l, although larger doses may be needed for
concentrated suspension. Excessive doses will result in
brown—colored effluent and should be avoided.
Availability : Ferric chloride is readily available in dry
or liquid form. Liquid ferric chloride is a dark brown
oiiy, corrosive solution available in 5 to 13 gallon
carboys, 3,000 to 4,000 gallon bulk truckload lots, or
4,000—10,000 gallon carloads.
Limitations : Ferric chloride is an extremely corrosive
material which must be stored and transported in special
187
-------
corrosion resistant containers. Dosages are not stoichio-
metric and must be rechecked frequently via jar tests.
Dry ferric chloride must be dissolved before use.
3.1.2 Alum
The waste stream pH should be between 6.5 to 7.5 for
optimum results and may require the addition of lime or
caustic soda for pH control. Dilute suspensions require
dosages of 100 to 1000 mg/l , whereas huge doses may be
required for concentrated or highly alkaline solutions.
Available: Alum, a white crystal, is supplied in lumps or
in ground, rice, or powdered form. Shipments may be in
small bags (100 ibs), in drums, or bulk quantities (over
40,000 ibs). Liquid solutions up to 50% alum are also
available in minimum loads of 4,000 gallons.
Limitations : Alum solution is corrosive. Approximate
dosages are not stoichiometric and must be rechecked
frequently. Alum sludge is voluminous and is difficult to
dewater.
3.1.3 Polyeiectrolytes
Polyelectrolytes are available in anionic or cationic form
and may be used alone or in conjunction with another agent.
Polyelectrolytes may be effective alone for inorganic
solutions such as metal salts, but they are generally not
effective alone for organic suspensions. They are effective
for organic suspensions when they are used with alum or
ferric chloride. Cationic polyelectrolytes are generally
added in higher dosages, [ 1 to 10 mg/i, for dilute suspen-
sions (<100 mg/i suspended solids) or up to 100 mg/i for
concentrated suspensions] than anionic species.
Availability : Poiyeiectrolytes are readily available in dry
or liquid form. Dry polymers are supplied in relatively
small quantities (<100 lb bags or barrels). Many competing
polymer formulations with differing characteristics are
available, requiring somewhat differing handling procedures.
Manufacturers should be consulted for optimum practices.
Limitations ; Stock polymers solutions may be very viscous.
Surfaces coming in contact with these solutions should be
materials such as stainless steel. Frequent jar test are
necessary to assure proper dosages. Over—dosage (1.0—2.0
mg/i) can sometimes work against the treatment process.
3.2 Solvent Extraction is a separation process for washing a
hazardous substance from either soil or water with a liquid solvent.
1BR
-------
Extraction of soil may occur either in place or in a mixing device
such as a screw conveyor. Liquid-liquid extraction is feasible
as either a batch operation or as a continuous counter-current
process.
Liquid—liquid extraction can be used to remove organic contaminants
from aqueous mixtures. Current applications include extraction
and recovery of phenols, oils, and organic acids. Solvent extraction
does not produce a waste which can be directly discharged and further
treatment is necessary. Multistage solvent extraction can reduce
some contaminants to very low levels.
In situ treatment using solvent extraction techniques is not always
recommended due to difficulties in recovering the contaminated
solvent. Once the solvent is introduced to the water, and up
to the extent of its solubility in water, it becomes a pollutant
itself. On—site extraction is possible, however, by pumping the
contaminated water into treatment tanks. Care must, therefore,
be taken that the treatment system can remove or degrade the
solvent. Desirable properties of liquid-liquid extraction
solvents are: 1) relatively low aqueous solubility, 2) relatively
non—polar, 3) non toxic, 4) high partition coefficient, 5)easy
separation of solvent arid water, 6) ease of handling, and 7)
availability and cost.
Extraction of contaminated soils is also feasible. It is more
effective for immediate spill situations where the hazardous
material is entrained in voids in the soil rather than for clean—up
of long term disposal sites when the hazardous material has
adsorbed onto soil particles. Along this same line, the character-
istics of the soil are critical. The presence of large rocks
or boulders, the clay content, the water content, and the content of
organic material are characteristics which determine the type of
equipment chosen, the time required for treatment, and the type of
soils that can be handled. High cohesive clay content is the
most critical characteristic due to its resistance to mechanical
breakdown. Most available soil handling equipment (sieves, crushers,
etc.) is extremely limited in its application cohesive clays.
Generally speaking, the clay content of soil should be less
than 20-30% and dispersed before considering extraction.
The steps involved in extracting of contaminants from soil are:
1. Excavation
2. Mechanical breakdown of soil to manageable size
3. Treatment, which probably involves both physical
stripping and extraction of hazardous material
4. Treatment and recycling of solvent.
189
-------
Water or water with an additive (such as acids to improve removal
of metal s, or bases to improve removal and enhance safety of handl ing
cyanide compounds, or oxidants to aid in removal of organics and
reducing agents) is relatively effective for soil extractions as
long as the contaminants have a relatively high water solubil ity
and/or have a greater affinity for the water than the soil . There-
fore, most water soluble org. nics and inorganics can be treated in
this manner. Careful selection of a proper additive could increase
the applicability of this method; however, it will require laboratory
testing.
Other factors influencing the use of solvent extraction treatment
techniques follow.
Limitations : In some cases only moderate removal of a contaminant
will he accompi ished, required in further treatment. Solvents must
be recovered and treated to remove contaminants. No readily avail -
able commercial mobile system exists.
Requirements : Will require personnel famil iar with extraction
techniques. Site must be easily accessible to large equipment.
Lab testing may be necessary before treatment in order to
optimize the choice of solvent.
Avail abil ity : Mobile EPA system is avail able. Necessary equipment
for construction of a similar unit is available off-the-shelf but
will require feasibil ity and engineering design at considerable
capital cost.
3.3 So] idification/Stabil izat ion processes convert the hazardous
substance to a form that is immobile and/or resistant to leaching
from a landfill. Stab] ization refers to a chemical reaction that
fixes the hazardous substance prior to or during sol idification.
Sal idification creates a stable mass either by physical ericapsul ation
of the hazardous substance or by a combination of stabil izat ion
reaction and entrapment in a sol id matrix. Some sol idifying agents
are used to make the hazardous substance easier to handle and trans-
port, while some agents harden as a monol ithic block suitable for
disposal . Candidate processes and sol idifying agents are discussed
be] ow.
3.3.1 Chel ation/Sequestration
Chelation is more aptly described as a fixation process
in that a hazardous material is bonded by the chelation
agent in more than one position (making it unable to
react chemically and thus less toxic). Chelation is app] i—
cable to aqueous solutions contaminated with heavy
metal ions. There are two types of chelation
agents: sequestrants which bind the metal ion but remain
soluble within the water column, and precipitants which
simply cause precipitation of the chelate-metal ion complex
I 90
-------
(and in this manner remove it from the water column)
[ see Section 3.9 for detailed discussion of precipitation].
Sequestrarits have the disadvantage that, even though the
metal ion has been detoxified to a certain degree, the
complex remains in the water column, and can present a
hazard in itself. Ethylene-diamine tetra—acetic acid
(EDTA), for example, is a commonly used sequestrant and
even has medicinal application as a treatment for metal
poisoning. However, its aquatic toxicity threshold is
in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm. Treatments requiring
addition of EDTA in concentrations greater than 1000 ppm
should, therefore, be carried out when human health
considerations are the overriding concern.
Other chelating agents include 1,2—Diamino cyclo-hexane—
tetraacetic acid (COlA), Hydroxyethylethylenediamine—
tetraacetic acid (HEDTA), Nitrilotriacetic acid (NrA),
Sodium Tripolyphosphate (STPP), and Tetrasodium Pyrophos-
phate (TSPP). A chelating agent such as orre of those given
above should only be used in situ if the following criteria
are met (otherwise measures to remove the metal—agent
complex, e.g., by organic solvent extraction, will have to
be used):
-Any agent or complex remaining in solution after
treatment must be at a non—harmful level and
should not produce adverse environmental effects,
e.g., large pH changes.
-The removal of essential trace elements, such as
calcium and magnesium, from the aquatic environment
must be minimized.
—Misapplication of the treatment chemical should
not cause a violation of water quality criteria.
-The reagent should be soluble in water to the
extent required for application to the spill.
-It should be low cost and readily available.
-The metal chelate should be stable in solution
against degradation for a reasonable time.
EDTA is ion—specific, depending on the pH. At 10 or above,
calcium and magnesium are removed. At pH 8—10, iron and
aluminum are selectively removed. EDTA is generally applied
as the sodium salt in one of the following forms:
- EDTA di sodium salt
191
-------
— EDTA tetrasodium salt
— EDTA calcium disodium salt
The tetrasodium salt is least expensive but will produce
an undesirable increase in the pH in case of misapplication.
The disodium salt has a desirable solution pH and is
more effective as-a sequestrant than the calcium disodium
salt. EDTA disodium salt is sold as a powder or crystal
and is readily available. The cost is approximately
$10.00/kg for bulk shipments.
3.3.2 Cements -
Common cement. “Portland cement” is produced by firing a
mixture of limestone and clay or other silicates at high
temperatures. The resulting ash is then ground to a
fine powder. The hardening of cement, -brought about
by the addition of water is a lengthy process which is
affected by compounds such as sulfate, borates, salts of
some metals, and a variety of organic compounds. Type
“I” is “normal” cement constituting 90 of the cement
manufactured in the U.S. and has been used for waste
fixation. Most hazardous wastes slurried in water can
be mixed directly with the cement and suspended solids
will be incorporated into the rigid matrix of the hardened
cement. Using cement to solidify wastes containing high
concentrations of heavy metals is especially effective.
However, salts of manganese, tin, zinc, copper, and lead
increase setting time and lead to decreased strength.
Large concentrations of sulfates have an especially detri-
mental effect on cement. A special low alumina cement
(Type IV) has been developed for use in circumstances
where high sulfate concentrations are encountered.
Certain actions must be taken before attempting solidifi-
cation with cement, such as:
— Acidic waste streams should be neutralized.
— Generally, the higher the solids content, the
less reagent that will be required. However,
all insoluble materials passing through a
No. 200 sieve (674 micron) are undesirable.
— Metals must be in the relatively insoluble
hydroxide form prior to solidification to
prevent leaching of soluble metals from the
solid product.
192
-------
- The presence of high concentrations of soluble
or insoluble organics (1—5%) may adversely
affect the curing process. Addition of
clays such as bentonite may aid in adsorbing
the organics.
- Wastes containing 1/2—5% NH 3 — (ammonia) will
generate ammonia gas upon addition of cement.
Care must be exercised and respirators equipped
with ammonia—gas canisters may be required.
- Cyanide—containing waste will require pretreat-
ment before solidification, to achieve ultimate
destruction of free cyanide.
The equipment necessary for this solidification process
includes:
- disposable container or liner with
internal mixing blades
- mixer
- cement hopper
- cement feed system
- dust collector
- pump skid
- control mechanism
Additional information on cement-based solidification is
given below.
Limitations : Relatively large amounts of cement are required
for most processes. Weight and balance of final product
must be considered. Access to spill site will be required.
Availability : Cement and necessary equipment should be
available within one day.
Costs : Costs will vary depending upon the type of waste to
be treated. An approximate figure is $0.50/lb waste.
3.3.3 Gels
A gel is a colloid in wriich the disperse phase
has combined with the continuous phase to produce
193
-------
a viscous jelly-i ike product. The submicroscopic
particle groups can be crystall me or ionic. It
consists of a colloidal solution of a liquid in
a sol id.
A reversible-gel is one that by heating or other
treatment is converted into a liquid eolloidal
solution (SOL).
A thickener is a sol id that is added to a 1 iquid
and dissolves in it causing a progressively
higher viscosity liquid depending only on the
amount of sol id added.
The Cal span Corporation under EPA contract
developed a formulation consisting of five
individual materials which can be appl ied to
many liquid spills. It was called a “Universal
Gell ing Agent (UGA)” but this is a misnomer. It
is a mixture of five different materials.
1. To thicken aqueous solutions:
Aqueous thickeners such as Gel gard M
(The Dow Chemical Co.) and/or Ke1zanc
(The Kelco Corp.)
2. To absorb many organic liquids and
mixtures such as gasol in al iphatics,
aromatics, esters, ketones, and many low
viscosity organics:
Imbiber Beads (The EI’ICO Co. - Div. of
ENSCO).
The imbiber beads are absorbents for
materials listed as well as adsorbent
for all others. They do not dissolve.
3. To thicken polar organics:
Hycar 1422® (B.F.Goodrich Co.) and/or
Soloid® (Kelco Corp.) and/or Kiucel®
(Hercules Corp.)
These materials are for glycol ethers,
esters, ketones, highly polar organics -
some chlorinated arid dramatics. These
materials are thickeners for materials
listed and adsorbent for certain others.
(They do dissolve in excess solvent.)
4. To thicken aqueous and alcoholic solutions:
Carbopol 934® (BF Goodrich) and/or
Klucel® (Hercules Co.)
194
-------
These materials are thickeners for the
materials listed and are adsorbent for
certain others. (They do dissolve in
excess solvent).
5. Fluidizing Agent (to coat other particles)
to prevent clumping and promote free
flowing.
•-Cabosil® (Cabot Corporation)
This is a colloidal silica that exhibits
some gelling capability (colloidal) of
its own in both aqueous and organic
liquids.
While the components of UGA can be used separately, a
determination of the type of hazardous material which has
been spilled must be made. The UGA formulation can be
applied to many spills without the need to determine the
composition of the spilled material. The composition of
UGA is as follows:
Gelgard M 5% (thickener)
Imbiber Beads 30% (absorbent)
Carbopol 934 25% (thickener)
Hycar 1422 30% (thickener)
Cabosil 10% (gellant)
UGA is easily distributed either manually using shovels
or by earth moving equipment (on land) or with devices such
as pneumatic conveyor systems and sand blasting equipment
such as MSA’s Bontour rock duster. Removal of the spilled
hazardous material can be accomplished using shovels or
earth moving equipment for land spills and possibly mesh
screen or booms for water spills.
UGA can be blended in either a powdered or granulated form,
or chipped and compressed into sheets. The latter two
forms have been found to have superior performance. UGA
should be dispersed to form a homogeneous layer at a rate
of approximately 1 lb/gal of spilled material. Gel time
is approximately 10 minutes but will be affected by
temperature and precipitation.
Additional information is given below:
Limitations : Wind, precipitation, and temperature variations
will interfere with application and will affect gelliny
time. Gelled material should be considered hazardous and
either disposed of properly or recycled. Care should be
taken to prevent contact with skin and inhalation.
195
-------
Availability and Costs : Components for UGA should be
available and the necessary equipment should be available
within 1/2—1 day. Cost vary from $O.50—3.OO/lb (1975$)
depending upon dispensing equipment used.
3.3.4 Lime
Solidification with lime products usually depends on the
reaction of the hme with a fine—grained siliceous (pozzo-
ionic) material to form a concrete—like material. The
most commonly used pozzolonic materials include flyash,
ground blast furnace slag, or cement kiln dust.
Advantages of lime—based techniques are:
- Lime and pozzolonic materials are
readily available
— Equipment is readily available
— Extensive dewatering is not necessary
as water is required in the setting
reaction.
Disadvantages include:
— Weight and bulk to be transported
and/or land filled
— Uncoated lime—fixed materials may
require specially designed landfills to
guarantee that the materials do not lose
potential pollutants by leaching.
— Caustic materials like lime are corrosive
to skin and lungs.
3.3.5 Organic Polymers
Organic polymer systems such as urea—formaldehyde and
vinyl ester-styrene polymers have been developed in
response to the requirement for solidification of
radioactive waste before shipment. These vinyl—ester and
polyester systems are currently being tested and are not
yet available. The urea-formaldehyde process has been
thoroughly tested. Urea—formaldehyde polymer systems are
generally applied to a batch system where the polymer is
added to either wet or dry wastes in the waste containers
or special mixing containers. Once the two components
are thoroughly mixed, a catalyst is added to form the
polymer. The hazardous material is trapped within a
196
-------
sponge—like matrix. Liquids associated with the wastes
will remain. Because of this, the technique is applicable
to insoluble solid particles.
Major advantages of organic polymer systems, primarily
urea—formaldehyde, are:
- Waste/fixative ratio approximately 30%
greater than for cement or lime—based
solidification technique.
— Treated waste material is usually
dewatered but not dried. This technique
provides drying for disposal.
— Organic resins weigh less than solidified
cements, thus reducing transportation costs.
— Resin is non—flammable.
Inherent disadvantages of these systems include:
- Waste material is not chemically bonded to the
resin matrix.
- Waste-polymer mixture must be maintained at a
pH of 1.5 for solidification to occur rapidly.
— Uncombined water may be highly acidic and
contain high concentrations of pollutants,
requiring treatment or disposal.
— Some catalysts are highly corrosive and
require special mixing equipment and lined
containers.
3.3.6 Silicates
(Insufficient information available)
3.3.1 Thermoplastics
Thermoplastic materials like bitumen, asphalt, and other
organics such as paraffin or polyethylene have been used
to solidify radioactive wastes. Dried waste material is
generally distributed in a heated plastic matrix. The
matrix is then placed in a secondary container such as a
steel drum and allowed to solidify before permanent disposal.
197
-------
This so] idificat ion technique suffers from the fact that
the fixative/waste ratio is large, generally 1:1 or 1:2 dry
weigh.t. The technique is also energy intensive, requiring
elevated temperatures (130°C - 230°C).
The characteristics of the wastes will often prevent the
use of this system. fDbviously, organic solvents for the
matrix cannot be present. Strong oxidizers will have a
tendency to cause slow deterioration of the matrix. The
major advantages of this process are:
- Contaminant migration rates generally less
than encountered with cement-based methods.
— Resistant to aqueous solutions.
- Good adherence to embedded material
The main disadvantages are:
— Special ized equipment and trained personnel
are required.
- Wastes containing volatile components can
produce potentially toxic gases when heated.
— Wastes containing water must be dried before
they can be mixed with the thermoplastic.
3.4 Ion Exchange is the reversible interchange of ions between
an in 6Tuble, solid salt (ion exchange resin) and an electrolyte
solution in contact with the sol id, substituting less hazardous ions
for the hazardous ions in so1ution. In this process ions, held by
electrostatic forces to functional groups on the surface of a sol id,
are exchanged for ions of a different species in solution. This
takes place on a resin which is usually made of a synthetic material.
Various kinds of resins are available, including weakly and strongly
basic anion exchangers and weakly and strongly acidic cation
exchangers. The ions are exchanged until the resin is exhausted.
Most ion exchange resins are capable of regeneration with solutions
of the H 2 S0 4 , NaC1 , HaOH, or NH 3 depending upon resin type.
Capacities of resins vary greatly with the manufacturer of the resin.
The amount of resin needed must be determined by chemical tests using
the wastewater to be treated. A resin manufacturer should also be
contacted to ensure the correct choice of resins. In order to facil-
itate the proper selection, the following items of information should
be available: (1) name of hazardous material to be removed, (2)
concentraton (approximate) of hazardous substance, (3) amount of
wastewater to be treated, and (4) chemical analysis of ions.
198
-------
Ion exchange is considered an external treatment in which the
spilled ma terial is pumped through the resin. The resin can either
be in loose form or contained in packed columns. The latter
method provides much greater removal efficiency. It can be considered
a polishing method; however, the effluent may be a concentrated
salt solution, and as such, will require a controlled discharge to a
receiving water or a muni ipal sewer, or removal to a suitable
disposal site. This may require special permits.
When using ion exchange resins, several precautions should be
taken. First, unless absolutely necessary, the resins will not be
regenerated in the field. Second, in order to avoid breakthrough
(incomplete removal of contaminant due to exhausted resin), con-
tinuous monitoring of the effluent should be conducted. Third,
suspended solids will seriously affect the efficiency of the ion
exchange resin. For this reason prefiltration is a necessary
step. Lastly, it must be remembered that synthetic resins consist
of organic components. Strong oxidizing agents such as nitric acid
attack the resins under certain conditions, resulting in slightly
degraded resin, or possibly, an explosive reaction.
Availability : Ion exchange resins are readily available off-the—
shelf from many manufacturers. The principal ion—exchange producers
in the United States are:
Company Location Trademark
Diamond Alkali Co. Redwood City, CA Duolite
The Dow Chemical Co. Midland, MI Dowex
Lonac Chemical Corp. Birmingham, NJ lonac
Rohm & Haas Co. Philadelphia, PA Amberlite
Costs : Resin generally sells for between $30 and $180 per cubic
foot.
3.4.1 Cationic Resins
Cationic resins are capable of removing cations (positive
ions) from solution. These resins consist of a negatively
charged matrix and exchangeable cations (for example, H )
are substituted by the specific cation in solution. Cation
exchange resins can then be used to remove positive ions
such as heavy metals. Comonly used cationic exchange
resins are sulfonate groups attached to an insoluble
polymer network.
199
-------
3.4.2 Anionic Resins
Anionic resins are the exact opposite of the cationic
resins. That is, they serve to remove negative ions
(anions) from solution. Thus they are useful in removing
ions such as cyanide from waste water.
3.5 Hydrolysis is a chemical process which involves a water—induced
bond cleavage to produce I double decomposition. However, organic
hydrolysis can also include reactions in which water is not a
reactant. Acid, alkalis, and enzymes, to a certain extent, are
used as catalysts in many industrial processes. Acid and alkaline
hydrolysis are discussed in this section.
Hydroloysis may be applied to a wide range of waste types, primarily
for destruction of nitriles, aniides, esters, and some chlorinated
hydrocarbons. Familiarity with the specific reaction chemistry
is necessary before this technique should be used to treat wastes,
due to the fact that the hydrolysis reaction prOducts are often
as toxic, or even more toxic, than the original waste component.
Because of this, in situ hydrolysis is not a recommended course
of action. For example, hydrolysis of the pesticide parathion
yields as one of the reaction products p-nitrophenol which is also
quite toxic.
Hydrolysis is a comon commercial process which can be conducted
with relatively simple equipment (e.g., batch-wise in open
tanks) or in more elaborate equipment (e.g., counter—current towers).
Capital costs will vary considerably depending upon the
equipment and operating temperature and pressure. Raw material
costs are usually small.
3.5.1 Acid Hydrolysis
The agents for acid hydrolysis are most commonly hydrochloric
and sulfuric acids, but others such as formic and oxalic
acids are also potential reagents. Muriatic acid (30%
hydrochloric acid solution) is readily available at hardware
stores. Sulfuric acid (20%) is available in the form of
drain cleaner products and can be used. It must be
remembered, however, that these materials are extremely
corrosive and must be handled with care.
Acid hydrolysis usually proceeds more rapidly in solution.
Thus, stirring in an open container with excess acid
is feasible though potentially dangerous. Another method
is to mix the waste with sand or other adsorbent in a
pit or trench and then add the acid. Disposal of
wastes by this method cannot be performed in an area
where groundwater contamination is possible. Treated
waste streams will generally require pH adjustment before
they can be discharged.
200
-------
One final word of caution. Do not treat cyanides or phos—
phides with strong acids as 1T ro9en cyanide gas and
phosphine gas, both highly toxic, will be given off as
reaction products .
3.5.2 Alkaline Hydrolysis
Alkaline hydrolysis mostly utilizes sodium hydroxide, but
alkali carbonates (limestone), alkaline hypochiorite,
calcium compounds (lime, slaked lime), and magnesium and
aluminum compounds are also used.
As with acid hydrolysis, alkaline hydrolysis can be per-
formed in batch processes in open tanks with stirring,
although this may be dangerous. Treatment in a trench
filled with adsorbent material is recommended for
treatment of small quanties of wastes, expecially pesticide
wastes. This should be done only irr areas where
groundwater contamination will not occur.
If a large volume of waste is to be discharged after
treatment, it will probably be necessary to adjust the pH.
3.6 Neutralization refers to the interaction of an acid with a
base. The reaction products are water, a salt, and sometimes carbon
dioxide gas. Neutralization is applicable to spills of acidic or
alkaline hazardous materials (or substances which when spilled
into water form an acid or a base) and can be applied in situ under
the proper circumstances. In emergency field situations, the factors
limiting the use of neutralization often are the volume of the
spill, the violence of the neutralization reactions, and the
production of potentially toxic gases. The final pH of the neu-
tralized hazardous substance would generally be environmentally
acceptable if in the range of 6.0 to 9.0.
Neutralization has been used in a number of spill response efforts,
each involving different hazardous materials and circumstances.
When treating a hazardous substance spill in situ , regardless
of the circumstances or the substance involved,The following
factors should be considered:
— Certain acids and bases used to neutralize a spill can
cause toxic pH changes in the environment, especially
if applied to spills in water. The change in pH upon addition
of the neutralizer must be carefully monitored. When
possible, treat with weak acids and weak bases as there is
less chance of large pH changes caused by over application
of the neutralizer.
— For water spi 11 s, it is often necessary to use a precipitating
agent as a post treatment in order to remove metal ions
which could be evolved during the neutralization process.
201
-------
— Often neutralization reactions are violent (frothing
and sputtering, with evaluation of heat and gases).
Because of this, personal protection from skin contact
and inhalation of fumes is absolutely necessary.
Sputtering can be controlled by minimizing the reaction
temperature, or diluting the reactants.
- tinder-treatment is preferable to over-treatment. The
desired pH iill rarely be achieved. A final pH range
of 6.0 to 9.0 in treated wastes is acceptable.
— If a spill of a very weak acid or base does not cause
the pH to deviate outside the 6—9 range when spilled
into water, neutralization is not recommended.
3.6.1 Neutralization with Acid
After recovery of as much material as posible for recycle
or reuse, neutralization of a spill of a strong base is
done most economically with a strong acid. For land
spills where the remainder, of the spilled strong base,
is contained (i.e., lined trench, concrete), neutralization
with strong acids (i.e., hydrochloric, sulfuric) can be
accomplished. In a non—porous soil, mechanical mixing to
depth of penetration can be done and then the neutralized
soil may be excavated for disposal. Only qualified
personnel should handle the neutralization process and
small scale field tests should first be performed
to determine if any negative (i.e., heat generation)
reactions take place.
Aqueous spills of bases compounds that react with water
to form bases should be treated with weaker acids to
prevent harmful pH changes caused by an overdose of the
acid neutralizing agent. Examples of these are acetic
acid, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, and even gaseous CO 2 .
Sodium dihydrogen phosphate is applicable in all situ-
ations because it is a buffer salt which tends to keep
the pH within a certain range. Overdosing, at
most, would cause the pH to decrease to approximately
4.0. The user should be aware that the neutralized
products of acetic acid and sodium dihydrogen phosphate,
namely, acetates and phosphates, may be unacceptable
for discharge. CO 2 also acts as a buffer and has been
used to neutralize ammonia spills in water, but it is
difficult to dissolve and disperse properly.
Additional information is given below
202
-------
Availability and Costs : All of these materials should be
readily obtainable and ready for use wthin one day.
Costs: Sulfuric acid $0.025/ib (dii. aq. so].)
(1975 $) Acetic acid $0.15/lb (dii. aq. so].)
Sodium dihydrogen $0.17/lb (dry powder)
phosphate
3.6.2 Neutralization witPV Base
The use of strong bases as neutraliz ng agents should be
limited to spills of strong acids on land where effective
containment is possible and control of the reaction is
somewhat achievable. Treatment of water spills should be
limited to the use of weak bases. For land spills, aqueous
sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide
solution is often added to spilled material contained in
a lined trench. This technique has been successfully used
to neutralize several chlorine spills. Acid spills can
also be treated with lime, sodium carbonate, soda ash,
and magnesium hydroxide. A technique which has been suc-
cessfully employed to prevent frothing and sputtering when
neutralizing an acid spiil with limestone, is to mix flyash
with the acid before adding the limestone.
Spills of acids in water or substances which react with
water to form acids should be treated with weak bases.
Examples of applicable neutralizing agents are:
— sodium bicarbonate
- sodium carbonate
— calcium carbonate
Lime or calcium hydroxide are also used, but addition
of these materials in excess will cause large changes in
the pH. Although reaction rates will generally be slower
for calcium carbonate than for the sodium—based agents,
calcium carbonate, on the other hand, has several
distinct advantages for use in neutralizing water spills:
1. Reaction with acid produces CO 2 which levitates
calcium carbonate particles to provide mixing
and a more complete reaction.
2. Carbonate and calcium are both present naturally
in surface water. Calcium carbonate, therefore,
does not add any toxic elements to the environment.
3. The maximum pH due to overdosing is 9.4.
203
-------
4. t4idespread use makes calcium carbonate readily
available.
Sodium bicarbonate, a buffer salt, can also be used without
threat of large pH overshoot in case of overdose. The
maximum pH resulting from an overdose is 8.3. Sodium car-
bonate solutions in water, on the other hand, are almost as
basic as sodium hydroxide. This overdosing can push the
pH to 11.6.
Care must be exercised at all times when handling any of
these materials. Inhalation of fumes and contact with skin
must be avoided.
3.7 Oxidation—Reduction reactions are chemical reactions in which
the oxidation state of at least one reactant is raised while that of
another is lowered. Detoxification of hazardous substances may come
as a direct result of the change in valence state of ionic species,
or it may result from the consequent destruction of chemical bonds.
Both oxidation and reduction processes are in widespread use in
industry. Oxidation is commonly used for treatment of aqueous
wastes containing cyanides, phenols, other organics, and sulfur
compounds. Reduction is generally employed to increase removal
efficiency of certain inorganic ions (such as heavy metals) in
dilute waste streams. For example, reduction reactions are
currently used to remove lead from oil and mercury from effluents,
and for the reduction of chromium in effluents to enhance its
precipitation.
Often catalysts are used to speed up the reaction rate. Activated
carbon is an effective catalyst for nitrile and cyanide oxidation.
Catalysts such as zinc, copper, silver, nickel, palladium, etc., can
be used.
Oxidation reactions may be slow, often producing intermediate reaction
products which may be toxic and probably stay in the environment
unless over—treatment with the oxidizing agent is performed. This,
however, will almost certainly produce severe toxic conditions.
In addition, oxidation reactions cannot be limited to reactions with
the spilled material. Oxidation of organic material in the environment
including living organisms will always accompany oxidation of a
spilled material. For these reasons, in situ oxidation is not
recommended and should be considered only as a last choice.
Additionally, oxidants should only be used on land and in surface
waters when the spilled material can be contained for a sufficient
time to permit accurate control and monitoring of the treatment.
Oxidation of pesticides such as ethion or malathion containing
phosphorodiothioate and phosphorodithioate function groups should
not be attempted because of potentially toxic products.
204
-------
The same is basically true for reduction reactions. Some reactions,
such as calcium sulfite with chlorine produce oxidizing agents as
intermediary products, in this case hypochiorite ion. It is diffi-
cult to avoid adding excess reducing agents which are necessary
for a complete reaction. Reductants applied to spills in water
can increase both the chemical oxygen demand (COD) and the biolo-
gical oxygen demand (BUD) to intolerable levels. Candidate oxidation
and reduction agents are discussed below.
3.7.1 Oxidation
Chlorine as an oxidant, is generally applied to a spill as
sodium hypochlorite or, less frequently, as calcium hypo-
chlorite. Sodium hypochlorite is available in an aqueous
solution (household bleach). Sodium hypochlorite has been
shown to be effective in the treatment of cyanides and
nitriles, aliphatic amines, and phenolic compounds. In
the treatment of phenols, an elevated pH (>10) is usually
necessary in order to ensure a complete r action and limit
the formation of incomplete reaction products (e.g.,
chlorinated phenols). Free chlorine, either as a gas (land
spill applications) or as chlorine ions (water spills), is
a product of the oxidation reaction. Therefore, extreme
care must be utilized. Chlorine gas generated by the
application of sodium hypochlorite to a land spill can be
allowed to dissipate in the atmosphere. Chloride produced
in an aqueous solution, however, must be removed by
further treatment such as activated carbon adsorption.
Chlorine is readily available and costs approximately
$O.063/lb in ton quantities (1976 $). Calcium and sodium
hypochlorite are also readily available and costs range
between $0.47 and 0.58/lb (1976$).
Note that an alkaline pH is required in aqueous solution
containing cyanides before treatment with chlorine. Acid
pH will facilitate the formation of hydrogen cyanide
and/or cyanogen chloride, both of which are highly
toxic.
Hydrogen peroxide has been shown to react with sulfides,
mercaptans, amines, phenols, and cyanides. Metal salts,
particularly iron salts such as ferrous sulfate, are neces-
sary as catalysts in order to complete the oxidation
reaction. Other metals such as aluminum, copper, and
chromium will also work. Hydrogen peroxide is readily
available in aqueous solutions, typically 35, 50, and 70%.
Typical cost for a 35% solution of hydrogen peroxide is
$0.155/lb (1976 $).
Ozone is one of the most powerful oxidants known to man and
has been shown to oxidize phenolics, cyanides, PCB5, water
insoluble organics, biodegradable organics, and certain
205
-------
soluble organic chemicals, such as glycols and ethers.
Products of ozone oxidation reactions are dependent upon
the specific treated compounds but can include carbon
dioxide, ketones, aldehydes, organic acids, peroxides,
expoxides, nitro and nitroso compounds, sul-fones, sulf—
oxides, and other oxygenated species. Care must be exer-
ci sed, therefore, to ensure that no hazardous or toxic
reaction products are present before discharging treated
wastes.
Ozone can be employed in either a batch or continuous
system. Commercial systems employ techniques such as dif-
fusion, positive pressure injection, mechanical mixing,
spray chambers, etc., to ensure contact between the ozone
and waste material. Because ozone is an unstable gas, it
is generated on—site primarily by electric •discharge. A
relatively new development is treatment of wastes with a
combination of ozone and ultraviolet radiation. This
method has proved effective for the destruction of many
toxic and refractory organics, organometallic complexes,
and reduced inorganic substances.
Due to high capital costs associated with the construction
of an ozonolysis unit, ozone oxidation is generally a
final, polishing step. The estimated cost for construction
of a mobile ozonolysis unit with a 60,000 gallon/day capa-
city, is $285,000 (1981 $). The relatively sophisticated
technology and high cost have limited the use of ozone
oxidation to fixed facilities and, at present, there are no
mobile units to be used for emergency spill response.
It should be noted that ozone is toxic and may be lethal
with prolonged exposure. Precautions must be taken to
prevent personnel from coming into contact with ozone.
Potassium permanganate has been used for destruction of
organic residues in wastewater such as aldehydes, mercap—
tans, phenols, and unsaturated acids. It is a relatively
powerful oxidizing agent. The oxidation reaction produces
insoluble manganese dioxide which must be filtered and
removed before discharging treated waste. Potassium per-
manganate is readily available and costs approximately
$0.52/lb in 350 lb barrels (1976 $).
3.7.2 Reduction
Chemical reduction is used primarily to control hexavalent
chromium in the plating and tanning industries and to remove
206
-------
mercury from caustic/chlorine electrolysis cell effluents.
Reduction can also be used to remove other heavy metals
such as antimony and lead from waste streams. For chromium
removal the following reductions are generally used:
— sulfur dioxide
— sodium bisulfite, meta bisulfite, hydrosulfite
- ferrous sulfate
— calcium sulfite
Calcium sulfite and sodium bisulfite have also been shown
to be effective amelioration techniques for chlorine spills
in which hypochlorite ion is a major initial product (i.e.,
in water). For wastes containing mercury, lead, antimony,
etc., sodium borohydride is generally used.
Reduction reactions generally result in the introduction
of new ions or a precipitate into the effluent. In both
cases, additional treatment such as precipitation, sedimen—
tation or filtration will be necessary before the effluent
can be discharged. Only when the original waste constituents
were present in very small quantities can the resulting
reaction products be ignored.
3.8 Polymerization here refers to the in situ catalysis of a free—
radical addition reaction of a released monomer. In-place polymer-
ization serves to make the hazardous substance less mobile and less
hazardous, while also facilitating subsequent removal. This process
differs from the stabilization/solidification process involving
organic sedimentation (Section 3.3.5) in that this treatment entails
application of a catalyst to polymerize the spill of a released mono-
mer. Stabilization/solidification, on the other hand, refer to the
addition of a monomer/catalyst pair to a spilled hazardous material.
Studies have been conducted to determine the feasibility of using
subsurface injection techniques to polymerize a spill. In certain
studies, persulfate was used to polymerize styrene. Results
indicate that, in general, it is difficult to obtain rapid polymer-
ization under ambient conditions typical of real spii 1 situations.
Futhermore, polymerization is limited to a few hazardous materials,
requires an elaborate subsurface injection system and has been
determined to be a dangerous technique to implement under field
conditions. Until the technique is further refined and becomes
more feasible, in situ polymerization is not recommended.
3.9 Precipitation is a physicochemical process whereby a substance
in solution is transformed into a solid phase and driven out of
solution. Precipitation entails altering the chemical equilibrium
affecting the solubility of the hazardous componer t by either ad-
justing the pH of the solution (often involving a redox reaction
and sometimes floc formation), or by adding a substance that will
react with the dissolved substance to form a less soluble product.
207
-------
Precipitation reactions can also follow as a result of a temperature
change (see Section 2.2). Current application of precipitation with
respect to hazardous waste treatment include the removal of heavy
metals from wastewater by lime treatment, treatment of dye manufac-
turing wastes, and removal of organic colloids from pulp and paper
mill wastewater effluents. Precipitation may be applied to
almost any liquid waste stream containing hazardous solids which can
be settled out of solution.
There are many factors which affect the efficiency of precipitation
(pH, nature and concentration of hazardous substances in water,
precipitant dosage, temperature, water turbulence, etc.). In prac-
tice, the optimum precipitant and dosage for a particular application
are determined by a “trial and error” approach using jar tests.
In situ precipitation has certain inherent disadvantages. Foremost
ong these is that lacking an effective means for removing the
precipitate subjects the water course to a build—up of particulate
matter which, in the long term, may prove to be as toxic to the envi-
ronment as the original spilled material. If the precipitate did
not settle out, colloidal precipitate would threaten gilled species
and reduce recreational and aesthetic benefits.
These difficulties are overcome, however, if the contaminated water
is pumped into a treatment system where precipitation followed by
sedimentation and collection of the precipitate could be performed
before discharging the treated water. The equipment necessary
for this treatment system is fairly simple and readily available:
— Pump
— Precipitation Tank
— Solids Separator
— Precipitate Storage Vessel
Candidate precipitating agents are discussed briefly below.
Hydroxides for most heavy metals can be precipitated by the addition
of sodium hydroxide (caustic soda), calcium hydroxide, and lime.
Many metal/hydroxides are insoluble only at e1evated pH (8.0—11.0);
therefore, pretreatment to raise the pH will usually be necessary.
In situ treatment of water spills is not recommended because of this
requirement. Additionally, unless the precipitate is removed from
the watercourse, it could begin to redissolve as the pH returns to
normal. In situ treatment of land spills is possible, e.g., by
spreadinglime, over the spill after the pH has been raised to
ensure minimum solubility. The resulting sludge must be disposed
of properly, yet precipitated metal hydroxide sludges are difficult
to dewater.
Sulfide , in the form of sodium sulfide, is an effective precipitating
agent for application to spills of heavy metal compounds. Sulfide
treatment is frequently used as a polishing step following treatment
208
-------
with a hydroxide precipitating agent. Hydroxide treatment is often
incompi ete due to sol ubil ity of some metal hydroxides or incompi ete
sedimentation of fine particles. Metal sulfides are several orders of
magnitude more insoluble than the corresponding hydroxides. Coagu-
lation or fine particle filtration may be required for metal sulfide
removal
Treatment of certain anionic “ate” ions, such as chroinate, manganate,
vanadate, etc. with sodiui t sul fide is not recommended due to the
potential formation of toxic hydrogen sul fide. Caution must be
exercised when applying sodium sulfide as it is itself toxic and
highly alkaline because of hydrolysis to sodium hydroxide (0. IN
solution has pH 13.0).
Tests have also been performed on heavy metal spills on land which
indicate that sodium sul fide treatment reduces heavy metal runoff
by partially irnmobil izing the spill. A recommended treatment
material is a sol Ut ion of 85 gIl sodium sul fide stabil ized with 18 g
of sodium hydroxide. This solution can be stored indefinitely at
room temperature.
Other potential precipitating agents have been discussed in previous
sections (see Section 3.1 and 3.3.1). Other candidate materials
include the following:
- Dibasic sodium phosphate
- Sodium chloride (no treatment in marine waters)
— Ferrous sul fate
- Ferric chloride
- Ferrous sul fide
Jar test using the above agents should be performed to determine
their effectiveness. As with the other precipitating agents, they
are generally useful on spills of heavy metal compounds.
4.0 BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT is a biochemical transformation process during
which biodegradable hazardous substances are brought into contact with either
mixtures of microorganisms, enzymes which decompose the hazardous substance,
or with plants which accumulate the hazardous substance. Water and a carbon
source are indispensible requisites for degradation by microorganisms.
Additionally, biological treatment processes must address: (1) the need for
well -developed treatabil ity studies, (2) provision for time to acci irnate and
develop a suitable biomass, and (3) the process for sludge (excess biomass)
disposal. Biological treatment is often combined with physical or chemical
treatment.
Factors which will limit the use of biological treatment include a variety of
chemical , physical , and environmental considerations. In general , hazardous
materials with complex chemical structures such as aromatiçs and fully halo—
genated al iphatics, and “chicken wire structures” such as 1 ignons are resist-
ant to biodegradation. Physical phenomena such as high organic concentration,
209
-------
high molecular weight, and low solubil ity also hinder biodegradation. The
biological treatment methods discussed in this section include conventional
secondary wastewater treatment processes, such as suspended and fixed media
growth, anaerobic and aerobic digestion, com osting, enzyme treatment, land
treatment, and in situ assimilation. With the exception of in situ and land
treatment, the other methods could util ize a municipal sewage treatment
plant, or Publ icly Owned Treatment Works (POTW). This is a viable option
for disposal of spill residues, assuming that the material is bi odegradabl e.
However, care must be taken to avoid plant upsets and possible shutdown due
to spikes of toxic materials or surges of biodegradable material . Permission
must be obtained to use the P01W. Contracting the services of a private
waste disposal firm which operates a biological treatment facil ity is
another alternative which also includes land treatment.
4.1 Secondary wastewater treatment processes place a substance in
an aqueous medium in contact with a mixture of microorganisms so
that the biodegradable compounds present are decomposed under aerobic
conditions. These microorganisms may be grown either in suspension
or on a sol Id surface which is in intermittent contact with the
liquid. These processes employ either suspended growth methods
(such as activated sludge and aeration) or fixed media growth.
These methods are the predominant biological treatment processes for
industrial wastes and municipal wastewater treatment facil ities.
Suspended Growth : Activated sludge processes util ize a microbial
population which has been accl imated to a particular waste stream
to increase the rate of degradation. The aeration process is
necessary in order to maintain sufficient dissolved oxygen for the
microbes and at the same time provide a mixing mechanism to keep the
microbes in constant contact with the wastewater. The activated
sludge process may be appl ied to wastewaters with less than 1%
suspended sol ids and heavy metal content of less than 10 mg/i. It
is very effective for degradation of organic wastes.
On-site biological treatment using the activated sludge process is
feasible. Union Carbide Corporation, developer of an activated
sludge process using oxygen in place of air (UNOX), has various
sized mobile pilot plants which util ize this process. These units
have a maximum hydraulic capacity of approximately 6,250 gallons
per day. Information on these units follow:
Limitations : A long start—up and stabil ization process is required
(inherent Tn biological processes). Lengthy bench scale testing
is also required to determine treatabil ity and optimum operation
conditions. This process is unsuitable for wastewaters containing
vol at ii e hydrocarbons.
Requirements : Trained operating personnel
Cost (1981 $): Purchase price is approximately $250,000; however,
the system may be leased. A list of approximate leasing costs
foil ows:
210
-------
- $5,000.00 - initial checkout of system
- 420/c1ay - on—site including engineering consultation
on program plan and execution
— $70/day — equipment rental
— Transportation — Varies depending upon several
factors, e.g., distance, weight
Another suspended growth process is contact stabil ization, a varia-
tion of the activated sludge process. Using this process, wastewater
is placed in a shallow holding pond with the intent to util ize
indigenous microorganisms to degrade organic waste. This process has
been shown to be appl icable only to aqueous waste streams with
dilute organic and inorganic constituents due to the prolonged
retention times required to allow biodegradation of hazardous
organics. It is generally used to po 1 ish wastewaters which have
al ready been treated.
Fixed media growth is a process where the microbial populations are
grown on a supported, solid surface such as rock, plastic, rotating
plastic disks, etc. Wastewaters are generally sprayed or trickled
over the cultures, forming a thin layer of wastewater in contact
with the microbes, where atmospheric oxygen penetrates the liquid
layer and is available to the underlying biofilm. Trickl ing filters,
rotating biodisks, and biological towers are commonly employed
systems.
These processes are useful primarily as a pretreatment for other
forms of biological treatment because of the low removal efficiency
of most organics.
4.2 Digestion is a biol ogical treatment process that is less rel lant
on an aqueous medium than conventional , secondary treatment, and
that is typically used to hydrolyze insoluble substances. Organic
substances may be digested by microorganisms in either an anoxic
(metabol Ic reduction) or an aerobic (metabol ic oxidation) environ-
ment. Composting, or aerobic digestion in windrows of the soil
surface, produces no sludge unless remaining toxic contaminants are
excessive.
Anaerobic digestion util izes microorganisms to degrade organic
wastes in the absence of oxygen. Complete anaerobic digestion
results in the production of methane. Reduction, as opposed to
oxidation, is the primary driving reaction in anaerobic digestion.
Thus, anaerobic digestion will, in general, degrade chlorinated
pesticides more rapidly through reductive dechlorination.
Anaerobic digestion, as a pretreatment step before aerobic processes,
reduces certain major expenses of aerobic treatment such as oxygen-
ating wastewaters and sludge handi log and disposal. Generally,
pretreatment of hazardous waste by anaerobic digestion will yield a
sludge which should be more amenable to land treatment.
211
-------
Aerobic digestion is one of the most widely used methods of compost—
ing which degrades a waste at elevated temperatures. In this process,
the waste is placed in a controlled environment where the energy
produced by microbial action is contained, resulting in an increase
in the temperature. An abundant supply of oxygen coupled with
high temperature and moisture results in acce1erated decomposition.
It is applicable to organic sludges and aqueous waste.
Composting is generally accomplished utilizing one of three methods:
windrows, piles, and mechanical systems. Bulking agents, such as
rice hulls, wood chips, or shredded straw, are used to reduce
moisture content in the waste to 40-60%. One of the major advan-
tages of composting is that it is the only biological treatment that
is relatively insensitive to solvent organics and heavy metals. A
disadvantage of this system is that leachate must be collected and
treated. Costs associated with land farming are generally $O.02—O.09
per gallon or $5—24 per ton (1981 $).
4.3 Enzyme treatment is classed as biological treatment because
enzymes must be produced by living cells. Enzymes are simple or
combined proteins that act as catalysts for specific decomposition
reactions involving only certain hazardous chemicals. Enzymes
cannot be adapted or acclimated to varying substrates and are highly
sensitive to pH and temperature conditions. For these reasons,
enzyme treatment has little application for treatment of complex
mixtures. They may also be inhibited by the presence of
soluble inorganics and heavy metals.
4.4 Groundwater seeding refers to biological renovation of contam-
inated groundwater, either by injecting microorganisms below the
water table or by pumping up the groundwater, inoculating it with
microoroganisms, and reinjecting the water below ground. (Some
phases of groundwater seeding are covered by patents.) Bioreclam—
ation of groundwater is most often combined with aeration to enhance
the microbial decomposition of the hazardous constituents. This
process is really a suspended growth process similar to activated
sludge; however, rather than heating contaminated water in above
ground storage ponds, the microbial decomposition of wastes takes
place below ground. A description of the steps involved in this
process is given in Section 4.6.
4.5 Land application or land farming , involves the use of plants,
the soil surface, and EFie soil matrix to remove hazardous constit-
uents from aqueous solutions. Although the ultimate objective
may be biodegradation, a variety of physical and chemical treatment
processes come into effect in the renovation of land—applied
wastewaters. Meteorological conditions are critical for proper
operation of land application systems. Many crops are dormant in
winter, reducing crop uptake of nutrients. Also, the crops must be
harvested regularly.
212
-------
To implement land applications, the following information must be
available: 1) rate of decomposition, 2) critical concentrations in
soil affecting vegetation, and 3) migration potential. Land treat-
ment facilities are designed so that the following objectives are
accomplished without damaging the environment:
— Breakdown of a portion of the waste through
biological and chemical reactions.
- Adsorption and fixation of other waste constituents.
- Controlled migration for certain inorganic fractions.
Off—site land application techniques may be divided into three
classes: slow—rate, which entails the irrigation and harvest of
crops which may also restabilize the site; rapid infiltration,
which commonly recharges the groundwater; and overland flow, which
produces an effluent.
Slow rate systems involve the application of wastewaters to vegetated
soils where they slowly travel through the soil matrix. During this
percolation the waters are treated by a number f processes including
filtration, adsorption, ion exchange, precipitation, microbial
action, and plant uptake (unless an underdrainage system is used).
Overland flow processed wastewater is applied over the upper reaches
of sloped terraces and is treated as it flows in a thin sheet down
vegetated slopes to collection ditches or trenches. Perennial
grasses with long growing seasons, high moisture tolerance, and
extensive root systems, e.g., bermuda, are best suited to overland
flow. Biological oxidation, sedimentation, and grass filtration are
the primary removal mechanism for organics and suspended solids.
Wastewater is generally applied to soil with low permeability using
either a sprinkler system or by flooding a diked field with several
inches of the wastewater using gravity flow. Underdrainage systems
can be used to recover effluent, to control groundwater, or to
prevent leachate migration to other surrounding areas. Wastewater
which has a high metal content should be pretreated to avoid soil
and plant contamination.
Rapid infiltration techniques involves application of wastewater to
highly permeable and thick soil deposits such as sand or sandy loam.
Wastewater is applied primariy by flooding a diked field; however,
sprinklers are used on occasion. The wastes are treated as they
travel through the soil by filtration, adsorption, ion exchange,
precipitation, and microbial action. host metals are retained on
the soil and many toxic organics are degraded and adsorbed. It
is recommended, however, that the waste be pretreated to remove
heavy metals, since the water will eventually reach the groundwater.
4.6 In Situ assimilation is an on—site biological treatment; either
on la i or in surface—water bodies. In water, assimilation may be
preceded by mechanical or chemical dispersion. In situ assimilation
213
-------
may be an active technique, as when the impacted medium is inoculated
with microorganisms, or passive, as when indigenous biota are relied
upon to accomplish the degradation. It is applicable to spill
scenarios where the long—tern threat is minimal. Also, in situ
treatment is relatively untried.
Determination of the applicability of in situ biological treatment
to a given hazardous material spill de nds upon several key factors
which include:
1. Spilled material is an organic compound containing no heavy
metal.
2. Material is neither gaseous or critically toxic (which would
necessitate immediate removal).
3. Material is biodegradable.
If these factors are satisfied, in Situ biological treatment can
be considered.
Factors which will limit in situ degradation include a variety of
chemical and physical properties which were discussed at the
beginning of this section, and several environmental factors. High
concentrations of a spilled hazardous material and deficient soil
conditions such as low moisture content will adversely affect bio-
degradation, as will extremes of pH, temperature, and nutrient
levels. Optimum environmental conditions, in general, are: 1) pH of
range 7.0—8.5, 2) temperature range 15—35°C, 3) nutrient levels of
nitrogen and phosphorus, 4) 40% by weight moisture in soil. Adequate
mixing (aeration or cultivation) is also needed.
It is entirely possible that the spill of a hazardous material will
destroy the natural microbial population. In order for in situ
biological treatment to remain a viable option, the factors Uiat
caused the sterilization must be corrected, (e.g., neutralize with
acid or base, or disperse and dilute to a certain extent). Even
though the native microbes have been destroyed, biological treatment
is still possible by deploying specialized mutant strains of
microbes. However, the value of mutant organisms (super bugs) is
still being debated. These strains are commercially produced and
are available in a fresh liquid state, a powdered state, or
freshly reconstituted. The potentially harmful secondary effect
caused by the addition of a foreign microorganism to the environment
will generally be minor because once the hazardous material has
been digested, the foreign added microorganisms will probably die
and become a source of nourishment for the naturally occurring
microorganisms. One problem associated with the addition of micro—
organisms to contaminated water is a resulting significant increase
in the consumption of dissolved oxygen. Low dissolved oxygen
levels could prove to be detrimental to existing aquatic organisms.
This problem can be minimized, however, by providing adequate
214
-------
aeration or using small amounts of added bacteria so that excessive
oxygen consumption does not occur. Several treatment schemes are
possible, depending upon the spill scenario (land or water, land
spill with contaminated groundwater, etc.). Brief outl ines for land
spill and water spill treatment procedures are given below:
Water Spill
— Impound contaminated- water
- Remove any bulk chemical
— Environmentally conditions water (pH, nutrients,
temperatu re)
- Seed with microorganisms
- Aerate
— Polish water as necessary (e.g., activated carbon
adsorpt ion)
— Recharge with more microorganisms or discharge as
appropriate.
Land Spill
— Contain runoff
- Collect and remove bulk chemical
— Condition soil (pH, nutrients, water, cultivation)
- Seed with microorganisms
— Continue cultivation
Contaminated Groundwater
- Impound water
- Recover and remove bulk chemical
- Prepare recovery wells
- Condition impoundment water (pH, nutrients)
- Seed with microorganisms
- Recirculate treated leachate to ground
- Pol ish treated 1 eachate as necessary (e.g.,
activated carbon adsorption)
— Discharge to receiving waters
Effective and safe implementation of in situ biological treatment
requires a thorough knowledge of sitejeology and topography, hydrol-
ogy, and soil types, as well as biology.
5.0 ULTIMATE DISPOSAL/DESTRUCTION processes within this category are not
considered immediate response countermeasures as were discussed in previous
sections (exception, Section 4.0 Biological Treatment). The processes dis-
cussed in this section are methods by which hazardous chemicals, contaminated
sol ids, and aqueous wastes are ultimately disposed of or destroyed, once
the initial containment/treatment has been completed. Some of these processes
can be conducted at the spill site, but most will require that the contaminated
materials be transported to a specific off—site location.
215
-------
5.1 Open burning is in situ , open—air burning without controlled
operation conditions. Extinguishment is, in general , not used when
a fire is already in progress and the hazards of extinguishment are
greater than the hazards presented by the fire. Open burning is
considered one of the most dangerous treatment methods and should be
attempted only after careful review of all alternative counter-
measures. Its use for spills in water is appl ic ble only to floating
volatile substances, and its use for both land and water spills is
1 imitect to situations where the volume of spilled material is small
and where material remains confined (in an isolated area).
Extensive air monitoring is required during open burning as many
hazardous materials emit highly toxic vapors when heated to decori—
position. Consequently, burning may intensify hazardous conditions
and force the evacuation of areas surrounding the spill. Environ-
mental factors, such as precipitation, have to be considered before
a decision to burn can be made. In addition, open burning requires
approval from air pollution control authorities.
Several methods for igniting open spills are available; however,
none of them should be considered safe.
Incendiary Bombs - Thermite ($0.55/ib) burns at 3300°F for several
minutes.
Flame Throwers - Commercial device will throw a flame approximately
20 ft for a duration of 5—8 sec. Contain 25 lb of fuel ($260).
Air Curtains — Comercial device creates iricinerator—l Ike conditions.
T1 iardous material is drained into a trench at a certain rate, an
air curtain is placed over the trench and the vapors are ignited.
Supercharging the air curtain causes vapors to be oxidized
completely. (21 ft section w/diesel power, $13,600).
Small quantities of hazardous materials are burned more safely by
first soaking the spilled material onto a combustible sorbent such
as excelsior, ground corn cobs, or paper and then igniting the
sorbent with a long excelsior train. Open burning is not recommended
for organo—metall ic compounds or highly halogenated substances.
5.2 Incineration is a high—temperature oxidation reaction between
the hazardous substance and oxygen from the air under controlled
conditions of residence time, temperature, turbulence, and oxygen
concentration in a dedicated combustion chamber of the proper geo-
metric configuration and size.
The desired end products of incineration are materials of greatly
reduced toxicity, hazards, and reactivity and are typYically CO 2 .
H 2 0, and small quantities of HC1 and SO 2 . However, if the operating
parameters are not carefully controlled, a broad spectrum of par-
tially decomposed products results (e.g., partially oxidized organics
and oxygenated organochlorines like phosgene).
216
-------
Incineration is inappropriate for materials with significant concen-
trations of heavy metals (such as lead, mercury, and arsenic) and for
those which decompose violently (like peroxides) unless the undesired
characteristics are first modified by pretreatment. Ash left from
the incineration process which contains concentrations of heavy
metal or non—volatile inorganic salts must be treated as a hazardous
material and disposed at a secured 1 andfil 1 . -
Because of the potential hazards invol ved in transporting, handl ing,
and incineration of hazardous materials, certain informaton regard-
ing the spilled material must he obtained before incineration is
attempted. Among these are:
- Human Toxicity
- Compound Reactivity (with air and water)
- Physical form (sol id, liquid, sludge mixture)
- Thermal Stabil ity
- Heat Value (Btu’s per lb)
- Water Content
- Melting Point and Boil ing Point (initial)
- Viscosity
- Inorganic salt, phosphorus, heavy metal,
sulfur, chlorine, and bromine content
The impact on incineration as a disposal method is dictated by the
combined impact of all these characteristics. Expert consultation
is advised for evaluating these relations and their significance.
Liquids are normally transported to the incinerator in tank—trucks
or drums. Thin sludges can be atomized and transported in a similar
fashion. If the sludges cannot he atomized, they must be treated
as sol ids. Sol ids can often be transported to the incinerator in
fiber drums which can be burned in many systems. Metal drums can
often be charged directly into some systems, also. If the amount of
sol id material makes containerization impractical , dump trucks may
have to be employed. However, a means must he available to feed
the material into the incinerator without endangering personnel
There are several types of incinerator systems, each with design
characteristics enahl ing it to handle varying forms of waste
materials. The primary designs are fixed bed and moving bed incin-
erators. Fixed bed incinerators do not provide movement of the
charge during incineration and generally do not provide the complete
combustion capabil ities of the moving bed designs. The major advan-
217
-------
tages of fixed bed incinerators is their availability. Moving bed
incinerators provide a mechanism to move the charge during combus-
tion. The most common moving bed systems are rotary kiln, multiple
hearth, fl•uidized bed, and liquid injection. These are discussed
briefly below.
Rotary kiln incinerators are generally refractory—lined, cylindrical
shells mounted at a sligh angle from horizontal. The charged
material is moved by rotation of the cylinder, the speed of which
will determine residence time and mixing with combustion air.
Rotary kilns are designed to handle a wide variety of waste feeds,
solids, liquids, some bulk wastes contained in fiber drums, and
sludges. They have been used by industry to destroy solid and
liquid combustible wastes, chemical warfare agents, and munitions.
Multiple hearth incinerators consist of vertical refractory—lined
steel cylinders with multiple horizontal hearths or levels. The
waste material is fed in at the top and then cascades to each
lower hearth level until it is completely burned by the time it
reaches the bottom of the incinerator. These Systems are used
almost exclusively for incineration of municipal sewage sludge and
low hazard wastes. They are not well suited to incineration of
highly toxic wastes for two reasons. First, they exhibit cold spots,
and second since the waste is fed into the system near the top and
exhaust gases also exit from the top, a potential exists for volatile
gases to short—circuit the incineration and exit via the top.
Fluidized bed incineration systems maintain turbulent motion in a
bed of very hot inert granules, such as sand, providing rapid and
thorough heat transfer to injected fuel and waste. Air forced up
through a perforated plate maintains the turbulent motion in the
bed. Wastes are injected rapidly in small amounts and mix with
the bed material, which transfers heat to the waste. The largest
drawback of this system is limited capacity and limited range of
applicable waste feed.
Liquid injection incinerators are the most widely used system for
hazardous waste disposal. As the name implies, these incinerators
can accommodate only liquids, slurries, and low viscosity sludges
(<10,000 SSU). The principle of operation requires that the liquid
waste be completely converted to a gas prior to combustion, thus
limiting the droplet size to 40 microns or less. Wastes are atomized
by specially designed nozzles. While nozzle designs tend to be
waste specific, systems exist which are capable of handling many
different kinds of wastes (such as motor and industrial oils,
emulsions, solvents, lacquers, and organic chemicals including
pesticides and chemical warfare agents).
In general, incineration is the most effective way to destroy a wide
range of hazardous materials with minimum impact on the environment.
It is the method of choice for disposal of nonbiodegrdable organics
and restricted organics.
218
-------
Additional information on incineration is given below.
Limitations : Equipment is more costly and compl icated to operate
than other alternatives. Incineration facil ities may not be
immediately available. It nay not be ultimate disposal as the
resul tirig ash may contain toxic materials.
Requirements : Ash must be disposed in all cases. If nontoxic,
disposal in a sanitary landfill is adequate; if toxic, a secured
landfill must be used. Air pollution control equipment must be
employed to heat gaseous combustion products. Services of an
experienced consultant are needed before attempting incineration
of hazardous materials.
Avail abil ity : Incineration is a relatively common disposal method,
and facil ities providing incineration services are wide spread.
Estimates of the numbers of various types of incinerators in current
service are given below.
Rotary Kiln — 42 in service under interim status
Multiple Hearth - Widely used for coal and municipal waste
combustion — no estimate of total number of units
Fluidized Bed - 9 in service
Liquid Injection — 219 in service
In addition to the above land-based systems, 2 ship-based incinera-
tion systems are currently available. Cement kiln systems have
also been used for waste disposal. National kiln capacity is estim-
ated at 41.5 million tons/year.
Costs : Costs charged at commercial facil ities will vary depending
upon the type of incineration and the waste type. Estimated
average costs are as follows:
Type of Waste cost ( $/ton)a
Drummed $120 - $400
Liquids $ 53 — $400
Relatively clean liquids $ 13 — 53 b
with high BTU value
So] ids and/or highly $395 - $791
toxic liquids
a. (1981 $)
b. Some cement kil ns and light manufacturers pay for these
relatively clean, high energy value wastes.
219
-------
5.3 Wet air oxidation involves the aqueous phase oxidation of
reduc ’ Thnorganic and organic substances with air under elevated
pressure at moderate temperatures. It could be suitable for the
treatment of high—strength or toxic organic wastes and of nonbio-
degradable organic wastes. With proper combinations of operating
conditions (residence time, temperature, and pressure) any degree of
oxidation can be achieved, including complete destruction. The
process has been used, however, to reduce the cttemieal oxygen demand
(COD) of a waste stream b 6O—YO%, the remainder of which is
biodegradable.
A small amount of waste gas is produced during the oxidation process
but due to low temperatures (250—450°F) it is largely elemental
nitrogen and carbon dioxide. Nitrogen dioxide, sulfur di-oxide, and
particulate emissions are not a problem. However, scrubbing of
the waste gases may still be necessary. For example, this is
true if cyanides or nitriles are present in the treated waste
(which results in the formation of ammonia during, oxidation).
Like incineration, wet air oxidation is a thermal oxidation process;
but, unlike incineration, wet air oxidation is relatively energy
conserving. For the process to be autogenous the COD of the waste
feed must be at least 15,000 ppm (as opposed to 300,000-400,000 ppm
for autogenous incineration). This means that once the oxidation
reaction has been started it will be thermally self—sustaining with
the proper waste feed. Significant power demand, however, occurs
for air compression and pumping the waste into the reactor. Wet air
oxidation is more capital—cost intensive than incineration, however.
In general, if the waste material can be burned directly without
evaporation or other dewatering processes, then dry incineration
will almost always be cheaper.
Additional information on wet air oxidation follows.
Availability and Costs : Equipment associated with wet air oxidation
is available from manufacturers, but each application requires a
thorough evaluation before utilization. Complete oxidation systems
are also available. Capital costs for a 54,000 1/day (14,400 gpd)
titanium constructed unit is estimated to be $1.25 — 1.5 million.
Operating costs are estimated at $15/hr for fuel and $O.025/gallon
of waste.
5.4 Pyrolysis is a combustion process that proceeds with a stoich-
ionietrically insufficient oxygen supply. Calcination, perhaps that
most commonly analyzed form of pyrolyis, is the extreme case whereby
aqueous mixtures and sludges are converted into solids by thermal
decomposition without any interaction with oxygen (in contrast to
incineration).
Pyrolysis facilities generally consist of two stages, a pyrolyzing
chamber and a fume incinerator. The latter is used to destroy vola-
tile components given off during the pyrolysis reaction. Pyrolytic
220
-------
combustion avoids volatilization of inorganics (including heavy
metals) by forming a solid, easy—to—handle char. Pyrolysis units
have been used to destroy chemical warfare agents and kepone—laden
sludge.
Calcination is a well—established process that has many industrial
and waste treatment applications. The primary advantage of this
process is that several actions can often be performed simultan-
eously in a single step, i.e., concentration of waste, destruction,
and detoxification. Calcination can be used for treatment of organic
and organo—metallic compounds, and inorganic salts that contain a
volatile component.
The first reaction which occurs during calcination is that water
contained in the waste is vaporized leaving a granular or compacted
solid. If reaction temperatures are sufficiently high, the next
reaction will drive off volatile materials from the solids to
form oxides. Upon further heating the granular material may be
sintered into a solid mass. On still further heating certain
material will melt or fuse into a glass-like material (see Section
6.6.1). Additives such as silicates, borax, or phosphates can be
added to improve this process. As with incineration there are
several types of calciners including open hearth, rotary kiln,
and fluidized bed designs (see Section 6.1).
Calcination has many industrial applications, such as smelting metal
ores, manufacture of cement and lime, and treatment of oily petroleum
sludges. As a waste treatment method, current uses include treatment
of liquid radioactive wastes and refinery sludges. The major disad-
vantages of calcination are: 1) it is very energy intensive requiring
1—3 million BTU/ton of dry material and 2) it produces emissions
of hazardous gaseous pollutants (such as nitrogen dioxide, sulfur
dioxide, and particulates) which require fairly extensive air
treatment systems. Fuel costs can be reduced if the waste material
contains an organic fraction; however, the need for air pollution
control equipment cannot be eliminated.
In general, calcination should be considered a viable waste treatment
method whenever a one—step process is required to handle a complex
waste. This is particularly true if the waste contains both organic
and inorganic components. Calcination can prove very useful whenever
landfill material of low leachability is required. It must be
remembered, however, that the calcine may still be toxic unless the
toxic component was destroyed or removed as a volatile material
during the calcination.
Availability : Suitable equipment in the form of multiple hearth,
rotary kiln, and fluidized bed calciners are commercially available
from several manufacturers. Mobile units are not commercially
available yet.
221
-------
Costs : Estimated capital cost for a 6,500 gal/hr (10% solid) calcin—
ation system is $2.9 million (1978 $), including costs for filtration
and air pollution control equipment. Operating costs are estimated
to be $17.95/lOW.) gallons of waste treated (1978 $).
5.5 Landfill : Landfilling is the burial of waste, in excavated
trenches or cells, in either bulk or containerized form in a permit-
ted waste disposal site. Federal regulation define pretreatment
requirements for wastes thet contain free liquids and wastes that
are ignitable, reactive, and/or corrosive. Containerized liquids
cannot be landfilled unless the liquids are rendered nonflowing
(by adding absorbent material to the container, for example). Bulk
liquids can be disposed of into landfills with synthetic linings and
leachate collection systems. Many states are prohibiting disposal
of various hazardous wastes, particularly liquid hazardous wastes,
to reduce the potential for hazardous substances migrating from the
disposal site. Landfill facilities often establish their own
standards for the types and forms of wastes that they will accept in
accordance with the landfill permits and state regulations. For
instance, many waste handlers have established strict prohibition
against burial of liquids, in bulk or in containers. Others may
require specific pretreatment of wastes such as solidification and
stabilization before accepting these wastes for burial. These are
important facts to consider before choosing landfill as a disposal
method for hazard materials.
A potential disadvantage to the use of landfill for disposal is the
costs associated with excavation/containerization of the spilled
material and/or contaminated media. Transportation to the nearest
landfill disposal site may be prohibitive. Additional costs may
also be realized if the disposal facility requires pretreatment of
the waste stream before accepting it. Another major disadvantage
to landfill disposal( as opposed to on—site or even in situ alterna-
tives) is the additional exposure and subsequent da jer to cleanup
personnel and the environment due to the fact that the excavation/
containerization/transportation/burial process requires excessive
handling of the spilled waste.
Additional information on landfill disposal is given below.
Availability : Estimated number of landfill facilities nationwide
during 1981 is 270, of which 25% are classified as commercial,
off—site landfill facilities.
Costs : Landfill costs (1981 $) for drummed waste is estimated to be
$168 — 240/ton and for bulk waste $55—83/ton. Transportation cost
is estimated to be $0.15/ton mile.
5.6 Deep—well injection of liquid wastes into subsurface rock is a
technology that takes advantage of the porosity of sedimentary
strata to hold the liquid waste. Underground injection entails
222
-------
drilling a well to a depth required to intersect an appropriate
geologic formation and injecting liquid waste into the well with
sufficient pressure to displace native fluids. Certain criteria
must be met before particular strata can be considered suitable
for injection.
1) no value as a resource
2) sufficiently porous anti voluminous to accept waste
3) sealed above and below by formations which will prevent
migration of waste
4) located in an area with little seismic activity
A wide range of liquid wastes can be disposed of using deep—well
injection. Characteristics of a liquid waste which limit the
applicability of injection are:
1) high suspended particulate content
2) high viscosity
3) chemical incompatibility with formation or formation
fluids
Well injection is applicable to dilute and concentrated acid or
alkaline solutions, heavy metal and inorganic solutions, chlorinated
hydrocarbons, solvents, and high COO or BUD organic solutions.
Current estimates of the number of wells in use for disposal of
hazardous industrial chemicals is 159. Sixty percent of these
are located in EPA Region VI (Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, and
Louisiana) which means transportation costs to a well site may
be prohibitive to other EPA regions.
Costs : (1981 $)
Oily waste water — $0.06 — $0.15/gal or $16 — $40/ton
Toxic rinse water - $0.05 - $1/gal or 132 - $264/ton
5.7 Other processes described in this section are currently being
studied and evaluated for use in hazardous waste disposal. Pilot
plant technology exists for several of these processes. These
processes are not considered feasible or cost effective at this
time, however.
5.7.1 Vitrification
Vitrification is a solidification process which entails
glassification of excavated contaminated soils, sediments,
and extremely dangerous or radioactive wastes. By combining
the wastes with silicate materials, it is possible to fuse
223
-------
the mixture into glass at elevated temperatures (1100 to 1500° C).
This method is generally assumed to be a safe, permanant disposal
method due to only very slow leaching by naturally—occurring
water. This high degree of containment of wastes together with
the fact that the additives are relatively inexpensive are the
primary advantages to this process. The main disadvantages
are: the process is energy intensive, some waste constituents
may vaporize before they combine with m lter silicates in the
glass, and specialized equipment and trained personnel are needed.
5.7.2 Molten Salt Combustion
Molten salt combustion entails injecting hazardous waste mixed
with air beneath the surface of a pool of molten sodium carbonate
maintained at 800 — 10000 C. Organic materials are immediately
oxidized and inorganics such as halogens, sulfur, phosphorus and
arsenic form salts which remain in the molten sodium carbonate
rather than being released as volatile gases. Unlike other
incinerator processes, essentially no acidic gaseous pollutants
are emitted from this process. The ash and salts which accumulate
in the melt can be removed by quenching the melt in water and
then processing the sodium carbonate to remove the contaminants.
Tests conducted with a pilot scale molten salt reactor have
effectively destroyed chemical warfare agents, PCBs, and
chlorinated pesticides. The process is not suited for wastes
with high ash contents (>20% ash) or for municipal wastes and
sludges that are not particularly hazardous (for which less
expensive disposal methods are available).
5.7.3 High Temperature Fluid Wall Reactor
This process utilizes electromagnetic radiation to heat the
core of a reactor to radiant temperatures around 22000 C.
The wastes are reduced to their elemental state by pyrolysis.
Pilot studies of this process are currently in progress.
5.8.4 Plasma Reactor
A plasma reaction is an exothermic process whereby a hazardous
substance is destroyed by a partially ionized gas produced by
microwave discharge. With oxygen plasma, particularly under
conditions of high power density, decomposition products are
typically oxidized to stable compounds similar to those obtained
from complete combustion.
Commercial plasma reactors are available; however, they are
used for plasma ashing and other analytical applications and
in the production of semi-conductors. Although this process
is still under development for hazardous waste destruction,
small, self—contained mobile plasma reactors may be commercially
available in the near future.
224
-------
SECTION 5
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1.0 CONTAINMENT AND DISPLACEMENT
1.1 Containment
BF Goodrich Co. BF Goodrich Fl exseal Pit and Pond Liners. Fabricated
Polymers Division, Environmental Products, Akron, Ohio.
Birkett, J.D. Dialysis. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of Hazardous
Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I. Stevens,
eds. Noyes Data Corp., Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. Pp. 344-351.
Brown, D., R. Craig, M. Edwards, N. Henderson, T.J. Thomas. Techniques
for Handi ing Landborne Spills of Volatile Hazardous Substances. EPA
600/2—81—207. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Freestone, F.J. and J. Zaccor. Design, Fabrication and Demonstration of
a Mobile Stream Diversion System for Hazardous Material Spill Containment.
In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard,
Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control
Association of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 371-377.
Hand, T.D., A.W. Ford, P.G. Malone, D.W. Thompson and R.B. Mercer. A
Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous
Chemicals that Sink. CG—D—56—78. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1978.
Hiltz, R.H. and F. Roehi ich, Jr. Emergency Collection System for Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA—600/2-77—162. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1977.
Huibregste, K.R., R.C. Scholz, R.E. Wullschleger, J.M. Moser, E.R.
Boll inger and C.A. Hansen. Manual for the Control of Hazardous Material
Spills; Volume I, Spill Assessment and Water Treatment Techniques.
EPA-600/2-77-227. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1977.
Janelle, R.N., Ens. Case Study: PCB Cleanup, Kodiak Island, Alaska.
In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical Manufacturers Association,
US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection Agency, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 433-434.
225
-------
Lafornara, J.P., M.D. Marshall • M.J. McGoffy and J.S. Greer. Soil
Surface Seal ing to Prevent Penetration of Hazardous Material Spills. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Material Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of
America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 296—302.
Lyman, W., L. Nelson, L. Partridge, A. Kalekar, J. Everett, 0. Allan,
J.L. Goodier, G. Pollack. Survey Study to Select a Limited Number of
Hazardous Materials to Define Amel iorat ion Requirements. CG—D—46—73.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Pilie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. Ziegler, R.P. Leonard, J.G. Michalovic,
S.L. Pek and D.H. Bock. Methods to Treat, Control and Monitor Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA—670/2-75—042. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Soden, J.E. and J.C. Johnson. Burial and Other High-Potential Response
Techniques for Spills of Hazardous Chemicals that Sink. 1n: Proceedings
of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America,
Miami Beach, Florida, 1918. pp. 202-207.
Spooner, P.A., R.S. Wetzel and W.E. Gruber. Pollution Migration Cut—off
Using Slurry Trench Construction. In: Proceedings of the Conference on
the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental
Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute,
Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 191—196.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Sel ected
Amelioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG—D—81-
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Srinivasan, S., N. Henderson, J.A. Henkener. Survey Study of Techniques
to Prevent or Reduce Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D—184-75. US
Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Tallard, G.R. and C. Caron. Chemical Grouts for Soils, Volume II,
Engineering Evaluation of Available Materials. FHWA—RD—77—51. Federal
Highway Administration, Washington, DC, 1977.
Water and Power Resources Service. Groundwater Manual . US Department
of Interior, Denver, Colorado, 1981.
1.2 Covering & Lining
Brown, 0., R. Craig, NI. Edwards, N. Henderson, T.J. Thomas. Techniques
for Handi ing Landborne Spills of Volatile Hazardous Substances. EPA
600/2-81-207. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
226
-------
Corbin, M.H. and A.A. Metry. Control of Toxic Substances Released from
Polluting Landfills. In: Proceedings of Conference on Hazardous Material
Risk Assessment, Disposal and Management, Miami Beach, Florida, 1979.
Information Transfer, Inc., Silver Spring, Maryland. pp. 142—152.
Greer, J.S. Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges of
Hazardous Chemicals that Float on Water. CG—D-56—77. US Coast Guard,
Washington, DC, 1976.
Hand, 1.0., A.W. Ford, P.G. Malone, D.W. Thompson arid R.B. Mercer. A
Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous
Chemicals that Sink. CG—D—56-78. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1978.
Hiltz, R. Vapor Hazard Control. In: Hazardous Materials Spills Handbook.
G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds. McGraw—Hill Book Co., New
York, New York, 1982. pp. 10—21 - 10—33.
Hiltz, R. and J.V. Friel . Appi ication of Foams to the Control of Hazard-
ous Chemical Spills. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency
and Oil Spill Control Association of America, New Orleans, Louisiana,
1976. pp. 293—302.
Hirschhorn, J.S., et al . Technologies and Management Strategies for
Hazardous Waste Control. Office of Technology Assessment, Washington,
DC, 1983.
Huibregste, K.R., J.P. Lafornara, K.H. Kastman. In Place Detoxification
of Hazardous Material Spills in Soil. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978.
Lawless, E.W., T.L. Ferguson and A.F. Meiners. Guidel ines for the
Disposal of Small Quantities of Unused Pesticides. EPA—670/2—75—057.
(iS Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Lyman, W., 1. Nelson, L. Partridge, A. Kelekar, J. Everett, D. Allan,
et al. Survey Study to Select a Limited Number of Hazardous Materials
to Define Amelioration Requirements. CG-D-46-73. US Coast Guard,
Washington, DC, 1975.
Malone, P.G., N.R. Francingues and J.A. Boa. The Use of Grout Chemistry
and Technology in the Containment of Hazardous Wastes. In: Proceedings
of National Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 220-223.
227
-------
Mercer, B.W., G.W. Dawson, L.L. Ames, J.A. McNeese and E.G. Baker.
Current Methodology for Disposal of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 190-195.
Norman, E.C. and H.A. Dowell . The Use of Foams to Control Vapor Emis-
sions from Hazardous Material Spills. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978. pp. 399—405.
Soden, J.E. and J.C. Johnson. Burial and Other High—Potential Response
Techniques for Spills of Hazardous Chemicals that Sink. In: Proceedings
of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America,
Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 202—207.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amelioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D—81—75.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
1.3 Displacement
Bauer, W.H., D.N. Borton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amelioration of Discharges of Hazardous Chemical s on Water. CG—D—38—76.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Brown, D., R. Craig, M. Edwards, N. Henderson, T.J. Thomas. Techniques
for Handi my Landborne Spills of Volatile Hazardous Substances. EPA
600/2-81-207. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Corbin, M.H. and A.A. Metry. Control of Toxic Substances Released from
Polluting Landfills. In: Proceedings of Conference on Hazardous Material
Risk Assessment, Disposal and Management, Miami Beach, Florida, 1979.
Information Transfer, Inc., Silver Spring, Maryland. pp. 142-152.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and B.W. Mercer. Strategy for Treatment
of Waters Contaminated by Hazardous Materials. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency, University of Houston, Houston, Texas,
1972. pp. 141-144
Hand, Terry D. and A.W. Ford. The Feasibil ity of Dredging for Bottom
Recovery of Spills of Dense, Hazardous Chemicals. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami
Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 315—324.
228
-------
Hand, T.D., A.W. Ford, P.G. Malone, D.W. Thompson and R.B. Mercer. A
Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous
Chemicals that Sink. CG—D-56-78. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1978.
Hansen, C.A. and R.G. Sanders. Removal of Hazardous Material Spills from
Bottoms of Flowing Waterbodies. EPA-600/2-81-137. US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Huibregste, K.R., R.C. Scholz, -R.E. Wullschleger, J.M. Moser, E.R.
Boll inger and C.A. Hansen. Manual for the Control of Hazardous Material
Spills; Volume I, Spill Assessment and Water Treatment Techniques.
EPA—600/2 -77-227. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1977.
Kuffs, K., P. Rogoshewski, E. Repa and N. Barkl ey. Al ternatives to
Groundwater Pumping for Controll ing Hazardous Waste Leachates. In:
Proceedings of National Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled
Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 146-149.
Lafornara, J.P. and I. Wilder. Solution of the Hazardous Material Spill
Problem in the Little Menomonee River. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, American Institute of
Chemical Engineers and the US Environmental Protection Agency, San
Francisco, Cal ifornia, 1974. pp. 202—207.
Lundy, D. and J. Mahan. Conceptual Designs and Cost Sensitivities of
Fluid Recovery Systems for Containment of Plumes of Contaminated Ground-
water. In: Proceedings of National Conference on the Management of
Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency
and Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1982.
pp. 136—140.
Scholz, R.C. Field-Implemented Measures. In: Hazardous Materials Spills
Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-2 - 9-23.
Sheahan, N.T. Injection/Extraction Well System - A Unique Seawater
Intrusion Barrier. Groundwater 15(1):32—50. January—February, 1977.
Soden, J.E. and J.C. Johnson. Burial and Other High—Potential Response
Techniques for Spills of Hazardous Chemicals that Sink. In: Proceedings
of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Material s
Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America,
Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 202-207.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amel ioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D—81-
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
229
-------
WWE. Activated Carbon Cleans Rocky Mt. Water. Water and Wastes Engin-
eering, 16(5):106—107, 1q79.
Water and Power Resources Service. Groundwater Manual. US Department of
Interior, Denver, Colorado, 1981.
Weston, R.R. Selecting A Treatment Technique for Contaminated Bottom
Sediment. In: Proceedings of the National Conference OR Control of
Hazardous Material Spills, Bur äu of Explosives, Chemical Manufacturers
Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection Agency, Mil-.
waiikee, Wisconsin, 1982.
2.0 PHYSICAL TREATMENT
2.1 Adsorption
Akers, C.K., R.J. Pifle and J.G. Michalovic. Guidelines for the Use of
Chemicals in Removing Hazardous Suhstances Discharges. EPA—600/2—R1—205.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Arbuckle, W.B. PAC for Priority Pollutant Spill Control. In: Water—1979,
AIChE Symposium Series, 197(16). G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980. pp. 51—71.
Arhuckle, W.B. and R.J. Rornagnoli. Prediction of the Preferentially
Adsorbed Compound in Bisolute Column Studies. In: Water-1979, AIChE
Symposium Series, 197(76):77—85. G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute
of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
Rauer, W.H., tLN. Borton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amelioration of Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals on Water. CG-D—38—76.
IJS Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Benjamin, M.M., K.F. Hayes and J.D. Leckie. Removal of Toxic Metals
from Power-Generation Waste Streams by Msorption and Coprecipitation.
J. Water Pollution Federation, 54(11):1472—1481, 1982.
Berkau, E.E., C.E. Frank and l.A. Jefcoat. A Scientific Approach to the
Identification and Control of Toxic Chemicals in Industrial Wastewaters.
In: Water-1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(75). G.F. Bennett, ed.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
pp. 1—15.
Brown, B., R. Craig, M. Edwards, N. Henderson, T.J. Thomas. Techniques
for Handi ing Lanclborne Spills of Volatile Hazardous Substances. EPA
600/2—81—207. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Brown, D.P. Proposed Volatile Spill Suppression Concepts. In: Proceed-
ings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills,
US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America,
Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 303—308.
230
-------
Brown, K.W. and 1. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. PB81-182107.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Conwed Sorbents Product Literature.
Dahm, D. , R. P 11 ie and J. Lafornara. Technology for Managing Spills on
Land and Water. Environmental Science and Technology, 8(13), 1974.
Dawson, G.W., B.W. Mercer, R.G Parkhurst. Comparative Evaluation of
In Situ Approaches to the Treatment of Flowing Streams. In: Proceedings
T the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency and Oil Spill Control Association of
America, New Orleans, Louisiana, 1976. pp. 293-302.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and W.H. Swift. Control of Spillage of
Hazardous Polluting Substances. 15090 FOZ 10/70. Federal Water Qual ity
Administration, Washington, DC, 1970.
Dawson, G.W. Treatment of Hazardous Material Spills in Flowing Streams
with Floating Mass Transfer Agents. Journal of Hazardous Materials,
Volume 1, 1976. pp. 65—81.
Digiano, F.A. Toward A Better Understanding of the Practice of Adsorption.
In: Water-1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett, ed.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
pp. 61—71.
EMCO, Inc., Imbiber Beads - Meeting Today’s Needs by Controll ing Organic
Liquids. Member, EMSCO Group. Little Rock, Arkansas.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures. In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and 1. Wilder, eds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
Fochtman, E.G. Biodegradation and Carbon Adsorption of Carcinogenic and
Hazardous Organic Compounds. EPA 600/2-81—032. US Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Washington, DC, 1981.
Fochtman, E.G. and W. Eisenberg. Treatabil ity of Carcinogenic and Other
Hazardous Organic Compounds. EPA 600/2-79-097. US Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1979.
Fox, C.R. Plant Uses Prove Phenol Recovery With Resins. Hydrocarbon
Processing, November 1978. pp. 269—273.
Fusco, R.A., R.J. Jula and W.R. Musser. An Approach to Making Hazardous
Waste Control Economical . In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical Manu-
facturers Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection
Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 85-93.
231
-------
Greer, 3.5. Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges
That Float on Water. CG-D—56—77. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1976.
Hand, T.D., A.W. Ford, P.G. Malone, D.W. Thompson and R.B. Mercer. A
Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous
Chemicals that Sink. CG-D—56—78. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1978.
Herrick, D.C., D. Carstea and G. Goldgraben. Sorbent Materials for
Cleanup of Hazardous Spills. EPA-600/2-82-030. US Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1982.
liol iday, A.D. and D.P. Hardon. Activated Carbon Removes Pesticides from
Wastewater. Chemical Engineering, 88(6):88, 1981.
Howl and, R.G. and C.J. Wallace. Chlorine and Activated Carbon Treatment
for Removal of Toxic Substances From Water. In: Proceedings of Conference
on Water Chlorination: Environmental Impact and Health Effects, Gatl iriburg,
Tennessee, 1977. Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1978. pp. 659—674.
Huibregste, K.R., 3. 11. Moser and F. Freestone. Control of Hazardous
Spills Using Improvised Treatment Techniques. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami
Beach, Florida, 1978.
Lafornara, J.P. Cleanup After Spills of Toxic Substances. J. Water
Pollution Control Federation, April 1978. pp. 617-627.
Marchant, W.N. Modified Cellulose Adsorbent for Removal of Mercury
from Aqueous Solutions. Environmental Science and Technology, 8(12):993—
996, 1974.
OWP/ORD:EPA. Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual,
EPA-600/02. Office of Water Programs, US Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC and Office of Research and Development, US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Pilie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. Ziegler, R.P. Leonard, J.G. Michalovic,
S.L. Pek and D.H. Bock. Methods to Treat, Control and Monitor Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA—670/2—75-042. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102—119, 1980.
Scholz, R.C. Field—Implemented Measures. In: Hazardous Materials Spins
Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-2 — 9-23.
232
-------
Smith, J.K. Laboratory Studies of Priority Pollutant Treatabil ity. EPA
600/2—81-129. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Soden, J.E. and J.C. Johnson. Burial and Other High-Potential Response
Techniques forSpills of Hazardous Chemicals that Sink. In: Proceedings
of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Associ&tion of America,
Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp.. 202-207.
Spoljaric, N. and W.A. Crawford. Removal of Contaminants from Landfill
Leachates by Filtration through Glauconitic Greensands. Environmental
Geology, 2(6):359—363, 1979.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amel ioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D—81—
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Temple, R.E., W.T. Gooding, P.F. Woerner and G.E. Bennett. A New Uni-
versal Sorbent for Hazardous Spills. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978. pp. 382-383.
Weston, R.R. Selecting A Treatment Technique for Contaminated Bottom
Sediment. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of
Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives. Chemical Manufacturers
Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection Agency, Mil-
waukee, Wisconsin, 1982.
Ziegler, R.C. and J.P. Lafornara. In Situ Treatment Methods for Hazardous
Material Spills. In: Proceedings T the National Conference on Control
of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmntal Protection Agency, University
of Houston, Houston, Texas, 1972. pp. 157-171.
2.2 Cryogenic Cool ing
Brown, D., R. Craig, M. Edwards, N. Henderson, T.J. Thomas. Techniques
for Handling Landborne Spills of Volatile Hazardous Substances. EPA
600/2-81-207. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Brown, D.P. Proposed Volatile Spill Supression Concepts. In: Proceed-
ings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills,
US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America,
Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 303-308.
EEB/EPA. L&N Train Derailment, Crestview, Florida. EI A 904/9-80-060.
US Environmental Protection Agency Branch, Region IV, Atlanta, Georgia,
1980.
233
-------
Greer, J.S. and S.S. Gross. The Practical ity of Control] ing Vapor
Rel ease from Spills of Volatile Chemicals Through Cool ing. In: Pro-
ceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills. US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Vanderbilt
University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 130-133.
Hiltz, R. Vapor Hazard Control. In: Hazardous Materials Spills Handbook.
G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New
York, New York, 1982. pp. 10—2-1 - 10—33.
Robinson, J.S., ed. Hazardous Chemical Spill Cleanup. Noyes Data Corpor-
ation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1979.
2.3 Granular Media Filtration
Brown, K.W. and L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Dohnert, E.H. Filtration. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of Hazardous
Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I. Stevens, eds.
Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. pp. 475-501.
Huibregste, K.R., J.H. Moser and F. Freestone. Control of Hazardous
Spills Using Improvised Treatment Techniques. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami
Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 338—343.
OWP/ORD:EPA. Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual,
EPA-700/02, Office of Water Programs, US Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC and Office of Research and Development, US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Research and Education Association. Modern Pollution Control Technology;
Volume II, Water Pollution Control and Solid Waste Disposal. REA, New
York, New York, 1978.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102—119, 1980.
2.4 Gravity Separation
PB81- 182107.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and B.W. Mercer. Strategy for Treatment
of Waters Contaminated by Hazardous Materials. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Sp lls, US
Environmental Protection Agency, University of Houston, Houston, Texas,
1972. pp. 141-144.
Brown, K.W. and 1. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
234
-------
Dillon, M.M., Ltd. Survey of Countermeasures: Systems for Hazardous
Material Spills. Environmental Protection Service, Ottawa, Canada.
February 1982. DRAFT.
Dohnert, E.H. Centrifugation. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of
Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and
J.I. Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey,
1978. pp. 311—330.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures. In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.E. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
Hansen, C.A. and R.G. Sanders. Removal of Hazardous Material Spills from
Bottoms of Flowing Waterbodies. EPA—600/2981-137. US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Huibregste, K.R., J.H. Moser and F. Freestone. Control of Hazardous
Spills Using Improvised Treatment Techniques. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami
Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 338-343.
OWP/ORD:EPA. Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual,
EPA—700/02. Office of Water Programs, US Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC and Office of Research and Development, US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
2.5 Evaporation
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102-119, 1980.
Srinivasan, S. et al. Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amelioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D-81-
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Woodland, L.R. Evaporation. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of
Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and
J.I. Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey,
1978. pp. 445-472.
2.6 Magnetic Separation
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnat1, Ohio, 1980.
235
-------
Hansen, C.A. and R.G. Sanders. Removal of Hazardous Material Spills from
Bottoms of Fl owing Waterbodies. EPA—600/2981—137. US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Lyman, W.J. High Gradient Magnetic Separation. In: Unit Operations for
Treatment of Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser
and J.I. Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey,
1978. pp. 590-609.
2.7 Membrane Separation
Bansal , Iqbak K. Progress in Developing Membrane Systems for Treatment
of Forest Products and Food Processing Effluents. In: Water .-1976;
Volume I, Physical Chemical Treatment of Wastewater. AIChE Symposium
Series 166(73):144—151. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New
York, New York, 1976.
Bauer, W.H., D.N. Barton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amelioration of Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals on Water. CG-D—38-76.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81..
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Christensen, E.R. and K.W. Plaumann. Waste Reuse: Ultrafiltration of
Industrial and Municipal Wastewaters. J. Water Pollution Control
Federation, 53(7):1206—1212, July, 1981.
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and S. Quini ivan. Feasibil ity of Comercial ized
Water Treatment Techniques for Concentrated Waste Spills. EPA-600/2 -81-213.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Ghassenij, M., K. Yu and F.J. Freestone. Appi icabil ity of Comercial ized
Wastewater Treatment Techniques to the Treatment of Spill-Impacted Waters.
In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills. US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard,
Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 130—133.
Johnston, H.K. and H.S. Lini. Removal of Persistant Contaminants from
Municipal Effluents by Reverse Osmosis. Research Report No. 85.
Environmental Protection Service, Environment Canada, Ottawa, Canada,
1978.
Overfield, J.L. and J.W. Richard. Hazardous Materials Separation System.
In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency and Oil Sp111 Control
Association of America, New Orleans, Louisiana, 1976. pp. 382-385.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102—119, 1980.
236
-------
Sills, M.A., J.J. Struzziery and P.T. Silbermann. Evaluation of Remedial
Treatment, Detoxification and Stabil ization Alternatives. In: Proceedings
of the Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1980.
2.8 Stripping
Berkau, E.E., C.E. Frank and I A. Jefcoat. A Scientific Approach to the
rdentification and Control of Toxic Chemicals in Industrial Wastewaters.
In: Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.E. Bennett, ed.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
pp. 1-15.
Bhatla, M.N., A.W. Breidenbach and R.F. Weston. Treatabil ity of Priority
Pollutant: Status Review and Case Histories. In: Water—1979, AIChE
Symposium Series 197(76):25—36. G.E. Bennett, ed. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and W.H. Swift. Control of Spillage of
Hazardous Polluting Substances. 15090 FOZ 10/70, Federal Water Qual ity
Administration, Washington, DC, 1970.
Hwang, S.T. and P. Fahrenthold. Treatabil ity of Organic Priority Pollutants
by Steam Stripping. In: Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series 197(76):37—60.
G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New
York, 1980.
Lurker, P.A., C.S. Clark and V.J. El ia. Atmospheric Release of Chlorinated
Organic Compounds from the Activated Sludge Process. J. Water Pollution
Control Federation, 54(12):1566—1573, 1982.
Shuckrow, A.J., A.P. Pajak and C.J. Touhill . Management of Hazardous
Waste Leachate. Contract No. 68—03—2766. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Smith, J.K. Laboratory Studies of Priority Pollutant Treatability.
EPA 600/2-81-129. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1981.
Woodland, 1.R. Steam Stripping. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of
Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I.
Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978.
pp. 869-880.
237
-------
2.9 Knockdown Spray
Huibregste, K.R., R.C. Scholz, R.E. Wullschleger, J.M. Moser, E.R.
Boll inger and C.A. Hansen. Manual for the Control of Hazardous Material
Spills; Volume I, Spill Assessment and Water Treatment Techniques.
EPA—600/2 —77—227. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1977.
Lyman, W., L. Nelson, L. Partr dge, A. Kalekar, J. Everett, D. Allan,
J.L. Goodier, G. Pollack. Survey Study to Select a Limited Number of
Hazardous Materials to Define Amel ioration Requirements. CG-D-46-73.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Mercer, B.W., G.W. Dawson, L.L. Ames, J.A. McNeese and E.G. Baker.
Current Methodology for Disposal of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 190—195.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amel brat ion Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D-81-
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
3.0 CHEMICAL TREATMENT
3.1 Coagul ation/Floccul ation
Brown, K.W., 1. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81—
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Dillon, M.M., Ltd. Survey of Countermeasures: Systems for Hazardous
Material Spills. Environmental Protection Service, Ottawa, Canada,
February 1982. DRAFT.
Dohnert, E.H. Precipitation, Flocculation and Sedimentation. In: Unit
Operations for Treatment of Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz,
J.T. Funkhouser and J.I. Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park
Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. pp. 502-534.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures. In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and F.J. Freestone. Appl icabil ity of Commercial ized
Wastewater Treatment Techniques to the Treatment of Spill -Impacted Waters.
In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills. US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard,
Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 130—133.
Hansen, C.A. and R.G. Sanders. Removal of Hazardous Material Spills from
Bottoms of Flowing Waterbodies. EPA-600/2981-137. US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
238
-------
OWP/ORD:EPA. Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual.
EPA—700/02. Office of Water Programs, US Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC and Office of Research and Development, US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Robertson, .J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y. Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102_119, 1980.
3.2 Extraction
Berkau, E.E., C.E. Frank and l.A. Jefcoat. A Scientific Approach to the
Identification and Control of loxic Chemicals in Industrial Wastewaters.
In: Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett, ed.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
pp. 1-15.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS P8 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Drake, E., 0. Shooter, W. Lyman and 1. Davidson. A Feasibility Study
of Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals that Dis-
perse through the Water Column. CG-D—16-77. US Coast Guard, Washington,
DC, 1976.
Groenier, W.S. The Appl ication of Modern Solvent Extraction Techniques
to the Removal of Trace Quantities of Toxic Substances from Industrial
Effluents. ORNL-TM-4209. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee, 1973.
Huibregste, K.R., R.C. Scholz, K.H. Kastman and i.E. Brugger. Develop-
ment of a Mobile System for Extracting Spilled Hazardous Materials from
Soil . In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard,
Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 134—140.
Lanonette, K.H. Treatment of Phenol ic Waste. Chemical Engineering/Desk
Book Issue, October 17, 1977. pp. 99-106.
Luthy, R.G., V.C. Stamoudis, J.R. Campbell and W. Harrison. Removal
of Organic Contaminants from Coal Conversion Process Condensates. J.
Water Pollution Control Federation, 55(2):196—207, February 1983.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y. Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102 —llg, 1980.
Rulkens, W.H., J.W. Assink and W.J. Th. van Genert. Development of an
Installation for On-Site Treatment of Soil Contaminated with Organic
Bromine Compounds. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control
of Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical Manufacturers
Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection Agency,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 442-447.
239
-------
Shelley, L.W. Jr., Volume Extraction of Chemically Contaminated Water.
Wire Journal , 8(3):68:75. 1975.
Scholz, R. and J. Milanowski. Mobile System for Extracting
Hazardous Materials from Excavated Soils. In: Proceedings
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau
Chemical Manufacturers Association, US Coast Guard and the
Protection Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 111—.115.
Srinivasan, S. et a]. Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amel brat ion Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG—D—81—
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
3.3 So] idification/Stabji izat ion
Baier, R.E., J.G. Michalovic, V.A. DePalma and R.J. Pilie.
Gel] ing Agent for the Control of Hazardous Liquid Spills.
Hazardous Materials, 1:21-33, 1975/76.
Corbin, M.H. and A.A. Metry. Control of Toxic Substances Released from
Polluting Landfills. In: Proceedings of Conference on Hazardous Material
Risk Assessment, Disposal and Management, Miami Beach, Florida, 1979.
Information Transfer, Inc., Silver Spring, Maryland. pp. 142—152.
Dahm, D., R. P11 ie and J. Lafornara. Technology for Managing Spills on
Land and Water. Environmental Science and Technology, 8(13), 1974.
Dillon, M.M., Ltd. Survey of Countermeasures: Systems for Hazardous
Material Spills. Environmental Protection Service, Ottawa, Canada.
February 1982. DRAFT.
Drake, E., D. Shooter, W. Lyman and L. Davidson. A Feasibil ity Study of
Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals that Disperse
through the Water Column. CG—D—16—77. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC,
1976.
Greer, J.S. Feasibil ity Study of Response Techniques for Discharges
That Float on Water. CG-D-56—77. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1976.
Hand, T.D., A.W. Ford, P.G. Malone, D.W. Thompson and R.B. Mercer. A
Feasibil ity Study of Response Iechniques for Discharges of Hazardous
Chemicals that Sink. CG—D-56-78. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1978.
Hirschhorn, J.S., et al.
Hazardous Waste Control
DC, 1983.
Spilled
of the National
of Explosives,
US Environmental
Universal
Journal of
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and
Hazardous Polluting Substances.
Administration, Washington, DC,
W.H. Swift. Control of Spillage of
15090 FOZ 10/70. Federal Water Qual ity
1970.
Technologies and Management Strategies for
Office of Technology Assessment. Washington,
240
-------
Kuffs, K., P. Rogoshewski, E. Repa and N. Barkley. Alternatives to
Groundwater Pumping for Controll ing Hazardous Waste Leachates. In:
Proceedings of the Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous
Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 146-149.
Michalovic, J.G., C.K. Akers and R.J. Pil ie. Multipurpose Gell ing Agent
and Its Appl ication to Spilled Hazardous Materials. EPA .6OO/2—77—151.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1977.
Phill ips, J.W. Applying Techniques for Sol idification and Transportation
of Radioactive Wastes to Hazardous Wastes. In: Proceedings of the Con-
ference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US
Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute, Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 206—211.
Pil ie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. Ziegler, R.P. Leonard, J.G. Michalovic,
S.L. Pek and D.H. Bock. Methods to Treat, Control and Monitor Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA—670/2-75-042. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Pojasek, R.B. Stabil ization, Sol idification of Hazardous Wastes. Envi-
ronmental Science and Technology, 12(4):382-386, 1978.
Siegrist, T.W. Chemicals and All led Products. J. Water Pollution Control
Federation (literature review issue), 54(6):737 —749, 1982.
Sills, M.A., J.J. Struzziery and P.1. Silbermann. Evaluation of Remedial
Treatment, Detoxification and Stabil ization Alternatives. In: Proceed-
ings of the Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1980.
Spencer, R.W., R.H. Reifsnyder and J.C. Falcone, Jr. Applications of
Soluble Sil icates and Derivative Materials in the Management of Hazardous
Waste. In: Proceedings of the Conference on the Management of Uncon-
trolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and
Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1980.
Stanczyk, T.F., B.C. Senefelder and J.H. Clarke. Sol idification/
Stabil izat ion Processes Appropriate to Hazardous Chemicals and Waste
Spills. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazard-
ous Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical Manufacturers
Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection Agency,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 79—84.
US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Survey of Solidification/
Stabil ization Technology for Hazardous Industrial Wastes. EPA—600/2-
79-056. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1979.
241
-------
Wheaton, R.H. and A.H. Seamster. A Basic Reference on Ion Exchange.
Reprinted by Dow Chemical USA from Kerk-Othmer: Encyclopedia of Chemical
Technology, 2nd edition, Vol. 11, John Siley and Sons, Inc., 1966.
pp. 871-899.
Ziegler, R.C. and J.P. Lafornara. In-Situ Treatment Methods for Hazard-
ous Material Spills. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency,
University of Houston, Houston;- Texas, 1972. pp. 157—171.
3.4 Ion Exchange
Bauer, W.H., D.N. Borton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amel brat ion of Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals on Water. CG—D-38—76.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel. Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Dow Chemical USA. A Laboratory Manual on Ion Exchange. Midland,
Michigan, 1982. pp. 40.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and S. Quinl ivan. Feasibil ity of Commercial ized
Water Treatment Techniques for Concentrated Waste Spills. EPA-600/2—81—
213. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Huibregste, K.R., J.H. Moser and F. Freestone. Control of Hazardous
Spills Using Improvised Treatment Techniques. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami
Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 338-343.
Lafornara, J.P. Feasibility of a Mobile Hazardous Materials Spills Water
Treatment System Based on Ozonolysis. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978. pp. 344-349.
Lanonette, K.H. Treatment of Phenol ic Waste. Chemical Engineering!
Desk Book Issue, October 17, 1977. pp. 99—106.
Lawless, E.W., T.L. Ferguson and A.F. Meiners. Guidel ines for the
Disposal of Small Quantities of Unused Pesticides. EPA-670/2-75-057.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
242
-------
Li, K.Y. and C.H. Kuo. Absorption and Reactions of Ozone in Phenol ic
Solutions. In: Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F.
Bennett, ed. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New
York, 1980. pp. 161-168.
OWP/ORD:EPA. Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual.
EPA—700/02. Office of Water Programs, US Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC and Office of Research and Development, US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati,-Ohio, 1980.
Pilie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. Ziegler, R.P. Leonard, J.G. Michalovic,
S.L. Pek and D.H. Bock. Methods to Treat, Control and Monitor Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA—670/2-75-042. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Robinson, A.K. and J.C. Sum. Sulfide Precipitation of Heavy Metals.
EPA-600/2-80-139. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1980.
Rosen, H.V. State of the Art of Ozonation for Commercial Appl ications
in the United States. In: Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76).
G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York,
New York, 1980. pp. 97-116.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y. Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102-119, 1980.
Semmens, N.J. and W. Martin. Studies on Heavy Metal Removal from Sal me
Waters by Cl inoptilol ite. In: Water-1979, AIChE Symposium Series,
197(76). G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of Chemical Engineers,
New York, New York, 1980. pp. 367-376.
Shooter, 0., Catalysis. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of Hazardous
Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I. Stevens, eds.
Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. pp. 249-310.
Siegrist, T.W. Chemicals and All ied Products. J. Water Pollution Control
Federation (literature review issue), 54(6):737—479, 1982.
Sills, M.A., J.J. Struzziery and P.T. Silbermann. Evaluation of Remedial
Treatment, Detoxification and Stabil izat ion Al ternatives. In: Proceedings
of the Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1980.
Throop, W.M. Al ternative Methods of Phenol Wastewater Control . J.
Hazardous Materials, 1 (1975/76). pp. 319-329.
Valentine, J.K. Ion Exchange. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of
Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I.
Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978, pp.
6 32-658.
243
-------
Wheaton, R.H. and A.H. Seamster. A Basic Reference on Ion Exchange.
Reprinted by Dow Chemical USA from Kerk-Othmer: Encyclopedia of Chemical
Technol ogy, 2nd edition, Vol . 11, John Sil ey and Sons, Inc., 1966.
pp. 871-899.
3.5 Hydrolysis
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-.
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Davidson, L.N. Hydrolysis. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of
Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.J.
Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978.
pp. 610-631.
Peyton, G.R., D.W. DeBerry. Feasibil ity of Photocatalytic Oxidation
for Wastewater Cl eanup and Reuse. OWRT/RU—81/1. US Department of the
Interior, Office of Water Research dnd Technology, 1981.
3.6 Neutral izat ion
Akers, C.K., R.J. Pilie and J.G. Michalovic. Guidelines for the Use of
Chemicals in Removing Hazardous Substances Discharges. EPA.-600/2-81-205.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Bauer, W.H., D.N. Borton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amel iorat ion of Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals on Water. CG—D-38—76.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel. Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and W.H. Swift. Control of Spillage of
Hazardous Polluting Substances. 15090 FOZ 10/70. Federal Water Qual ity
Administration, Washington, DC, 1970.
Dillon, M.M., Ltd. Survey of Countermeasures: Systems for Hazardous
Material Spills. Environmental Protection Service, Ottawa, Canada.
February 1982. DRAFT.
Drake, E., 0. Shooter, W. Lyman and L. Davidson. A Feasibil ity Study
of Response Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals that Disperse
through the Water Column. CG—D-16-77. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC,
1976.
EEB/EPA. L&N Train Derailment, Crestview, Florida. EPA 904/9-80—060.
US Environmental Emergency Branch, Region IV, Atlanta, Georgia, 1980.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw—Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
244
-------
Mercer, B.W., G.W. Dawson, L.L. Ames, J.A. McNeese and E.G. Baker.
Current Methodology for Disposal of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 190—195.
Pilie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. Ziegler, R.P. Leonard, J.G.. Michalovic,
S.L. Pek and D.H. Bock. Method -s to Treat, Control and Monitor Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA—670/2-75-042. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Scholz, R.C. Field—Implemented Measures. In: Hazardous Materials
Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds. McGraw-
Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9—2 - 9—23.
Srinivasan, S. et a]. Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amel ioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D—81-
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Ziegler, R.C. and J.P. Lafornara. In—Situ Treatment Methods for Hazard-
ous Material Spills. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency,
University of Houston, Houston, Texas, 1972. pp. 157-171.
3.7 Oxidation-Reduction Reaction
Akers, C.K., R.J. Pu ie and J.G. Michalovic. Guidel ines for the Use of
Chemicals in Removing Hazardous Substances Discharges. EPA—600/2-81—205.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Arisman, R.K., R.C. Musick, T.C. Crase and J.D. Zeff. Destruction of
PCBs in Industrial and Sanitary Waste Effluents by the U1TROX (UV—Ozone)
Process. In: Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett,
ed. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
pp. 77-85.
Bauer, W.H., D.N. Borton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amelioration of Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals on Water. CG—D-38—76.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81—
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Cull ivan, Bryan M. Industrial Toxics Oxidation; An Ozone—Chi orine
Comparison. In: 33rd Purdue Industrial Waste Conference, Lafayette,
Indiana, 1978. pp. 903.
Cunningham, N.J. Chemical Oxidation. In: Unit OperatIons for Treatment
of Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I.
Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978.
pp. 740—766.
245
-------
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw—Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
Fochtman, E.G., W. Eisenberg. Treatabil ity of Carcinogenic and Other
Hazardous Organic Compounds. EPA 600/2-79—097. US Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1979.
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and S. Qu,-nl ivan. Feasibility of Commercial ized
Water Treatment Techniques for Concentrated Waste Spills. EPA—600/2—81—
213. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and F.J. Freestone. Appi icabil ity of Commercial ized
Wastewater Treatment Techniques to the Treatment of Spill-Impacted Waters.
In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous
Material Spills. US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard,
Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 130—133.
Harsh, K.M. In Situ Neutralization of an Acrylonitrile Spill. In:
Proceedings oTthe National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 187—189.
Hill, A.G., J.B. Howell and H.K. Huckabay. Reaction of Ozone with
Trace Organics in a Pressurized Bubble Column. In: Water—1979, AIChE
Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980. pp. 150—160.
Rowland, R.G. and C.J. Wallace. Chlorine and Activated Carbon Treatment
for Removal of Toxic Substances from Water. In: Proceedings of Confer-
ence on Water Chlorination: Environmental Impact and Health Effects,
Gati inburg, Tennessee, 1977. Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, Michigan,
1978. pp. 659-674.
Huibregste, K.R., J.P. Lafornara, K.H. Kastman. In Place Detoxification
of Hazardous Material Spills In Soil. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978.
Kim, B.M. Donnan Dialysis for Removal of Chromates and Cyanides. In:
Water—1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.E. Bennett, ed. American
Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980. PP. 184-192.
Winn, B.M., Jr. and J.H. Schulte. Containment and Cleanup of a Phenol
Tank Car Spill, May—June 1978, Charleston, SC. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau of
Explosives, Chemical Manufacturers Association, US Coast Guard and US
Environmental Protection Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 11-14.
246
-------
3.8 Polymerization
Huibregste, K.R., J.P. Lafornara, K.H. Kastman. In Place Detoxification
of Hazardous Material Spills In Soil. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmenta1
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978.
Ziegler, R.C. and J.P. Lafornara. In Situ Treatment Methods for Hazard-
ous Material Spills. In: Proceedii s of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency,
University of Houston, Houston, Texas, 1972. pp. 157—171.
3.9 Precipitation
Akers, C.K. , R.J. Pu ie and J.G. Michal ovic. Guidel ines for the Use of
Chemicals in Removing Hazardous Substances Discharges. EPA—600/2-81-205.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Bauer, W.H., D.N. Borton, J.J. Bulloff. Agents, Methods and Devices for
Amel ioration of Discharges of Hazardous Chemical s on Water. CG—D—38-76.
US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Bhatla, M.N., A.W. Breidenbach and R.F. Weston. Treatabil ity of Priority
Pollutant: Status Review and Case Histories. In: Water—1979, AIChE
Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980. pp. 25—36.
Brantner, CA. and E.J. Cichon. Heavy Metals Removal: Comparison of
Alternate Precipitation Processes. In: Proceedings of the 13th
Mid-Atlantic Industrial Waste Conference, 1981. pp. 43.
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel. Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and W.H. Swift. Control of Spillage of
Hazardous Polluting Substances. 15090 FOZ 10/70. Federal Water Qual ity
Administration, Washington, DC, 1970.
Dillon, M.M., Ltd. Survey of Countermeasures: Systems for Hazardous
Material Spills. Environmental Protection Service, Ottawa, Canada.
February 1982. DRAFT.
Dohnert, E.H. Precipitation, Flocculation and Sedimentation. In: Unit
Operations for Treatment of Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz,
J.T. Funkhouser and J.I. Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park
Ridge, New Jersey, 1978, pp. 502-534.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures. In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
247
-------
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and S. Quini ivan. Feasibil ity of Commercial ized
Water Treatment Techniques for Concentrated Waste Spills. EPA-600/2-81-
213. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
Marchant, W.N. Modified Cellulose Adsorbent for Removal of Mercury
from Aqueous Solutions. Environmental Science and Technology, 8(12):
993—996, 1974.
Pilie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. -iegler, R.P. Leonard, J.G. Michalovic,
S.L. Pek and D.H. Bock. Methods to Treat, Control and Monitor Spilled
Hazardous Materials. EPA-670/2-75-042. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Robinson, A.K. and J.C. Sum. Sulfide Precipitation of Heavy Metals.
EPA—600f2—80-139. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1980.
Skinner, W.M. and G.L. Porter. Chromium Removal for Cooling Water
Blowdown. In: Water-1979, AIChE Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett,
ed. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980.
pp. 193-198.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amelioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG—D—81—
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Ziegler, R.C. and J.P. Lafornara. In Situ Treatment Methods for Hazard-
ous Material Spills. In: Proceedi s of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency,
University of Houston, Houston, Texas, 1972. pp. 157—171.
4.0 BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
Armstrong, N.E. Biological Measures. In: Hazardous Materials Spills
Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York, New York, 1982. pp. 9-40 - 9-49.
Armstrong, N., E. Gloyna
for Removal of Hazardous
Conference on Control of
Protection Agency and Oil
Orleans, Louisiana, 1976.
Btiatla, M.N., A.W. Breidenbach and R.F. Weston. Treatabil ity of Priority
Pollutant: Status Review and Case Histories. In: Water—1979, AIChE
Symposium Series, 197(76). G.F. Bennett, ed. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, New York, New York, 1980. pp. 25—36.
NTIS PB 81-
Ohio, 1980.
and W. Wyss. Use of Biological Countermeasures
Material Spills. In: Proceedings of the National
Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Spill Control Association of America, New
pp. 396-403.
Brown, K.W., 1. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment
182107. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
248
-------
Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. Chemical and Physical Measures. In: Hazardous
Materials Spills Handbook. G.F. Bennett, F.S. Feates and I. Wilder, eds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New YQrk, 1982. pp. 9-50 - 9-59.
Ghassemi, M., K. Yu and S. Quini ivan. Feasibil ity of Commercial ized
Water Treatment Techniques for Concentrated Waste Spills. EPA-600/2-81-
213. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Oho, 1981.
Jamison, V.W., R.L. Raymond and J.0. Hudson. Biodegradation of High-
Octane Gasol me in Groundwater. In: Proceedings of the 31st General
Meeting of the Society for Industrial Microbiology, American Institute
of Biological Science, Memphis, Tennessee, 1974.
Johnson, S.L. Biological Treatment: Composting. In: Unit Operations
for Treatment of Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funk-
houser and J.I. Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New
Jersey, 1978. pp. 230—240.
Kincannon, D.F., E.L. Stoves, V. Nichols and 0. Mealey. Removal Mecha-
nisms for Toxic Priority Pollutants. J. of Water Pollution Control
Federation, 55(22), 1983. Pp. 157—163.
Kirsch, E. and J.E. Etzel . Microbial Decompositon of Pentachl orophenol
J. Water Pollution Control Federation, 45(2), 1973.
Kobayashi, H. and B.E. Rittmann. Microbial Removal of Hazardous Organic
Compounds. Environmental Science and Technology, 1(3):17OA-1 31A, March
1982.
Kuffs, K., P. Rogoshewski, E. Repa and N. Barkley. Alternatives to
Groundwater Pumping for Controll ing Hazardous Waste Leachates. In:
Proceedings of the Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous
Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials
Control Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 146-149.
McDowell, C.S., J. Zikopoulos and T.G. Zitrides. Biodecontamination:
The Neglected Alternative. In: Proceedings of the National Conference
on Control of Hazardous Materials Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical
Manufacturers Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection
Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 127—138.
McKinney, R.E., H.D. Toml inson and R. Wilcox. Metabol ism of Aromatic
Compounds by Activated Sludge. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, April 1956.
Mercer, B.W., G.W. Dawson, L.L. Ames, J.A. McNeese and E.G. Baker.
Current Methodology for Disposal of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 190—195.
249
-------
Overcash, M.R., K.W. Brown, L.E. Deuel and W.L. Nutter. Use of Land
Treatment Technology for Ultimate Disposition of Organic Hazardous Mater-
ials Spills. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of
Hazardous Material Spills. US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast
Guard, Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 393-397.
OWP/ORD:EPA. Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual.
EPA—700/02. Office of Water Programs, US Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC and Office of Research and Development, US Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Polybac Corp. Product Literature. Allentown, Pennsylvania.
Robertson, J.H., W.F. Cohen and J.Y. Longfield. Water Pollution Control.
Chemical Engineering, 87(13):102—119, 1980.
SCS Engineers. Selected Biodegradation Techniques for Treatment and/or
Ultimate Disposal of Organic Materials. EPA—600/2—79—006. US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1979. pp. 358.
Shuckrow, A.J. , A.P. Pajak and C.J Touhill . Management of Hazardous
Waste Leachate. Contract No. 68-03—2766. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Sills, M.A., J.J. Struzziery and P.1. Silbermann. Evaluation of Remedial
Treatment, Detoxification and Stabil ization Al ternatives. In: Proceedings
of the Conference on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1980.
Srinivasan, S. et al . Influence of Environmental Factors on Sel ected
Amel ioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG—D—81—
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
Standard Transportation Commodity Code Tariff STCC 6001-I. US DOT,
November 1980.
Tabank, H., S. Quave, et al . Biodegradabil ity Studies with Organic
Priority Pollutant Compounds. J. Water Pollution Control Federation,
53(10), 1981.
Thibault, G.T. and N.W. Elliott. Biological Detoxification of Hazardous
Organic Chemical Spills. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency,
US Coast Guard, Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp.
398-402.
Thuma, N.K., P.E. O’Neill , S.G. Brownlee and R.S. Valentine. Biodegra-
dation of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous Materials Control Research
Institute and Oil Spill Control Association of America, Miami Beach,
Florida, 1978. pp. 217-220.
250
-------
Walton, G.C. and 0. Dobbs. Biodegradation of Hazardous Materials in
Spill Situations. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control
of Hazardous Material Spills. US Environmental Protection Agency, US
Coast Guard, Vanderbilt University, Louisville, Kentucky, 1980. pp.
2 3-29.
Wentsel , R.S., W.E. Jones III, R. Foutch, M. Wilkinson and J.F. Kitchens.
Accelerated Restoration of Spill Damaged Lands. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control “of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environ-
mental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Vanderbilt University, Louis-
ville, Kentucky, 1980. pp. 99-102.
5.0 DISPOSAL
5.1 Open Burning
Brown, 0. R.
for Handi ing
600/2—81—207.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and B.W. Fiercer. Strategy for Treatment
of Waters Contaminated by Hazardous Materials. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US
Environmental Protection Agency, University of Houston, Houston, Texas,
1972. pp. 141—144.
Dawson, G.W., A.J. Shuckrow and
Hazardous Polluting Substances.
Administration, Washington, DC,
Lawl ess, E.W., T.L. Ferguson and A.F. Meiners. Guidel ines for the
Disposal of Small Quantities of Unused Pesticides. EPA—670/2—75—057.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
OSMCD/EPA. Ill inois Central Gulf Train Derailment, Claxton, Kentucky.
EPA 430/9—80—012. US Environmental Protection Agency, Oil and Special
Materials Control Division, Washington, DC, 1980.
Srinivasan, S. et al. Influence of Environmental Factors on Selected
Amelioration Techniques for Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals. CG-D-81—
75. US Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 1975.
5.2 Incineration
Clark, U.N., C. Pfrommer, Jr. and R.G. Novak. Ultimate Disposal of
Hazardous Materials by Incineration. In: Proceedings of the National
Conference on Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental
Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Vanderbilt University, Louisville,
Kentucky, 1980. pp. 386—392.
Craig, M. Edwards, N. Henderson, T.J. Thomas. Techniques
Landborne Spills of Volatile Hazardous Substances. EPA
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.
W.H. Swift. Control of Spillage of
15090 FOZ 10/70. Federal Water Qual ity
1970.
251
-------
Eli iott, W., Jr. and W.B. McCormack. Incineration of Hazardous Substan-
ces. In: Proceedings at 79th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control
Association, Toronto, Ontario, June 1977.
Freestone, F.J. and J.E. Brugger. Incineration of Hazardous Wastes at
Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites. In: Proceedings of the Conference
on the Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental
Protection Agency and Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute,
Washington, DC, 1982. pp. 208—211.
Hirschhorn, J.S., et al . Technologies and Management Strategies for
Hazardous Waste Control. Office of Technology Assessment, Washington,
DC, 1983.
Lanonette, K.H. Treatment of Phenol ic Waste. Chemical Engineering!
Desk Book Issue, October 17, 1977. pp. 99-106.
Lawless, E.W., T.L. Ferguson and A.F. Meiners. Guidel ines for the
Disposal of Small Quantities of Unused Pesticides. EPA—670/2-75—057.
US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Lee, C.C., E.L. Keitz and G.A. Vogel. Hazardous Waste Incineration:
Current/Future Profile. In: Proceedings of the Conference on the Manage-
ment of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection
Agency and Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Washington,
DC, 1982. pp. 214-219.
Mercer, B.W., G.W. Dawson, L.L. Ames, J.A. McNeese and E.G. Baker.
Current Methodology for Disposal of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 190—195.
Pradt, L.A. Developments in Wet Air Oxidation. Chemical Engineering
Progress, December, 1972. pp. 72—77.
Randall, T.L. and P.V. Knoff. Detoxification of Specific Organic
Substances by Wet Oxidation. In: Proceedings of the 51st Annual
Conference of the Water Pollution Control Federation, 1978.
Siegrist, T.W. Chemicals and All ied Products. J. Water Pollution
Control Federation (literature review issue), 54(6):737—149, 1982.
Wilhelmi, A.R. and P.V. Knopp. Wet Air Oxidation; An Alternative
to Incineration. Chemical Engineering Progress, August 1979. pp. 46—52.
Zimpro, Inc., Product Literature, Rothschild, Wisconsin, 1979.
252
-------
5.4 Pyrolysis
Brown, K.W., L. Deuel . Hazardous Waste Land Treatment. NTIS PB 81-
1821117. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Grantham, L.F., S.J. Yosim, K.M. Barclay and R.L. Gay. Disposal of
PCB and Other Toxic and Hazardous Waste Material by Molten Salt
Combustion. En: Proceedings of Conference on Hazardous Material Risk
Assessment, Disposal and Management, Miami Beach, Florida, 1979. Infor-
mation Transfer, Inc., Silver Spring, Maryland. pp. 120—126.
Lee, C.C., E.L. Keitz and G.A. Vogel. Hazardous Waste Incineration:
Current/Future Profile. In: Proceedings of the Conference on the Manage-
ment of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection
Agency and Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Washington,
DC, 1982. pp. 214-219.
Shooter, 0. Calcination. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of Hazardous
Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and J.I. Stevens, eds.
Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. pp. 269-293.
5.5 Landfill
Hirschhorn, J.S., et al . Technologies and Management Strategies for
Hazardous Waste Control. Office of Technology Assessment, Washington,
DC, 1983.
5.6 Deep Well Injection
Hirschhorn, U.S., et al . Technologies and Management Strategies for
Hazardous Waste Control. Office of Technology Assessment, Washington,
DC, 1983.
5.7 Others
Berkowitz, J.B. Microwave Discharge. In: Unit Operations for Treatment
of Hazardous Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and i.E.
Stevens, eds. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. pp.
7 09-7 19.
Grantham, L.F., S.J. Yosim, K.M. Barclay and R.L. Gay. Disposal of
PCB and Other Toxic and Hazardous Waste Material by Molten Salt
Combustion. In: Proceedings of Conference on Hazardous Material Risk
Assessment, Disposal and Management, Miami Beach, Florida, 1979. Infor—
mation Transfer, Inc., Silver Spring, Maryland. pp. 120—126.
Lee, C.C., E.L. Keitz and G.A. Vogel. Hazardous Waste Incineration:
Current/Future Profile. In: Proceedings of the Conference on the Manage-
ment of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environ erital Protection
Agency and Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Washington,
DC, 1982. pp. 214-219.
253
-------
Mercer, B.W., G.W. Dawson, L.L. Ames, J.A. McNeese and E.G. Baker.
Current Methodology for Disposal of Spilled Hazardous Materials. In:
Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, US Coast Guard, Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute and Oil Spill Control Association
of America, Miami Beach, Florida, 1978. pp. 190-195.
Shooter, D. Calcination. In: Unit Operations for Treatment of Hazardous
Industrial Wastes. J.B. Berkowitz, J.T. Funkhouser and •J.I. Stevens, eds.
Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey, 1978. pp. 269-293.
US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Survey of Sol idificat ion!
Stabil ization Technology for Hazardous Industrial Wastes. EPA-600—2-79—
056. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1979.
Yosim, S.d., K.M. Barclay, R.L. Gay and L.F. Grantham. Disposal of
Hazardous Wastes by Molten Salt Combustion. In: Ultimate Disposal of
Hazardous Wastes Symposium, American Chemical Society, Hawaii, April 1979.
6.0 GENERAL SOURCES
AAR/BOE: Emergency Handi ing of Hazardous Materials In Surface Transpor-
tation. P.J. Student, ed. Bureau of Explosives, American Association of
Railroads, Washington, DC, 1981.
Bailey, R.E., R.M. Cram and M.G. Georgen. Cleanup and Monitoring
Procedures for a Methylene Chloride and 1,1,1,—Trichloroethane Spill at
Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical
Manufacturers Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection
Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 28-36.
Baskin, A.D., ed. Handi ing Guide for Potentially Hazardous Materials.
Richard B. Cross Co., Oxford, Indiana, 1975.
Chang, W.S. and J.F. Kitchens. Environmental Considerations in the
Safe Disposal of Explosives. In: Proceedings of the National Conference
On Control of Hazardous Material Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical
Manufacturers Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection
Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 94-101.
Chemical and Engineering News. Mississauga: A Disaster that Became A
Miracle. November 1980. p. 23.
US Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau and
Research and Special Programs Administration. Emergency Response Guide-
book. DOT P5800.2. Washington, DC, 1980.
Dobbs, R.A., R.J. Middendorf and J.M. Cohen. Carbon Adsorption Isotherms
for Toxic Organics. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
Ohio, 1978.
254
-------
E.S. Clark Associates, Inc., Product Literature. Absorbents for Hazardous
Materials. Jacksonville, Florida.
E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Co., Inc. flexible Membranes for Pond and
Reservoir Liners and Covers. Elastomer Chemicals Dept., Wilmington,
Del aware.
Foget, C., E. Schreier, M. Cramer and R. Castle. ManuaUof Practice for
Protection and Cleanup of Shor& ines, Volumes I and II. EPA-600/7—70-187a
and b. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1979.
Frick, G.W., ed. Environmental Glossary. Government Institutes, Rock—
yule, Maryland, 1982.
Hailer, H. Degradation of Mono-Substituted Benzoates and Phenols by
Wastewater. J. Water Pollution Control Federation, 50(12 ):2771—2776.
Hanse, W.G. and H.L. Rishel . Cost Comparisons of Treatment and Disposal
Alternatives for Hazardous Wastes, Volume I. EPA—600/2-80—188. US
Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.
Hess, R.E. The National Contingency Plan Evolution and Action. In:
Proceedings of the National Conferertce on Control of Hazardous Material
Spills, American Institute of Chemical Engineers and the US Environmental
Protection Agency, San Francisco, Cal ifornia, 1974. pp. 43—45.
Hyland, R. and G. Parr. Biological Treatment System Removes 98% BOO 5
from Propylene Oxide Waste Stream. Chemical Processing, August, 1981.
JRB Associates, Inc. Handbook for Remedial Action at Waste Disposal
Sites. EPA —625/6—82—006. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
Ohio and Washington, DC, 1982.
Ketchen, E.E. and W.E. Porter. Materials Safety Data Sheets: The Basis
for Control of Toxic Chemicals. ORNLfTM—6981. Oak Ridge National Labor-
atory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, 1979.
Lafornara, J.P. Destroying Dioxin: A Unique Approach. Waste Age,
October 1980. pp. 60—63.
Lafornara, J.P. and J. Harsch. EPA Pumps Virginia Pond to Remove
Spilled Toxapherie. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on
Control of Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency
and Oil Spill Control Association of America, New Orleans, Louisiana,
1976. pp. 293-302.
Lyman, W.J., W.F. Reehl and D.H. Rosenblatt. Handbook of Chemical
Property Estimation Methods: Environmental Behavior of Organic Compounds.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982.
255
-------
Mackison, F.W., R. S. Stricoff and L.J. Partridge, Jr., eds. NIOSH/
OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards. US Department of Health and Human
Services, Public Health Service, National Institute of Occupational Safety
and Health and US Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration, 1980.
McMahon, L.A. 1983 Dodge Guide to Publ ic Works and Heavy Construction
Costs: Annual Edition No. 15. P.E. Pereira, ed. McGraw .Hill Information
Systems Co., Princeton, New Jersey, 1982.
Meidl , J.H. Flammable Hazardous Materials. Glencoe Press, Beverly Hills,
California, 1972.
Merck & Co., Inc. The Merck Index. Rahway, New Jersey, 1977.
National Fire Protection Association. Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable
Liquids, Gases and Volatile Sol ids. NFPA 325M. Boston, Massachusetts,
1977.
National Fire Protection Association. Hazardous Chemicals Data. NFPA 49.
Boston, Massachusetts, 1977.
National Institutes of Health and US Environmental Protection Agency
Chemical Information System. Oil and Hazardous Material s/Technical
Assistance Data System (OHMTADS).
Nawrocki, M.A. Removal and Separation of Spilled Hazardous Materials
from Impoundment Bottoms. EPA—600/2-76-245. US Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976.
Nye, W.B. The Hazardous Material Spill Experience in Shawnee Lake, Ohio -
A Case History. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of
Hazardous Material Spills, US Environmental Protection Agency, University
of Houston, Houston, Texas, 1972. pp. 217-219.
Onstad, L.A., Cdr. Motor Vessel Asia Gem: A Case Where Contingency
Planning Pays Off. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control
of Hazardous Materials Spills, Bureau of Explosives, Chemical Manufac-
turers Association, US Coast Guard and US Environmental Protection Agency,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 163-169.
Ottinger, R.S., J.L. Blumenthal, D.F. Dal Porto, G.I. Gruber, et al
Recommended Methods of Reduction, Neutral ization, Recovery, or Disposal
of Hazardous Waste, Volume XV, Research and Development Plan. EPA 670/2—
73-053—0. US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1973.
Ramsey, W.L. and J.M. MacCrum. How to Cope with Hazardous Spills: A
Case History. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Control of
Hazardous Material Spills, American Institute of Chemical Engineers and
the US Environmental Protection Agency. San Francisco, Cal ifornia, 1974.
pp. 43—45.
256
-------
Rawl s. R.L. Handl ing of Rail Chemical Spill Praised. Chemical and
Engineering News, November 1, 1982. PP. 28-30
Sanders, R.G., T.G. Pantazelos and S.R. Rich. A Short Contact Time
Physical -Chemical Treatment System for Hazardous Material Contaminated
Waters. In: Proceedings of the Conference on the Management of Uncon-
trolled Hazardous Waste Sites, US Environmental Protection Agency and
Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Washington, DC, 1982.
PP. 145-151.
Sax, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials. Van Nostrand
Reinhold Co., New York, New York, 1979.
Staff Industries, Inc. Ultra Wide, Low Cost Impermeable Linings and
Covers. Upper Montclair, New Jersey.
Thornton, G.J.E., LCdr. and Lt. J.E. Will iams. Response to a Major
Discharge of Pentachlorophenol in a Waterway. In: Proceedings of the
National Conference on Control of Hazardous Materials Spills, Bureau of
Explosives, Chemical Manufacturers Association, US Coast Guard and US
Environmental Protection Agency, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1982. pp. 68—76.
US Coast Guard, Department of Transportation. Chemical Hazards Response
Information System (CHRIS). Commandant Instruction M16465.12, Washington,
DC, 1978.
US Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services. Second
Annual Report on Carcinogens. December 1981.
Weast, R.C., ed. CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. CRC Press,
West Palm Beach, Florida, 1978.
Weinberg, D.B., G.S. Goldman and S.M. Briggurn. Hazardous Waste Regulation
Handbook: A Practical Guide to RCRA and Superfund. Executive Enterprises
Publications Co., New York, New York, 1982.
Wilhelmi, A.R. and R.B. Ely. The Treatment of Toxic Industrial Waste—
waters by a Two-Step Process. In: Proceedings of the 30th Annual
Purdue Industrial Waste Conference, West Lafayette, Indiana, 1975.
257
-------
APPENDIX A
GUIDELINES FOR SITE ASSESSMENT, ENTRY, AND CONTROL
An environmental incident (also referred to as an episode) involves a release
or a threat of a release of hazardous substances, or it involves hazardous
substances that pose an irnrnnent and substantial danger to public health and
welfare or the environment. Each incident presents special problems.
Response personnel must evaluate these problems and determine an effective
course of action to mitigate the incident. While each incident is unique,
many commonalities exist. One commonality is that all incident response
requires protecting the health and safety of the workers from any hazards
present. Thus, the responders entering and controlling a hazardous incident
site are to accomplish the following objectives:
o Characterize the hazards that exist (or potentially exist) affecting
the public health, the environment, and response personnel
o Collect supplemental information to determine the safety
requirements for personnel initially and subsequently entering the
site
o Conduct operations such that appropriate levels of protection are
maintained
o Control on—site and off—site contamination to reduce the possibility
of exposure of personnel and the general public
The primary stages or phases involved in safely responding to an incident are
(1) site assessment, (2) site entry, and (3) site control. Each of these
stages has specific requirements for safety. For example, site assessment
determines initial hazardous or potentially hazardous conditions. This
information should be constantly updated throughout the response to reflect
the acquisition of information on the known hazards. This appendix will
describe the safety precautions needed for each of these stages of incident
response operations. Specific details on personnel protective clothing and
decontamination protocol are described in Appendices B and C, respectively.
The information compiled for inclusion in Appendices A, B, and C was obtained
from the following sources:
o Flammable Hazardous Substances Emergency Response,Handbook: Control
and Safety Procedures, US EPA, 1982
o Personnel and Response Equipment Decontamination — draft monograph —
US EPA, 1981
A-i
-------
0 Interim Standard Operating Safety Guides, US EPA, revised 1982
SITE ASSESSMENT
Site assessment should include an evaluation for site approach. This is
essential to keep emergency control personnel out of the hazardous area until
identification of the nature and degree of the hazards can be made and
initial assessment completed. Before arrival at the release site, the
responder should consider alternate surface routes, and the identified or
suspected commodities involved. Once near the site, the site entrance
requirement must be determined. Direct involvement in a hazardous substance
incident may be justified if people trapped or exposed to undue risk
precipitated by the incident can be reached without unreasonable risk to
response personnel. The responder should ask the following questions: will
the involvement of response personnel favorably affect the outcome? Are suffi-
cient resources, personnel, and equipment available to deal with the incident?
Actions to be taken during initial assessment include:
o Establish on—scene authority
— Refer to control plan procedures and prearranged mutual aid
agreements
— Identify yourself and function; know your responsibilities
o Keep traffic and spectators away
o Keep sparks, fires, flares, cigarettes, etc., away from spill (do
not let motor vehicles move through area of spill)
o Use positive—pressure self—contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) and
whole—body encapsulating suit or whole—body spliced suit if it is
necessary to enter the site of a suspected but unidentified
hazardous substance release. Reasonable cause for entering the site
could be to rescue injured people, if it can be done safely.
Approach site from upwind.
Proper risk assessment and control of a hazardous substance release requires
the manager of initial response personnel to have as much information as
possible about the hazardous substance(s) and hazard(s) involved in the
accident. The nature of the hazardous substances and site conditions will,
to a great extent, influence decisions on personnel deployment and
application of response countermeasures. Therefore, identification of the
hazardous substance(s) and site—specific parameters involved at the scene of
the accident is exceedingly important.
A variety of methods can be used to identify a released hazardous substance.
The initial attempt should involve remote means or methods, such as the use
of field glasses and gas detectors, that can be employed at a safe distance
from the site. Only after their use should the site be inspected first—hand
for identification placards, documents, etc.
A-2
-------
SITE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
The initial on—site survey and reconnaissance, which may consist of more than
one entry, is to characterize the immediate hazards (e.g., by monitoring)
and, based on these findings, establish preliminary safety requirements. As
data are obtained from the initial survey, the Level of Protection and other
safety procedures are adjusted. Initial data also provide information on
which to base further monitoring afld sampling. No method can select a Level
of Protection in all unknown environments. Each situation must be examined
individually. While personnel protective equipment reduces the potential for
contact with harmful substances, ensuring the health and safety of response
personnel requires, in addition, safe work practices, site entry protocols,
decontamination, and other safety considerations. Together, these protocols
establish a combined approach for reducing potential harm to workers. Some
general approaches can be given, however, for judging the situation and
determining the Level of Protection required.
Personal Protective Equipment
Equipment to protect the body against contact with known or anticipated
chemical hazards has been categorized by the U.S. EPA into four levels (A, B,
C, and 0) according to the degree of protection afforded. Level A
protective equipment should be worn when the highest level of respiratory,
skin, and eye protection is needed. Level B protective equipment
should be selected when the highest level of respiratory protection is
needed, but a lesser level of skin protection. Level B protection is
the minimum level recommended on initial site entries until the hazards have
been further defined by on—site studies and appropriate personnel protection
utilized. Level C protective equipment should be selected after the type(s)
of airborne substance(s) is known, the concentration(s) is measured, and the
criteria for using air—purifying respirators are met. Level D protective
equipment should not be worn on any site with respiratory or skin hazards.
It is primarily a work uniform providing minimal protection.
The Level of Protection selected should be based primarily on:
o Type(s), toxicity, and measured concentration(s) of the chemical
substance(s) in the ambient atmosphere
o Potential or measured exposure to substances in air, splashes of
liquids, or other direct contact with material due to work being
performed
In situations where the type(s) of chemical(s), concentration(s), and
possibilities of contact are not known, the appropriate Level of Protection
(A and B) must be selected based on professional experience and judgment
until the hazards can be better characterized. Additional information on the
specific equipment requirements is given in Appendix B.
Monitoring
Of concern to personnel are atmospheric conditions that could affect
A-3
-------
their safety. These conditions are airborne toxic substances, combustible
gases or vapors, lack of oxygen, and, to a lesser extent, ionizing radiation.
The primary type of monitoring that is necessary for initial response and for
site entry and control includes periodic and peripheral ambient monitoring.
Information on the atmospheric monitoring equipment and atmospheric hazard
guidelines is identified in Table A—i. It is imperative that personnel using
monitoring instruments be thoroughly familiar with their use, limitations,
and operating characteristics. All instruments have inherent constraints in
their ability to detect and/or quantify the hazards for which they were
designed. Unless trained personnel use instruments and assess data readout,
air hazards can be grossly misinterpreted, endangering the health and safety
of response personnel. In addition, only intrinsically safe instruments
should be used, until the absence of combustible gases or vapors can be
confi med.
Priority to Initial Entry
Monitoring Of immediate concern to initial entry personnel are atmospheric
conditions that could affect their immediate safety. These conditions are
airborne toxic substances, combustible gases or vapors, significant change
in normal oxygen levels, and ionizing radiation. Priorities for monitoring
these potential hazards before entry should be established after a careful
evaluation of conditions. When the type of material involved in an
incident is identified and its release into the environment suspected or
known, the material’s chemical/physical properties and the prevailing
weather conditions may help determine the order of monitoring. An unknown
substance or situation presents a far more difficult monitoring problem.
In general, before entering poorly ventilated spaces (e.g., buildings, ship’s
holds, boxcars, or bulk tanks) test for combustible vapors/gases and oxygen—
deficient atmosphere. Toxic gases/vapors and radiation, unless known not
to be present, should be measured as the next priority. If team members must
then enter, they should wear, as a minimum, Level B protective equipment.
For open, well-ventilated areas, combustible gases and oxygen deficiency are
lesser hazards, and require lower priority. However, because site areas of
relatively low elevation (such as ditches and gullies) and downwind areas may
have combustible gas mixtures, or toxic vapors or gases, or may lack suffi-
cient oxygen to sustain life, entry teams should approach and monitor from
the upwind direction whenever possible.
Periodic Monitoring
The purpose of monitoring surveys made during the initial site entry phase
is to make a preliminary evaluation of atmospheric hazards. Sometimes the
information obtained may be sufficient to preclude additional monitoring——for
example, a chlorine tank may be determined not to be releasing chlorine.
However, when hazardous substances are detected during the initial site
survey, a comprehensive program must be established for monitoring, sampling,
and evaluating hazards for the duration of site operations. Since site
activities (and the effects of weather conditions on them) change, a con-
tinuous program to monitor atmospheric changes must be implemented utilizing
A-4
-------
TABLE A-i.
ATMOSPHERIC HAZARD GUIDELINES
Oxygen con- Oxygen
centrat ion
meter
Radiation Radiation
s u r v ey
1) Depends
on
species
2) Total
response
mode
1) Depends
on
species
2) Total
response
mode
Continue on-site monitoring with
extreme caution as higher evel s
are encountered.
Explosion hazard; withdraw from
area immediately.
Monitor wearing SCBA. NOTE: Com-
bustible gas readings are not valid
in atmospheres with <19.5% oxygen.
Continue investigation with cau-
tion. SCBA not needed, based on
oxygen content alone.
Discontinue inspection; fire hazard
potential . Consult special ist.
Continue investigation. If radia-
tion is detected above background
levels, this signifies the presence
of possible radiation sources; at
this 1 evel , more thorough monitoring
is advisable. Consult with a health
p hy S Ic i St.
Potential radiation hazard; evacuate
site. Continue monitoring only upon
the advice of a health physicist.
Consul t standard reference manual s
for air concentrations/toxicity
data.
Consul t standard reference manual s
for air concentrations/toxicity
data.
Consult EPA Standard Operating Pro-
cedures. Cross readings above
500 ppm require maximum level of
protect ion.
Consul t standard reference manual s
for air concentrations/toxicity
data.
Consult EPA Standard Operating Pro-
cedures.
UOmbuStihl e
gas indicator
Monitoring
Ambient
Equipment Hazard Level
Action
-
<10% LEL Continue
Expi osive
atmosphere
1O%-20%
>20% LEL
<19.5%
19. 5%-22%
>22.0%
<3 mR/hr
>10 mR/hr
Depends on
species
Col orimetric
tubes
HNU
photoionizer
Organic
vapor
analyzer
Organic and
inorganic
vapors/gases
Organic
vapors/gases
Organic
A- 5
-------
combination of stationary sampling equipment, personnel monitoring devices,
and periodic area monitoring with direct—reading instruments.
Peripheral Monitoring
Whenever possible, atmospheric hazards in the areas adjacent to the on—site
zone should be monitored with direct—reading instruments, and air samples
should be taken before the initial entry for on—site monitoring. Negative
instrument readings off—site should- not be construed as definite indications
of on—site conditions, but only another piece of information to assist
in the preliminary evaluation.
SITE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A site must be controlled to reduce the possibility of (1) exposure to any
contaminants present, and (2) contaminant transport by personnel or equipment
from the site. The possibility of exposure or translocation of substances
can be reduced or eliminated in a number of ways, including:
o Setting up security and physical barriers to exclude unnecessary
personnel from the general area
o Minimizing the number of personnel and equipment on—site consistent
with effective operations
o Establishiny work zones within the site
o Establishing control points to regulate access to work zones
o Conducting operations in a manner to reduce the exposure of
personnel and equipment and to eliminate the potential for airborne
dispersion
o Implementing appropriate decontamination procedures
To minimize the transfer of hazardous substances from the site (due to site
activities), contamination control procedures are needed. Two general
methods are used: establishing site work zones and decontaminating people and
equipment.
Work Zones
One method of preventing or reducing the migration of contamination is to
delineate zones on the site where prescribed operations occur. Movement of
personnel and equipment between zones and onto the site itself would be limi-
ted by access control points. By these means, contamination would be expected
to be contained within certain relatively small areas on the site, and its
potential for spread minimized. Three contiguous zones are recommended:
Zone 1: Exclusion Zone (including the “Hot” Zone)
Zone 2: Contamination Reduction Zone
Zone 3: Support Zone
-I
-------
a combination of stationary sampling equipment, personnel monitoring devices,
and periodic area monitoring with direct-reading instruments.
Peripheral Monitoring
Whenever possible, atmospheric hazards in the areas adjacent to the on—site
zone should be monitored with direct—reading instruments, and air samples
should be taken before the initial entry for on—site monitoring. Negative
instrument readings off—site should not be construed as definite indications
of on—site conditions, but only another piece of information to assist
in the preliminary evaluation.
SITE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A site must be controlled to reduce the possibility of (1) exposure to any
contaminants present, and (2) contaminant transport by personnel or equipment
from the site. The possibility of exposure or translocation of substances
can be reduced or eliminated in a number of ways, including:
o Setting up security and physical barriers to exclude unnecessary
personnel from the general area
o Minimizing the number of personnel and equipment on-site consistent
with effective operations
o Establishing work zones within the site
o Establishing control points to regulate access to work zones
o Conducting operations in a manner to reduce the exposure of
personnel and equipment and to eliminate the potential for airborne
dispersion
o Implementing appropriate decontamination procedures
To minimize the transfer of hazardous substances from the site (due to site
activities), contamination control procedures are needed. Two general
methods are used: establishing site work zones and decontaminating people and
equipment.
Work Zones
One method of preventing or reducing the migration of contamination is to
delineate zones on the site where prescribed operations occur. Movement of
personnel and equipment between zones and onto the site itself would be limi-
ted by access control points. By these means, contamination would be expected
to be contained within certain relatively small areas on the site, and its
potential for spread minimized. Three contiguous zones are recommended:
Zone 1: Exclusion Zone (including the “Hot” Zone)
Zone 2: Contamination Reduction Zone
Zone 3: Support Zone
A- 7
-------
Zone 1: Exclusion Zone .
The Exclusion Zone, the innermost of three concentric areas, is the zone
where contamination does or could occur. All people entering the Exclusion
Zone must wear prescribed Levels of Protection. An entry and exit checkpoint
must be established at the periphery of the Exclusion Zone to regulate the
flow of personnel and equipment into and out of the zone and to verify that
the procedures established to enter and exit are followed.
Zone 2: Contamination Reduction Zone .
between the Exclusion Zone and the Support Zone is the Contamination Reduction
Zone, which provides a transition between contaminated and clean zones. Zone
2 serves as a buffer to further reduce the probability of the clean zone be-
coming contaminated or being affected by other existing hazards. It provides
additional assurance that the physical transfer of contaminating substances
on people, equipment, or in the air is limited through a combination of decon-
tamination, distance between Exclusion and Support Zone, air dilution, zone
restrictions, and work functions.
Zone 3: Support Zone .
The Support Zone, the outermost part of the site, is considered a noncontami—
nated or clean area. Support equipment (command post, equipment trailer,
etc.) is located in the zone; traffic is restricted to authorized response
personnel. Since normal work clothes are appropriate within this zone,
potentially contaminated personnel clothing, equipment, and samples are
not permitted, but are left in the Contamination Reduction Zone until they
are decontaminated.
Decontami nation
Removing contaminants from response team personnel, their clothing, and
equipment is a major function of site control during the cleanup of a
hazardous material spiii or hazardous waste site. Contamination is defined
as the presence of harmful chemicals that are capable of producing adverse
health effects to humans through absorption, inhalation, and/or ingestion.
Decontamination is the complete or partial removal, neutralization, or des-
truction of the harmful contaminating chemical(s). Personnel responding to
hazardous substance incidents may become contaminated in a number of ways,
i nd ud i ng:
o Contacting vapors, gases, mists, or particulates in the air
o Being splashed by materials while sampling or opening containers
o Walking through puddles of liquids or on contaminated soil
o Using contaminated instruments or equipment
Protective clothing and respirators help prevent the wearer from becoming
contaminated or inhaling contaminants, while good work practices he’p reduce
contamination on protective clothing, instruments, and equipment.
A-8
-------
A decision to decontaminate clothing, equipment, or other contaminated items,
or to destroy them, is purely one of economics. If the cost of decontami-
nation to an acceptable level exceeds the replacement cost of the contaminated
items plus the costs associated with their disposal, obviously disposal is
warranted. However, in the case of certain cleanup items that are quite
expensive, e.g., air monitors, totally encapsulating suits, earth—moving
equipment, decontamination may be quite economical. The decision to destroy
contaminated equipment and clothing or to decontaminate for reuse should be
made by the owners of the contattflnated items and those bearing the cost of
decontamination.
The ability of a contaminated item to withstand the decontamination
cycle will, of course, enter into the decontaminate/destroy decision. If a
protective garment is contaminated with a chemical that can only be removed
with a decontamination solution that will severely damage the garment, then
disposal should be considered. Additionally, if a piece of equipment or
clothing is constructed of material that tends to temporarily retain chemicals
because of adsorption and/or retention in surface irregularities (thus pre-.
venting easy or thorough decontamination), then disposal is indicated.
When decontamination is justified an area is defined for performing the
decontamination. If disposal of contaminated clothing, equipment, etc. is
warranted, a similar area must be designated for doffing clothing, body
decontamination, and storing the contaminated items for later disposal.
The equipment, solutions, and procedures required for decontamination depend
on the degree and nature of the contamination. If the extent and/or type of
contamination is unknown, then the decontamination equipment and procedures
must be extensive. The decontamination solution(s) must be effective against
an array of hazardous chemicals. Knowing the extent and type of contamina-
tion might allow for use of a reduced level of effort to achieve an acceptable
level of decontamination. See Appendix C for further details on decontami-
nation protocol.
A-9
-------
APPENDIX B
SUGGESTED GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
This appendix is designed to assist the responder in selecting chemical
protective clothing for dealing with hazardous substance releases into the
environment. The responder must ascertain quickly and effectively what
protective clothing (as well as respiratory protection) will be required to
assure safe and corrective action. The hazardous properties of chemical
substances necessitate the use of extremely reliable chemical protective
clothing. A search of available protective clothing, however, reveals
a sizable array of different protective suits, manufactured in an assortment
of designs and styles, employing various fabrics and elastomers, with a
host of different operational and performance characteristics. Thus, the
information provided herein is designed to assist response personnel in
selecting appropriate chemical protective clothing; however, it should be
noted that a first—hand experimental and/or field evaluation of the
protective clothing would provide better data then derived from a desk—top or
literature evaluation.
Selection of the proper protective clothing is based on a number of factors
including such site—specific parameters as the types of hazards involved,
chemical(s) released, concentration levels of exposure, potential route(s)
of entry by the substance(s) into the human body, and conditions at the
site. These site—specific parameters will fix the level of protection
required which, in conjunction with predetermined clothing compatibility
information and suit performance data, will provide the means for selection
of the proper protective clothing.
The levels of protection usually used by the EPA to describe different enseni—
bles of protective clothing and their criteria for use are described
in the following paragraphs.
Level A— Maximum Available Protection
1. When the type(s) and concentration(s) of toxic substances are known
and require the highest level of combined protection to the
respiratory tract, skin, and eyes, such as is found with:
A. Atmospheres that are ‘9nimediately dangerous to life and health”
(IDLH). (IDLH values can be found in the NIOSH/OSHA’s “Pocket
Guide to Chemical Hazards” and/or other references.)
B—i
-------
B. Known atmospheres or potential situations that would affect the
skin, eyes, or respiratory system, or could be absorbed into the
body through these surfaces. Standard reference books should be
consulted to obtain concentrations hazardous to skin, eyes, or
mucous membranes from situations involving:
o Generated vapors
o Splashing liquids
o Oxygen deficient atmospheres
2. At sites where the type(s) and/or potential concentration(s) of
toxic substances are unknown.
A. Unless strong contraindications are available, the site should
be presumed to present hazards to the respiratory system, skin,
and eyes.
o Total vapor readings above 500 ppm on field instruments
indicate significant hazards
o Areas of concern would include enclosed areas such as
buildings, railroad cars, shipholds, etc.
B. Contraindications might be indicated by:
o Reliable, accurate historical data
o Open, unconfined area, with minimal probability of vapor(s)
present or splashing liquids
3. Level A Protection Equipment: Suit is a sealed, full—body,
totally encapsulating design with supplied air, i.e.,
positive—pressure self—contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
(MSHA/NIOSH approved). Individual parts of the suit include:
inner gloves (tight—fitting and chemical—resistant), outer
gloves (chemical—resistant), boots (chemical—resistant, with
steel toe and shank), and two—way radio communications. Full—
body encapsulating suits are produced and used in order to
provide a full—body protection for dealing with those substances
that may be hazardous to humans. The overall aim of this type
of clothing is to isolate the wearer from the surrounding atmos-
phere. Individual parts of the suit are either sealed together,
or provide very long overlaps. Many of the encapsulating suits
are designed to provide protection from chemical hazards, while
others provide protection against fire. No commercially
available suit can provide complete protection against both
chemical and fire hazards.
Level B— Complete Protection
1. When the type(s) and concentration(s) of hazardous substances are
B—2
-------
known and require the highest degree of respiratory protection, but
a lower level of skin and eye protection.
A. Atmospheres with concentrations of known substances greater than
protection factors associated with full—face, air—purifying
respirators and which do not present a cutaneous or percutaneous
hazard to the small, unprotected areas of the bpdy
B. Total readings ranging from 5 to 500 ppm on field instruments of
vapor levels that do not contain suspect high levels of toxic
substances affecting skin or eyes
2. When potential exposure to the body parts not protected by a fully
encapsulating suit (primarily neck, ears, etc.) is highly unlikely.
A. Known absence of cutaneous or percutaneous hazards
B. Activities performed preclude splashing liquids
3. Level B protection is recommended as the lowest level of protection
for initial entries until the hazards have been further identified
and defined by monitoring, sampling, and other reliable methods of
analysis, and the personnel protection equipment commensurate with
these findings can be utilized.
4. Level B Protection Equipment: Suits can be a one—piece or two—piece
design, usually with filtered air supply, but a life support system
can be added as needed. Additional individual parts of the suit
include: non—impact protective draped hood, chemical protective
boots (with steel toe and shank inside and heavy rubber throwaway
outside), protective gloves (which are often attached by overlapping
rubber bands), and two—way radio under suit. Hard hat, face shield,
and coveralls are optional. Whole—body encapsulating suits are
designed to protect individuals from hazards that do not require
full body protection. Life support systems are not normally
included in these suits, but can often be added.
Level C— Selective Protection
1. Sites known to contain potential hazards not to exceed:
A. Air concentrations of material not requiring a protection factor
greater than that afforded by a full—face mask (normally
considered to be 10)
B. Body exposure to unprotected areas (head, facç, neck, etc.) less
than any amount that will cause harm
C. Total vapor reading between 0 and 5 ppm above background on
field instruments
B— 3
-------
D. No evidence of acute or chronic effects to exposed personnel
2. At incidents where the concentration of substances in the air are
unknown, but the criteria for selecting Levels A and B indicate
Level C would be an acceptable choice
3. Air monitoring is mandatory
4. Protection Equipment: etiemical—resistant clothing (coveralls,
hooded two—piece chemical splash suit), full—face, air—purifying
respirator (MSHA/NIOSH approved), chemical protective gloves
(outside), chemical protective boots (with steel toe and shank),
escape mask, and two—way radio communications. Hard hat, face
shield, outer heavy rubber throwaway boots and inner surgical gloves
are optional. Partial body clothing is widely manufactured and
includes approximate1y 150 different styles of coveralls, work
gloves, boots, aprons, and goggles. This clothing is utilized when
minimal—type protection is warranted. The purpose often is to keep
one’s own clothing free from any type of work contamination.
Level D — General Protection
1. No indication of airborne hea1th hazards present
2. No gross indications above background on field instruments
3. Periodic air monitoring is recommended
4. Protection Equipment: Chemical—resistant coveralls, boots/shoes,
escape mask, safety glasses. Outer boots, hard hat, face shield,
and gloves are optional.
B-4
-------
APPENDIX C
PERSONNEL AND RESPONSE EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION
The information contained herein was compiled from a number of sources and
this appendix is intended to provide general information on decontamination
of personnel, clothing, and equipment used for spill cleanup. The user must
tailor the information in this appendix to suit the specific conditions
present at a hazardous spill.
FIELD DECONTAMINATION PROTOCOLS
Decontamination Zone
The decontamination zone (sometimes called the contamination reduction zone)
is the area where decontamination takes place. It is located upwind of
the exclusion area (in which prescribed levels of protection must be worn)
but downwind of the support area. The support area is considered a noncon—
taminated area and contains the command post and other facilities required to
support the site activities. No person or piece of equipment may enter
the support area after being in the exclusion area without first being
decontaminated (if required) and certified clean by the safety control
officer present in the decontamination zone.
Determination of the decontamination zone—exclusion area boundary is dependent
on a number of factors relating to the hazards involved, and to the
terrain, etc. The establishment of the decontamination zone—support area
boundary is based primarily on the amount of space required by the decontami-
nation operation. If large pieces of equipment require decontamination, then
the area of the decontamination zone boundaries should be based on the best
information available, and with the greatest concern being the safety of the
personnel involved in the cleanup and decontamination operations.
Personnel Decontamination Station ( POS )
The personnel decontamination station (PDS) is the area within the
decontamination zone where personnel and personnel protective clothing and
equipment are decontaminated. The extent of the PDS is dictated by the
nature of the chemical hazard and the requirements for decontamination.
When the hazard is known, the PDS should be set up for decontaminating to an
extent which will assure that the personnel and personnel protective equipment
are free of the specific identified hazardous substance(s). This may require
an extensively outfitted PDS, as would be required in the case of contamination
with a carcinogenic pesticide, or a minimally equipped P05, as in the case
C—i
-------
of acid contamination. When the hazard is unknown, the PUS should
be set up for maximum decontamination. A maximum decontamination PUS
be set up as shown in Figure C—i. Following are descriptions of each
shown in Figure C—i.
A plastic ground sheet on which field equipment
is placed by returning members f the work party
A wash tub (or wading pool) filled with
decontamination (decon) solution A
A second wash tub filled with rinse solution
A third wash tub filled with decon solution B
A fourth wash tub filled with rinse solution
Each wash tub should be equipped with a large
sponge and brush
A bench or stool for personnel to sit on during
removal of booties
A 10—gallon pail with plastic liiier where
disposable boot covers are discarded
Two 10-gallon buckets filled with decon solution
A and B, respectively
A 10—gallon bucket filled with rinse solution
A 32—gallon trash can with plastic liner
A plastic ground sheet for SCBA drop
A bench or stool for personnel
A 32—gallon trash can with plastic liner
A field shower setup
A redressing and first—aid station
The SCBA tank changeover point is between stations E and F. If personnel are
returning to the exclusion area after the tank changeover, decontamination
through Station E is required, after which decontaminated booties should be
donned before reentry. Note: An adequate supply of air must be provided for
cleanup personnel during SCBA tank changeovers.
Equipment Decontamination Station
Two equipment decontamination stations (EDSs) are necessary during cleanup
operations involving heavy earth-moving equipment, one for decontamination
of hand—held tools and equipment, and one for decontaminating the heavy
equipment.
Small Equipment
A single EDS will suffice for those operations requiring only small hand—held
tools and equipment. The EDS for small tools and equipment may parallel the
PDS. As seen in Figure C—I (and which would be a component of the PUS
for a less extensive decontamination operation), an equipment drop area
exists inside the exclusion area where personnel leaving the exclusion
area for the PUS deposit any hand—held articles (Station A). Figure C-2
shows how a typical EDS for small items might be set up.
always
might
station
Station A:
Station B:
Station C:
Station D:
Station E:
Station F:
Station G:
Station H:
Station I:
Station U:
C- 2
-------
A
V,jind flsiecliois
20°
-
200 aI
5COA Tank Chan a Oua, Point
L.J
Dacon
Solulion
(WdsII Tubs)
Can
(SO oalioiiI
flacon Solisilon
110 atIOfl )
Was at
(10 ilIon)
J
{ BthI,tsss
&fjr ( I
Affi J
Siwot
FioW
SE x 1 sodsa.iI
Can
(32 uullosi)
Figure C—i. Maximum layout of personnel decontamination station.
-------
RINSE SOLUTION
(10 GALLON)
Figt e C-2.
Proposed S for aU Fi pi ient
A
DECON
(WASH
SOLUTION
TUB)
B
EQU I PMENT
DROP
C
DISPOSE OF
PROTECT I Vt
COVERINGS
• RINSE
EQUI PMENT
CAN
(10 GALLON)
I-
-------
Following are descriptions of each station shown in Figure C—2.
Station A: A plastic ground sheet on which field equipment is
placed by returning members of the work party
Station B: A wash tub filled with the decon solution. A can
for disposal of equipment protective coverings
Station C: A wash tub filled with rinse solution
As with the P0 5, the extent of the EDS operation is governed by the nature of
the hazard, if known. If unknown, then the EDS equipment and procedures
should be maximized to assure rendering the equipment harmless, assuming the
greatest possible contamination hazard.
Large ( Heavy) Equipment
Ideally, the EDS for heavy equipment should be located where runoff from the
decontamination procedures can be easily contained. This is particularly
important for equipment contaminated with dangerous levels of toxic residue.
The EDS could be a concrete or asphalt surface (e.g., a roadway) upon which
soil dikes or foamed—in—place barriers are applied to contain the potentially
contaminated runoff. Alternatively, a pit lined with a thick compatible
elastomeric material could be used. Runoff wastes could be diverted or
directed to a properly prepared holding or containment pond. If the
contamination hazard is only slight, or short—lived, then an unlined pit may
be acceptable. If at all possible, heavy equipment should be left in the
exclusion area until the cleanup operation is concluded so that heavy equipment
decontamination will be required only once.
As with the PDS and the EDS for small pieces of equipment, the exact nature
of the EDS for heavy equipment will be dictated by the degree and nature of
the contamination and whether or not this information is known. Minimum
decontamination (e.g., as with equipment contaminated with acidic residue)
might include rinsing off the equipment with a neutralizing solution followed
by a clear water rinse. Maximum decontamination might include partial
disassembly of the equipment so that complete decontamination is possible.
Facilities for decontamination could include lined pits or diked areas for
the application of water, steam, detergents, complexing agents, organic
solvents, acids, and caustics. Areas for wet or dry sandblasting and
vacuuming may be required in extreme cases.
DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT AND SOLUTIONS
Ideally, the equipment used for effective and complete decontamination should
be inexpensive and easily obtainable. This is also true for the various
decontamination solutions. Most of the decontamination equipment listed in
this section may be obtained at department, hardware, and pool supply stores
at relatively small cost. Several of the items should be available from
local fire stations (e.g., pumps and hoses).
C— 5
-------
Decontamination Equipment
The following list of equipment is sufficient to outfit the PDS shown in
Figure C—i:
1. Plastic sheeting or tarpaulins
2. Plastic bags, assorted sizes
3. Scrub brushes, assorted si es
4. 10—gallon plastic pails
5. 32—gallon plastic trash containers
6. Plastic wading pools or large plastic tubs
7. Sponges, assorted sizes
8. Mixing spatulas
9. First—aid kit
10. Field shower
ii. Soap, brushes, and toweling for shower
12. Benches
13. Pumps
14. Hoses
Less vigorous decontamination procedures would require a reduced list of
equipment. However, a well—equipped response team will have all of these
items available for all eventualities. The type of equipment needing decon-
tamination, its size and weight, and the degree and type of contamination
detemine the decontamination equipment required. The following is a list
of equipment sufficient to outfit the EDS (shown in Figure C—2) for decontam-
inating small hand—held equipment:
1. Plastic sheeting or ground cloth
2. Plastic bags, assorted sizes
3. Brushes, assorted
4. 10—gallon plastic pails
5. Large plastic tubs
The following list of equipment would be required for decontamination of
large earth-moving equipment that is contaminated.
C- 6
-------
1. Capability for foamed—in-place containment dikes, dams, or ponds
2. Heavy—duty liner material (elastomeric)
3. 55—gallon mixing drums
4. Pumps
5. Spray equipment (including hoses and a variety of spray nozzles)
6. Sponges, assorted sizes
7. Brushes, long— ani short—handled, assorted sizes
8. Plastic bags, sheeting, tape
9. 32—gallon plastic trash containers
10. Capability for wet and dry sandblasting
An extremely useful device for applying high—pressure sprays is the Army’s
Portawasher. This device is built on a tandem axle trailer for portability
and has a 4—gpm, 1200—psi spray capability. Additionally, the Portawasher
can vacuum up and store 300 gallons of wastewater and solids.
The spray, sandblastirig, and foamed—in—place containment equipment can be
eliminated if the contamination is of a less serious nature,
Decontami nation Solutions
Decontaminating solutions should be specifically formulated to (1) react with
the contaminating compounds to produce less harmful or harmless reaction
products, (2) dissolve the contaminants and thereby remove them from the
subject for subsequent disposal, (3) neutralize the effects ‘of the
contaminant, or (4) any combination of the above. Even with gross
contamination on clothing, equipment, etc., the use of a decontaminating
solution to react with or neutralize the contaminating substance must not
generate excessive heat which could cause personnel injury or damage of
equipment.
The decontaminating solution should be compatible with the items being
decontaminated. When the contaminant is unknown or known to be a mixture of
hazardous chemicals, the decontaminating solution should be effective
against a number of chemicals. Oftentimes more than one decontaminating
solution should be used to assure complete decontamination. Two such
decontamination solutions are:
1. An aqueous solution containing 5% sodium carbonate (Na 2 CO+3) and 5%
trisodium phosphate (Na 3 PO 4 ). Mix 4 pounds of commercial grade
Na 2 CO 3 plus 4 pounds of commercial grade Na 3 PO 4 with 10 gallons of
water. These chemicals are available at most hardware stores.
C- 7
-------
2. An aqueous solution containing 10% calcium hypochlorite, CA(Cl0) 2 .
Mix 8 pounds of CA(ClO) 2 with 10 gallons of water. This chemical is
available at most hardware or pool supply stores.
The rinse solution used during decontamination procedures should remove the
decontaminating solution. A general—purpose rinse solution that can be used
with the decontaminating solutions described above is a 5% solution of
Na 3 PO 4 . This solution is prepared by mixing 4 pounds of Na 3 PO 4 with 10
gallons of water.
C-8
------- |